PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORP, 424B3, 1997-03-27

PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORP
424B3, 1997-03-27
TELEVISION BROADCASTING STATIONS

Previous: GOLD BANC CORP INC, 10KSB, 1997-03-27

Next: SAVIN ELECTRONICS INC, NT 10-K, 1997-03-27

<PAGE>

Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3)
Registration No. 333-23595

LOGO

PROSPECTUS
PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
366,464 SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK
------

This Prospectus relates to 366,464 shares (the "Shares") of Class A Common
Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Class A Common Stock") of Pegasus
Communications Corporation ("Pegasus," and together with its direct and
indirect subsidiaries, the "Company"), all of which may be sold by certain
selling stockholders (the "Selling Stockholders") or for the account of
Selling Stockholders by pledgees ("Pledgees") to whom Shares may be pledged
by Selling Stockholders to secure loans. The Company will not receive any of
the proceeds from the sale of the Shares.

The distribution of the Shares covered by this Prospectus may be effected
from time to time in one or more transactions (which may involve block
transactions) in the Nasdaq National Market at prices prevailing at the time
of sale, in negotiated transactions or a combination of such methods of sale,
at fixed prices, at market prices prevailing at the time of the sale, at
prices related to the prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. The
Selling Stockholders may effect such transactions by selling Shares directly
to purchasers or to or through broker-dealers which may act as agents or
principals. Such broker-dealers may receive compensation in the form of
underwriting discounts, concessions or commissions from the Selling
Stockholders and/or the purchaser of the Shares for whom such broker-dealers
may act as agent or to whom they may sell as principals or both (which
compensation to a particular broker-dealer may be more than or less than
customary commissions). Under certain circumstances, the Selling Stockholders
and any broker-dealers that act in connection with the sale of their Shares
may be deemed to be "Underwriters" within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") and any
underwriting commissions received by them and any profit on the resale of
Shares as principal may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and
commissions under the Securities Act.

------

See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 14 for a discussion of certain factors
that should be considered by prospective purchasers of the Shares.

------

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

------

The date of this Prospectus is March 26, 1997.

<PAGE>

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in
this Prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references herein
to the "Company" refer to Pegasus Communications Corporation ("Pegasus")
together with its direct and indirect subsidiaries. The historical financial
and other data for the Company are presented herein on a consolidated basis.
Unless otherwise indicated, the discussion below refers to and the
information in this Prospectus gives effect to certain Completed
Transactions. See "Glossary of Defined Terms," which begins on page 10 of
this Prospectus Summary, for definitions of certain terms used in this
Prospectus, including "Completed Transactions."

THE COMPANY

The Company is a diversified media and communications company operating in
two business segments: multichannel television, consisting of direct
broadcast satellite television ("DBS") and cable television ("Cable"), and
broadcast television ("TV"). The Company has grown through the acquisition
and operation of media and communications properties characterized by clearly
identifiable "franchises" and significant operating leverage, which enables
increases in revenues to be converted into disproportionately greater
increases in Location Cash Flow. The Company's business segments are
described below.

Multichannel Television. The Company provides multichannel television to
92,000 subscribers in twelve states and Puerto Rico in franchise areas
that include 1.5 million households and 149,000 businesses:

DBS. The Company is an independent provider of DIRECTV(R)
("DIRECTV") services with an exclusive DIRECTV service territory that
includes approximately 1,396,000 television households and 120,000
business locations in rural areas of Arkansas, Connecticut, Indiana,
Massachusetts, Michigan, Mississippi, New Hampshire, New York, Ohio,
Texas, Virginia and West Virginia. The Company has approximately 51,300
DIRECTV subscribers in territories that include approximately 1,396,000
television households and approximately 120,000 business locations or a
household penetration rate of 3.7%. Although the Company's service
territories are exclusive for DIRECTV, other DBS operators may compete
with the Company in its service territories. See "Business --
Competition."

Cable. The Company owns and operates cable systems in Puerto Rico and
New England serving approximately 41,200 subscribers. The Company recently
acquired a contiguous cable system in Puerto Rico (the "Cable
Acquisition"), which will be interconnected with the Company's existing
system. It is anticipated that as a result of the Cable Acquisition, the
Company's Puerto Rico Cable system will serve approximately 26,200
subscribers in a franchise area comprising approximately 111,000
households from a single headend. The Company's New England Cable systems
currently serve approximately 15,000 subscribers in a franchise area
comprising approximately 22,900 households.

Broadcast Television. The Company owns and operates five Fox affiliates in
midsize television markets. The Company has entered into agreements to
program additional television stations in two of these markets in 1997,
which stations the Company anticipates will be affiliated with the United
Paramount Network ("UPN"). The Company is awaiting certain FCC approvals
in one of these markets.

<PAGE>

After giving effect to the Completed Transactions the Company would have
had pro forma net revenues and Operating Cash Flow of $63.3 million and $18.6
million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 1996. The Company's
net revenues and Operating Cash Flow have increased at compound annual growth
rates of 87% and 81%, respectively, from 1991 to 1996.

MARKET OVERVIEW

BROADCAST TELEVISION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number Ratings Rank
Acquisition Station Market of TV -------------------- Oversell
Station Date Affiliation Area DMA Households(1) Competitors(2) Prime(3) Access(4) Ratio(5)
---------------- -------------- ------------- --------------- ----- ------------- -------------- --------- --------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>

Existing Stations:
WWLF-56/WILF-53/
WOLF-38(6) ....May 1993 Fox Northeastern PA 49 553,000 3 3 (tie) 2 169%
WPXT-51 ........January 1996 Fox Portland, ME 79 344,000 3 3 4 127%
WDSI-61 ........May 1993 Fox Chattanooga, TN 82 320,000 4 3 2(tie) 174%
WDBD-40 ........May 1993 Fox Jackson, MS 91 287,000 3 1 (tie) 2 126%
WTLH-49 ........March 1996 Fox Tallahassee, FL 116 210,000 3 2 2 122%
Additional Stations:
WOLF-38(6) .....May 1993 UPN Northeastern PA 49 553,000 3 N/A N/A N/A
WWLA-35(7) .....May 1996 UPN Portland, ME 79 344,000 3 N/A N/A N/A
</TABLE>

DIRECT BROADCAST SATELLITE

Homes Average
Not Homes Monthly
Total Passed Passed Penetration Revenue
Homes in by by Total -------------------------------- Per
DIRECTV Territory Territory Cable(8) Cable(9) Subscribers(10) Total Uncabled Cabled Subscriber(11)
---------------------- ----------- --------- ---------- --------------- ------- ---------- -------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Owned:
Western New
England ............. 288,273 41,465 246,808 6,969 2.4% 13.1% 0.6%
New Hampshire ........ 167,531 42,075 125,456 4,210 2.5% 8.1% 0.6%
Martha's Vineyard and
Nantucket ........... 20,154 1,007 19,147 818 4.1% 61.4% 1.0%
Michigan ............. 241,713 61,774 179,939 7,326 3.0% 8.7% 1.1%
Texas ................ 149,530 54,504 95,026 5,735 3.8% 7.6% 1.7%
Ohio ................. 167,558 32,180 135,378 5,477 3.3% 12.1% 1.2%
Indiana .............. 131,025 34,811 96,214 6,479 4.9% 12.6% 2.2%
Mississippi .......... 101,799 38,797 63,002 6,705 6.6% 14.6% 1.6%
Arkansas ............. 36,458 2,408 34,050 1,734 4.8% 34.4% 2.7%
Virginia/West Virginia 92,097 10,015 82,082 5,830 6.3% 45.8% 1.5%
----------- --------- ---------- --------------- ------- ---------- --------
Total .............. 1,396,138 319,036 1,077,102 51,283 3.7% 12.0% 1.2% $41.45
=========== ========= ========== =============== ======= ========== ======== ==========
</TABLE>

CABLE TELEVISION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Average
Homes Monthly
Homes in Passed Basic Revenue
Channel Franchise by Basic Service per
Cable Systems Capacity Area(12) Cable(13) Subscribers(14) Penetration(15) Subscriber
------------------- ---------- ----------- --------- --------------- --------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
New England ....... (16) 22,900 22,500 15,000 67% $33.55
Mayaguez .......... 62 38,300 34,000 10,400 31% $31.55
San German(17) .... 50(18) 72,400 47,700 15,800 33% $30.40
----------- --------- --------------- --------------- ------------
Total Puerto Rico 110,700 81,700 26,200 32% $30.85
----------- --------- --------------- --------------- ------------
Total ........... 133,600 104,200 41,200 40% $32.45
=========== ========= =============== =============== ============
</TABLE>

(See footnotes on the following page)

2
<PAGE>

NOTES TO MARKET OVERVIEW

(1) Represents total homes in a DMA for each TV station as estimated by
Broadcast Investment Analysts ("BIA").

(2) Commercial stations not owned by the Company which are licensed to and
operating in the DMA.

(3) "Prime" represents local station rank in the 18 to 49 age category
during "prime time" based on A.C. Nielsen Company ("Nielsen") estimates
for November 1996.

(4) "Access" indicates local station rank in the 18 to 49 age category
during "prime time access" (6:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m.) based on Nielsen
estimates for November 1996.

(5) The oversell ratio is the station's share of the television market net
revenue divided by its in-market commercial audience share. The oversell
ratio is calculated using estimated market data and 1996 Nielsen
audience share data.

(6) WOLF, WILF and WWLF are currently simulcast. Pending receipt of certain
FCC approvals and assuming no adverse regulatory requirements, the
Company intends to separately program WOLF as an affiliate of UPN.

(7) The Company anticipates programming WWLA pursuant to an LMA as an
affiliate of UPN assuming no adverse change in current FCC regulatory
requirements.

(8) Based on NRTC estimates of primary residences derived from 1990 U.S.
Census data and after giving effect to a 1% annual housing growth rate
and seasonal residence data obtained from county offices. Does not
include business locations. Includes approximately 24,400 seasonal
residences.

(9) A home is deemed to be "passed" by cable if it can be connected to the
distribution system without any further extension of the cable
distribution plant. Based on NRTC estimates of primary residences
derived from 1990 U.S. Census data and after giving effect to a 1%
annual housing growth rate and seasonal residence data obtained from
county offices. Does not include business locations. Includes
approximately 92,400 seasonal residences.

(10) As of February 7, 1997.

(11) Based upon 1996 revenues and weighted average 1996 subscribers.

(12) Based on information obtained from municipal offices.

(13) These data are the Company's estimates as of December 31, 1996.

(14) A home with one or more television sets connected to a cable system is
counted as one basic subscriber. Bulk accounts (such as motels or
apartments) are included on a "subscriber equivalent" basis whereby the
total monthly bill for the account is divided by the basic monthly
charge for a single outlet in the area. This information is as of
January 31, 1997.

(15) Basic subscribers as a percentage of homes passed by cable.

(16) The channel capacities of the New England Cable systems are 36 and 62
and represent 29% and 71% of the Company's New England Cable subscribers
in Connecticut and Massachusetts, respectively.

(17) Acquired upon consummation of the Cable Acquisition in August 1996.

(18) After giving effect to certain system upgrades, this system will be
capable of delivering 62 channels.

3
<PAGE>

OPERATING AND ACQUISITION STRATEGY

The Company's operating strategy is to generate consistent revenue growth
and to convert this revenue growth into disproportionately greater increases
in Location Cash Flow. The Company's acquisition strategy is to identify
media and communications businesses in which significant increases in
Location Cash Flow can be realized and where the ratio of required investment
to potential Location Cash Flow is low.

MULTICHANNEL TELEVISION

Direct Broadcast Satellite. The Company believes that DBS is the lowest
cost medium for delivering high capacity, high quality, digital video, audio
and data services to television households and commercial locations in rural
areas and that DIRECTV offers superior video and audio quality and a
substantially greater variety of programming than is available from other
multichannel video services. DIRECTV initiated service to consumers in 1994
and, as of December 31, 1996, there were over 2.3 million DIRECTV
subscribers. The introduction of DIRECTV is widely reported to be one of the
most successful rollouts of a consumer service ever.

As the exclusive provider of DIRECTV services in its purchased
territories, the Company provides a full range of services, including
installation, authorization and financing of equipment for new customers as
well as billing, collections and customer service support for existing
subscribers. The Company's business strategy in DBS is to (i) establish
strong relationships with retailers, (ii) build its own direct sales and
distribution channels, (iii) develop local and regional marketing and
promotion to supplement DIRECTV's national advertising, and (iv) offer
equipment rental, lease and purchase options.

The Company anticipates continued growth in subscribers and operating
profitability in DBS through increased penetration of DIRECTV territories it
currently owns and will acquire. The Company's New England DBS Territory
achieved positive Location Cash Flow in 1995, its first full year of
operations. The Company's DIRECTV subscribers currently generate revenues of
approximately $41 per month at an average gross margin of 34%. The Company's
remaining expenses consist of marketing costs incurred to build its growing
base of subscribers and overhead costs which are predominantly fixed. As a
result, the Company believes that future increases in its DBS revenues will
result in disproportionately greater increases in Location Cash Flow. For the
twelve months ended December 31, 1996, the Company has added 5,809 new
DIRECTV subscribers in its New England DBS Territory as compared to 3,895 for
the same period in 1995.

The Company also believes that there is an opportunity for additional
growth through the acquisition of DIRECTV territories held by other NRTC
members. NRTC members are the only independent providers of DIRECTV services.
Approximately 220 NRTC members collectively own DIRECTV territories
consisting of approximately 7.7 million television households in
predominantly rural areas of the United States, which the Company believes
are the most likely to subscribe to DBS services. These territories comprise
8% of United States television households, but represent approximately 23% of
DIRECTV's existing subscriber base. As the only publicly held, independent
provider of DIRECTV services, the Company believes that it is well positioned
to achieve economies of scale through the acquisition of DIRECTV territories
held by other NRTC members.

Cable Television. The Company's business strategy in cable is to achieve
revenue growth by (i) adding new subscribers through improved signal quality,
increases in the quality and the quantity of programming, housing growth and
line extensions, (ii) increasing revenues per subscriber through new program
offerings and rate increases and (iii) consolidating its Puerto Rico Cable
systems.

BROADCAST TELEVISION

The Company's business strategy in broadcast television is to acquire and
operate television stations whose revenues and market shares can be
substantially improved with limited increases in fixed

<PAGE>

costs. The Company has focused upon midsize markets because it believes that
they have exhibited consistent and stable increases in local advertising and
that television stations in them have fewer and less aggressive direct
competitors. The Company seeks to increase the audience ratings of its TV
stations in key demographic segments and to capture a greater share of their
markets' advertising revenues than their share of the local television
audience. The Company accomplishes this by developing aggressive,
opportunistic local sales forces and investing in a cost-effective manner in
programming, promotion and technical facilities.

The Company is actively seeking to acquire additional stations in new
markets and to enter into LMAs with owners of stations or construction
permits in markets where it currently owns and operates Fox affiliates. The
Company has historically purchased Fox affiliates because (i) Fox affiliates
generally have had lower ratings and revenue shares than stations affiliated
with ABC, CBS and NBC, and, therefore, greater opportunities for improved
performance, and (ii) Fox-affiliated stations retain a greater percentage of
their inventory of advertising spots than do affiliates of ABC, CBS and NBC,
thereby enabling these stations to retain a greater share of any increase in
the value of their inventory. The Company is pursuing expansion in its
existing markets through LMAs because second stations can be operated with
limited additional fixed costs (resulting in high incremental operating
margins) and can allow the Company to create more attractive packages for
advertisers and program providers. The Company's ability to enter into future
LMAs may be restricted by changes in FCC regulations.

RECENT TRANSACTIONS
COMPLETED ACQUISITIONS

Since January 1, 1996, the Company has acquired the following media and
communications properties:

Television Station WPXT. The Company acquired WPXT, the Fox-affiliated
television station serving the Portland, Maine DMA (the "Portland
Acquisition").

Television Station WTLH. The Company acquired WTLH, the Fox-affiliated
television station serving the Tallahassee, Florida DMA (the "Tallahassee
Acquisition").

Television Station WWLA. The Company acquired an LMA with the holder of a
construction permit for WWLA, a new television station authorized to
operate UHF channel 35 in the Portland, Maine DMA (the "Portland LMA").
Under the Portland LMA, the Company will lease facilities and provide
programming to WWLA. Construction of WWLA is expected to be completed in
1997.

Cable Acquisition. In August 1996, the Company acquired substantially all
of the assets of a cable system (the "San German Cable System"), serving
ten communities contiguous to the Company's Mayaguez Cable system.

Michigan/Texas DBS Acquisition. In October 1996, the Company acquired the
DIRECTV distribution rights for portions of Texas and Michigan and related
assets (the "Michigan/Texas DBS Acquisition").

Ohio DBS Acquisition. In November 1996, the Company acquired the DIRECTV
distribution rights for portions of Ohio and related assets (the "Ohio DBS
Acquisition").

Indiana DBS Acquisition. In January 1997, the Company acquired the DIRECTV
distribution rights for portions of Indiana and related assets (the
"Indiana DBS Acquisition").

Mississippi DBS Acquisition. In February 1997, the Company acquired the
DIRECTV distribution rights for portions of Mississippi and related assets
(including receivables) (the "Mississippi DBS Acquisition").

5
<PAGE>

Arkansas DBS Acquisition. In March 1997, the Company acquired the DIRECTV
distribution rights for portions of Arkansas and related assets (the
"Arkansas DBS Acquisition").

Virginia/West Virginia DBS Acquisition. In March 1997, the Company
acquired the DIRECTV distribution rights for portions of Virginia and West
Virginia and related assets (the "Virginia/West Virginia DBS
Acquisition").

Recent Sale

New Hampshire Cable Sale. In January 1997, the Company sold its New
Hampshire Cable systems (the "New Hampshire Cable Sale"). The New Hampshire
Cable Sale resulted in net proceeds to the Company of approximately $7.1
million.

PUBLIC OFFERINGS

INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

Pegasus consummated the initial public offering of its Class A Common
Stock on October 8, 1996 pursuant to an underwritten offering (the "Initial
Public Offering"). The initial public offering price of the Class A Common
Stock was $14.00 per share and resulted in net proceeds to the Company of
approximately $38.1 million.

The Company applied the net proceeds from the Initial Public Offering as
follows: (i) $17.9 million for the payment of the cash portion of the
purchase price of the Michigan/Texas DBS Acquisition, (ii) $12.0 million to
the Ohio DBS Acquisition, (iii) $3.0 million to repay indebtedness under the
New Credit Facility, (iv) $1.9 million to make a payment on account of the
Portland Acquisition, (v) $1.5 million for the payment of the cash portion of
the purchase price of the Management Agreement Acquisition, (vi) $1.4 million
for the Towers Purchase and (vii) $444,000 for general corporate purposes.

REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER

Purchasers of the Notes in PM&C's 1995 Notes offering held all of the PM&C
Class B Shares. The Company through a registered exchange offer (the
"Registered Exchange Offer") exchanged all of the PM&C Class B Shares for
191,775 shares in the aggregate of Class A Common Stock. The Registered
Exchange Offer terminated on December 30, 1996. As a result of the Registered
Exchange Offer, PM&C became a wholly owned subsidiary of Pegasus. This
Prospectus gives effect to the exchange of all of the PM&C Class B Shares for
Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer.

UNIT OFFERING

Pegasus consummated the Unit Offering on January 27, 1997. The Unit
Offering resulted in net proceeds to the Company of approximately $96.0
million. The Company applied the net proceeds from the Unit Offering as
follows: (i) $29.6 million to the repayment of indebtedness of PM&C under the
New Credit Facility, which represented all indebtedness under the New Credit
Facility at the time of the consummation of the Unit Offering, (ii) $15.0
million for the Mississippi DBS Acquisition, (iii) $8.8 million for the cash
portion of the Indiana DBS Acquisition, (iv) $7.0 million for the cash
portion of the purchase price of the Virginia/West Virginia DBS Acquisition,
(v) $2.4 million for the Arkansas DBS Acquisition and (vi) approximately
$558,000 to the retirement of the Pegasus Credit Facility and expenses
related thereto.

RISK FACTORS

Prospective purchasers of the Shares should consider carefully the
information set forth under "Risk Factors," and all other information set
forth in this Prospectus, in evaluating an investment in the Shares.

6
<PAGE>

SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth summary historical and pro forma
consolidated financial data for the Company. This information should be read
in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes thereto
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations," "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data"
and "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information" included elsewhere herein.

7
<PAGE>

SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
-------------------------------------------------
Pro
Forma
Income Statement Data: 1994 1995 1996 1996 (1)
---------- --------- ---------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net revenues:
TV ............................. $17,808 $19,973 $ 28,488 $ 29,156
DBS ............................ 174 1,469 5,829 18,139
Cable .......................... 10,148 10,606 13,496 15,864
Other .......................... 61 100 116 116
---------- --------- ---------- -----------
Total net revenues ........... 28,191 32,148 47,929 63,275
---------- --------- ---------- -----------
Location operating expenses:
TV ............................. 12,380 13,933 18,726 19,220
DBS ............................ 210 1,379 4,958 15,433
Cable .......................... 5,545 5,791 7,192 8,473
Other .......................... 18 38 28 28
Incentive compensation (2) ........ 432 528 985 910
Corporate expenses ................ 1,506 1,364 1,429 1,543
Depreciation and amortization ..... 6,940 8,751 12,061 19,301
---------- --------- ---------- -----------
Income (loss) from operations ..... 1,160 364 2,550 (1,633)
Interest expense .................. (5,973) (8,817) (12,455) (10,904)
Interest income ................... -- 370 232 232
Other expense, net ................ (65) (44) (171) (168)
Provision (benefit) for taxes ..... 140 30 (120) (120)
Extraordinary gain (loss) from
extinguishment of debt ......... (633) 10,211 (250) --(3)
---------- --------- ---------- -----------
Net income (loss) ................. $(5,651) 2,054 (9,974) (12,353)
========== ========= ========== ===========
Dividends on Series A Preferred Stock -- -- (12,750)
--------- ---------- -----------
Net income (loss) applicable to
common shares .................. $(5,651) $ 2,054 $ (9,974) $(25,103)
======= ======= ======== ========
Net income (loss) per share ....... $ (1.12) $ 0.40 $ (1.60) $ (2.58)
======= ======= ======== ========
Weighted average shares
outstanding (000's) ............ 5,044 5,140 6,240 9,712
======= ======= ======== ========

Other Data:
Location Cash Flow (4) ............ $10,038 $11,007 $ 17,025 $ 20,121
Operating Cash Flow (4) ........... 8,100 9,287 15,596 18,578
Capital expenditures .............. 1,264 2,640 6,294 8,065

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of December 31, 1996
-----------------------
Pro Forma
Actual (1)
---------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents ... $ 8,582 $ 48,073
Working capital ............. 6,747 47,238
Total assets ................ 173,680 252,923
Total debt (including current) 115,575 85,976
Total liabilities ........... 133,354 108,604
Redeemable preferred stock .. -- 96,000
Minority interest ........... -- 3,000
Total equity (5) ............ 40,326 149,169

</TABLE>

(see footnotes on the following page)

8
<PAGE>

Notes to Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data

(1) Pro forma income statement and other data for the year ended December 31,
1996 give effect to the Completed Transactions, including the Unit
Offering and the use of proceeds thereof and the New Hampshire Cable
Sale, as if such events had occurred at the beginning of such period. The
pro forma balance sheet data as of December 31, 1996 give effect to the
Completed Transactions that occurred after 1996 as if such events had
occurred on such date. See "Pro Forma Combined Financial Data." The
Company believes that the historical income statement and other data for
the DBS Acquisitions in the aggregate would not materially impact the
Company's historical and pro forma income statement data and other data.

(2) Incentive compensation represents compensation expenses pursuant to the
Restricted Stock Plan and 401(k) Plans. See "Management and Certain
Transactions -- Incentive Program."

(3) The pro forma income statement data for the year ended December 31, 1996
does not include the $251,000 writeoff of deferred financing costs that
were incurred in 1995 in connection with the creation of the Old Credit
Facility.

(4) Location Cash Flow is defined as net revenues less location operating
expenses. Location operating expenses consist of programming, barter
programming, general and administrative, technical and operations,
marketing and selling expenses. Operating Cash Flow is defined as income
(loss) from operations plus, (i) depreciation and amortization and (ii)
non-cash incentive compensation. The difference between Location Cash
Flow and Operating Cash Flow is that Operating Cash Flow includes cash
incentive compensation and corporate expenses. Although Location Cash
Flow and Operating Cash Flow are not measures of performance under
generally accepted accounting principles, the Company believes that
Location Cash Flow and Operating Cash Flow are accepted within the
Company's business segments as generally recognized measures of
performance and are used by analysts who report publicly on the
performance of companies operating in such segments. Nevertheless, these
measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for
income from operations, net income, net cash provided by operating
activities or any other measure for determining the Company's operating
performance or liquidity which is calculated in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles.

(5) The Company has not paid any cash dividends and does not anticipate
paying cash dividends on its Common Stock in the foreseeable future.
Payment of cash dividends on the Company's Common Stock are restricted by
the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Exchange Notes. The
terms of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Exchange Notes permit the
Company to pay dividends and interest thereon by issuance, in lieu of
cash, of additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock and additional
Exchange Notes, respectively.

9
<PAGE>

GLOSSARY OF DEFINED TERMS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Arkansas DBS Acquisition The acquisition of DIRECTV distribution rights for certain rural areas
of Arkansas and related assets.
Cable Acquisition The acquisition of the San German Cable System.
Class A Common Stock Pegasus' Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.
Class B Common Stock Pegasus' Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.
Common Stock The Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock.
Company Pegasus and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (except that the "Company"
refers to Pegasus only where indicated).
Completed Transactions The Portland Acquisition, the Portland LMA, the Michigan/Texas DBS
Acquisition, the Ohio DBS Acquisition, the Cable Acquisition, the Management
Share Exchange, the Towers Purchase, the Management Agreement Acquisition,
the Parent's contribution of the PM&C Class A Shares to Pegasus, the Initial
Public Offering, the Registered Exchange Offer, the Unit Offering, the
retirement of the Pegasus Credit Facility, the Indiana DBS Acquisition,
the New Hampshire Cable Sale, the Mississippi DBS Acquisition, the Arkansas
DBS Acquisition and the Virginia/West Virginia DBS Acquisition.
DBS Direct broadcast satellite television.
DBS Acquisitions The acquisitions of the Indiana, Mississippi, Arkansas and Virginia/West
Virginia DBS territories.
DIRECTV The video, audio and data services provided via satellite by DIRECTV
Enterprises, Inc. or the entity, as applicable.
DMA Designated Market Area. There are 211 DMAs in the United States with each
county in the continental United States assigned uniquely to one DMA. Ranking
of DMAs is based upon Nielsen estimates of the number of television households.
DSS Digital satellite system or DSS(R). DSS(R) is a registered trademark of
DIRECTV Enterprises, Inc.
Exchange Note Indenture The indenture between Pegasus and First Union National Bank, as trustee,
governing the Exchange Notes.
Exchange Notes The 12 3/4% Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes due 2007, which are issuable
upon exchange of the Series A Preferred Stock.
FCC Federal Communications Commission.
Fox Fox Broadcasting Company.
Fox Affiliation Agreements The affiliation agreements between WOLF, WDSI, WDBD, WTLH, and WPXT and
Fox.
Hughes Hughes Electronics Corporation or one of its subsidiaries, including DIRECTV
Enterprises, Inc., as applicable.
Incentive Program The Company's Restricted Stock Plan, 401(k) Plans and Stock Option Plan.
See "Management and Certain Transactions -- Incentive Program."
Indenture The indenture dated July 7, 1995 by and among PM&C, certain of its subsidiaries
and First Union National Bank, as trustee.
Indiana DBS Acquisition The acquisition of DIRECTV distribution rights for certain rural areas
of Indiana and related assets.
Initial Public Offering Pegasus' initial public offering of 3,000,000 shares of Class A Common
Stock, which was completed on October 8, 1996.
</TABLE>

10
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
LMAs Local marketing agreements, program service agreements or time brokerage
agreements between broadcasters and television station licensees pursuant
to which broadcasters provide programming to and retain the advertising
revenues of such stations in exchange for fees paid to television station
licensees.
Location Cash Flow Net revenues less location operating expenses, which consist of programming,
barter programming, general and administrative, technical and operations,
marketing and selling expenses. The difference between Location Cash Flow
and Operating Cash Flow is that Operating Cash Flow includes corporate
expenses and cash incentive compensation. Although Location Cash Flow is
not a measure of performance under generally accepted accounting principles,
the Company believes that Location Cash Flow is accepted within the Company's
business segments as a generally recognized measure of performance and
is used by analysts who report publicly on the performance of companies
operating in such segments. Nevertheless, this measure should not be
considered in isolation or as a substitute for income from operations,
net income, net cash provided by operating activities or any other measure
for determining the Company's operating performance or liquidity which
is calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Management Agreement The agreement between PM&C and its operating subsidiaries and the Management
Company to provide management services.
Management Agreement The acquisition of the Management Agreement by the Company, which occurred
Acquisition concurrently with the consummation of the Initial Public Offering.
Management Company Following the completion of the Initial Public Offering, Pegasus
Communications Management Company, a subsidiary of Pegasus; prior thereto,
BDI Associates L.P., an affiliate of the Company.
Management Share The exchange by certain members of the Company's management of Parent
Exchange Non-Voting Stock for shares of Class A Common Stock, which occurred
concurrently with the consummation of the Initial Public Offering.
Michigan/Texas DBS The acquisition of DIRECTV distribution rights for certain rural areas
Acquisition of Texas and Michigan and related assets.
Mississippi DBS The acquisition of DIRECTV distribution rights for certain rural areas
Acquisition of Mississippi and related assets.
New Credit Facility The Company's seven-year, senior collateralized credit facility. See
"Description of Indebtedness -- New Credit Facility."
New England DBS The Company's DIRECTV service territories in Connecticut, Massachusetts,
Territory New Hampshire and New York.
New Hampshire Cable Sale The sale of the Company's New Hampshire Cable systems.
Notes PM&C's 12 1/2% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005 issued in an
aggregate principal amount of $85.0 million.

NRTC The National Rural Telecommunications Cooperative, the only entity authorized
to provide DIRECTV services that is independent of DIRECTV Enterprises,
Inc. Approximately 220 NRTC members are authorized to provide DIRECTV services
in exclusive territories granted to the NRTC by DIRECTV Enterprises, Inc.
Ohio DBS Acquisition The acquisition of DIRECTV distribution rights for certain rural areas
of Ohio and related assets.

</TABLE>

11
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Old Credit Facility The Company's $10.0 million revolving credit facility that was retired
concurrently with the entering into of the New Credit Facility.
Operating Cash Flow Income (loss) from operations plus (i) depreciation and amortization and
(ii) non-cash incentive compensation. Although Operating Cash Flow is not
a measure of performance under generally accepted accounting principles,
the Company believes that Operating Cash Flow is accepted within the Company's
business segments as a generally recognized measure of performance and
is used by analysts who report publicly on the performance of companies
operating in such segments. Nevertheless, the measure should not be considered
in isolation or as a substitute for income from operations, net income,
net cash provided by operating activities or any other measure for determining
the Company's operating performance or liquidity which is calculated in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Parent Pegasus Communications Holdings, Inc., the direct parent of Pegasus.
Parent Non-Voting Stock The Class B Non-Voting Stock of the Parent.
Pegasus Pegasus Communications Corporation.
Pegasus Credit Facility Pegasus' $5.0 million credit facility which was retired concurrently with
the completion of the Unit Offering.
PM&C Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc., which became a direct subsidiary
of Pegasus upon completion of the Initial Public Offering and a wholly
owned subsidiary upon completion of the Registered Exchange Offer.
PM&C Class A Shares The Class A shares of PM&C which were transferred to Pegasus concurrently
with the completion of the Initial Public Offering.
PM&C Class B Shares The Class B shares of PM&C held by purchasers in the Notes offering, which
were exchanged by Pegasus for shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to
the Registered Exchange Offer.
Portland Acquisition The acquisition of WPXT.
Portland LMA The LMA relating to WWLA.
Registered Exchange Offer Pegasus' registered exchange offer to holders of PM&C Class B Shares for
191,775 shares in the aggregate of Class A Common Stock. The Registered
Exchange Offer terminated on December 30, 1996 and was accepted by all
holders of PM&C Class B Shares. This Prospectus gives effect to the exchange
of all of the PM&C Class B Shares for Class A Common Stock.
Selling Stockholders Certain members of the Company's management who are selling shares of Class
A Common Stock pursuant to this Prospectus.
Series A Preferred Stock The 12 3/4% Series A Cumulative Exchangeable Preferred Stock, which was
offered in connection with the Unit Offering.
Shares The shares of Class A Common Stock being offered hereby, from time to time,
by the Selling Stockholders.
Tallahassee Acquisition The acquisition of WTLH.
Towers Purchase The acquisition of certain tower properties from Towers, an affiliate of
the Company.
Towers Pegasus Towers, L.P.
</TABLE>

12
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Unit Offering Pegasus' public offering of 100,000 Units consisting of 100,000 shares
of Series A Preferred Stock and 100,000 Warrants, which was completed on
January 27, 1997.
Units The units consisting of Series A Preferred Stock and Warrants offered in
the Unit Offering.
Virginia/West Virginia The acquisition of DIRECTV distribution rights for certain rural areas
DBS Acquisition of Virginia and West Virginia and related assets.
Warrant Shares The 193,600 shares of Class A Common Stock, which were registered by the
Company in February 1997, and are reserved for issuance in connection with
the exercise of the Warrants.
Warrants The warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock offered in connection
with the Unit Offering.
WDBD Station WDBD-TV in the Jackson, Mississippi DMA.
WDSI Station WDSI-TV in the Chattanooga, Tennessee DMA.
WILF Station WILF-TV in the Northeastern Pennsylvania DMA.
WOLF Station WOLF-TV in the Northeastern Pennsylvania DMA.
WPXT Station WPXT-TV in the Portland, Maine DMA.
WTLH Station WTLH-TV in the Tallahassee, Florida DMA.
WWLA Station WWLA-TV to be constructed to serve the Portland, Maine DMA.
WWLF Station WWLF-TV in the Northeastern Pennsylvania DMA.
</TABLE>

13
<PAGE>

RISK FACTORS

Prospective investors should consider carefully the following risk
factors, in addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus
concerning the Company and its business, before purchasing the shares of
Class A Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus contains forward-looking
statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and
Section 21E of the Exchange Act that involve certain risk and uncertainties.
Discussions containing such forward-looking statements may be found in the
material set forth under "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business," as
well as in the Prospectus generally. The Company's actual results could
differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements
as a result of certain factors, including those set forth in the following
risk factors and appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. These
forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this Prospectus and the
Company assumes no obligation to update such forward-looking statements or to
update the reasons why actual results could differ materially from those
anticipated in such forward-looking statements.

SUBSTANTIAL INDEBTEDNESS AND LEVERAGE

The Company is highly leveraged. As of December 31, 1996, on a pro forma
basis after giving effect to the Completed Transactions, the Company would
have had indebtedness of $86.0 million, total stockholders' equity of $149.2
million including Preferred Stock of $96.0 million and, assuming certain
conditions are met, $50.0 million available under the New Credit Facility.
For the year ended December 31, 1996, on a pro forma basis after giving
effect to the Completed Transactions, the Company's earnings would have been
inadequate to cover its combined fixed charges and dividends on Series A
Preferred Stock by approximately $25.2 million. The ability of Pegasus to
repay its existing indebtedness and to pay dividends on the Series A
Preferred Stock and to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock upon its maturity
or to pay interest on the Exchange Notes, if issued, will depend upon future
operating performance, which is subject to the success of the Company's
business strategy, prevailing economic conditions, regulatory matters, levels
of interest rates and financial, business and other factors, many of which
are beyond the Company's control. There can be no assurance that the
Company's growth strategy will be successful in generating the substantial
increases in cash flow from operations that will be necessary for Pegasus to
meet its obligations on the Series A Preferred Stock following January 1,
2002 when such obligations will be required to be paid in cash or, if the
Exchange Notes are issued, to service its obligations under the Exchange
Notes. The current and future leverage of the Company could have important
consequences, including the following: (i) the ability of the Company to
obtain additional financing for future working capital needs or financing for
possible future acquisitions or other purposes may be limited, (ii) a
substantial portion of the Company's cash flow from operations will be
dedicated to payment of the principal and interest on its indebtedness, and
to payment of dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock or interest on the
Exchange Notes, if issued, thereby reducing funds available for other
purposes, and (iii) the Company will be more vulnerable to adverse economic
conditions than some of its competitors and, thus, may be limited in its
ability to withstand competitive pressures. The agreements with respect to
the Company's indebtedness, the Certificate of Designation (as defined) and
the Exchange Note Indenture contain numerous financial and operating
covenants, including, among others, restrictions on the ability of the
Company to incur additional indebtedness, to create liens or other
encumbrances, to pay dividends and to make certain other payments and
investments, and to sell or otherwise dispose of assets or merge or
consolidate with another entity. These covenants may have the effect of
impeding the Company's growth opportunities, which may affect its cash flow
and the value of the Class A Common Stock. There can be no assurance that
future cash flows of the Company will be sufficient to meet all of the
Company's obligations and commitments. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and
Capital Resources" "Description of Unit Offering Securities" and "Description
of Indebtedness."

DIVIDEND POLICY; RESTRICTIONS ON PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS

Pegasus has not paid any cash dividends on its Common Stock. The Company
currently intends to retain future earnings to use in its business and,
therefore, does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on its Common Stock
for the foreseeable future. Under the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock,
Pegasus' ability to pay dividends on the Class A Common Stock is subject to
certain restrictions. Pegasus is a holding company, and its ability to pay
dividends is dependent upon the receipt of dividends from its direct and
indirect

14
<PAGE>

subsidiaries. PM&C and its subsidiaries are parties to the New Credit
Facility and the Indenture each of which imposes substantial restrictions on
PM&C's ability to pay dividends to Pegasus. See "Dividend Policy,"
"Description of Indebtedness," and "Description of Unit Offering Securities."

DEPENDENCE ON FOX NETWORK AFFILIATION

Certain of the Company's TV stations are affiliated with the Fox Network,
which provides the stations with up to 40 hours of programming time per week,
including 15 hours of prime time programming, in return for the broadcasting
of Fox-inserted commercials by the stations during such programming. As a
result, the successful operation of the Company's TV stations is highly
dependent on the Company's relationship with Fox and on Fox's success as a
broadcast network. All of the Company's affiliation agreements with Fox
expire on October 31, 1998 with the exception of the affiliation agreement
with respect to WTLH, which expires on December 31, 2000. Thereafter, the
affiliation agreements may be extended for additional two-year terms by Fox
in its sole discretion. Fox has, in the past, changed affiliates in certain
markets where it acquired a significant ownership position in a station in
such market. In the event that Fox, directly or indirectly, acquires any
significant ownership and/or controlling interest in any TV station licensed
to any community within the Company's TV markets, Fox has the right to
terminate the affiliation agreement of the Company's TV station serving that
market. As a consequence, there is no assurance that Fox could not enter into
such an arrangement in one of the Company's markets. There can also be no
assurance that Fox programming will continue to be as successful as in the
past or that Fox will continue to provide programming to its affiliates on
the same basis as it currently does, all of which matters are beyond the
Company's control. The non-renewal or termination of the Fox affiliation of
one or more of the Company's stations could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's operations. See "Business -- TV" and "Business -- Licenses,
LMAs, DBS Agreements and Cable Franchises."

RELIANCE ON DBS TECHNOLOGY AND DIRECTV

The Company's DBS business is a new business with unproven potential.
There are numerous risks associated with DBS technology, in general, and
DIRECTV, in particular. DBS technology is highly complex and requires the
manufacture and integration of diverse and advanced components that may not
function as expected. Although the DIRECTV satellites are estimated to have
orbital lives at least through the year 2007, there can be no assurance as to
the longevity of the satellites or that loss, damage or changes in the
satellites as a result of acts of war, anti-satellite devices, electrostatic
storms or collisions with space debris will not occur and have a material
adverse effect on DIRECTV and the Company's DBS business. Furthermore, the
digital compression technology used by DBS providers is not standardized and
is undergoing rapid change. Since the Company serves as an intermediary for
DIRECTV, the Company would be adversely affected by material adverse changes
in DIRECTV's financial condition, programming, technological capabilities or
services, and such effect could be material to the Company's prospects. There
can also be no assurance that there will be sufficient demand for DIRECTV
services since such demand depends upon consumer acceptance of DBS, the
availability of equipment and related components required to access DIRECTV
services and the competitive pricing of such equipment. See "Business -- DBS"
and "Business -- Competition."

The NRTC is a cooperative organization whose members are engaged in the
distribution of telecommunications and other services in predominantly rural
areas of the United States. Pursuant to agreements between Hughes and the
NRTC (the "NRTC Agreement") and between the NRTC and participating NRTC
members (the "Member Agreement" and, together with the NRTC Agreement, the
"DBS Agreements"), participating NRTC members acquired the exclusive right to
provide DIRECTV programming services to residential and commercial
subscribers in certain service areas. The DBS Agreements authorize the NRTC
and participating NRTC members to provide all commercial services offered by
DIRECTV that are transmitted from the frequencies that the FCC has authorized
for DIRECTV's use at its present orbital location for a term running through
the life of the current satellites. The NRTC has advised the Company that the
NRTC Agreement also provides the NRTC a right of first refusal to acquire
comparable rights in the event that DIRECTV elects to launch successor
satellites upon the removal of the present satellites from active service.
The financial terms of any such purchase are likely to be the subject of
negotiations. Any exercise of

15
<PAGE>

such right is uncertain and will depend, in part, on DIRECTV's costs of
constructing, launching and placing in service such successor satellites. The
Company is, therefore, unable to predict whether substantial additional
expenditures by the NRTC and its members, including the Company, will be
required in connection with the exercise of such right of first refusal.

RISKS ATTENDANT TO ACQUISITION STRATEGY

The Company regularly considers the acquisition of media and
communications properties and, at any given time, is in various stages of
considering such opportunities. Since January 1, 1996, the Company has
acquired or entered into agreements to acquire a number of properties. The
Company sometimes structures its acquisitions, like the Indiana DBS
Acquisition and the Virginia/West Virginia DBS Acquisition, to qualify for
tax-free treatment. There is no assurance that such treatment will be
respected by the Internal Revenue Service. There can also be no assurance
that the anticipated benefits of any of the acquisitions described herein or
future acquisitions will be realized. The process of integrating acquired
operations into the Company's operations may result in unforeseen operating
difficulties, could absorb significant management attention and may require
significant financial resources that would otherwise be available for the
ongoing development or expansion of the Company's existing operations. The
Company's acquisition strategy may be unsuccessful since the Company may be
unable to identify acquisitions in the future or, if identified, to arrive at
prices and terms comparable to past acquisitions. The successful completion
of an acquisition may depend on consents from third parties, including
federal, state and local regulatory authorities or private parties such as
Fox, the NRTC and Hughes, all of whose consents are beyond the Company's
control. Possible future acquisitions by the Company could result in dilutive
issuances of equity securities, the incurrence of additional debt and
contingent liabilities, and additional amortization expenses related to
goodwill and other intangible assets, which could materially adversely affect
the Company's financial condition and operating results.

DISCRETION OF MANAGEMENT CONCERNING FUNDS

A portion of the remaining net proceeds of the Unit Offering is anticipated
to be contributed to current or future subsidiaries of Pegasus or to be used to
fund acquisitions. It is anticipated that pending such use, such proceeds will
be invested in certain short-term investments. Such funds, together with the
Company's existing working capital, funds that may be available to the Company
under the New Credit Facility and the net proceeds from the New Hampshire Cable
Sale, will represent a significant amount of funds over which management will
have substantial discretion as to their application. There can be no assurance
the Company will deploy such funds in a manner that will enhance the financial
condition of the Company.

INABILITY TO MANAGE GROWTH EFFECTIVELY

The Company has experienced a period of rapid growth primarily as a result
of its acquisition strategy. In order to achieve its business objectives, the
Company expects to continue to expand largely through acquisitions, which
could place a significant strain on its management, operating procedures,
financial resources, employees and other resources. The Company's ability to
manage its growth may require it to continue to improve its operational,
financial and management information systems, and to motivate and effectively
manage its employees. If the Company's management is unable to manage growth
effectively, the Company's results of operations could be materially
adversely affected.

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

The Company's future success may depend to a significant extent upon the
performance of a number of the Company's key personnel, including Marshall W.
Pagon, Pegasus' President and Chief Executive Officer. See "Management and
Certain Transactions." The loss of Mr. Pagon or other key management
personnel or the failure to recruit and retain personnel could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business. The Company does not
maintain "key-man" insurance and has not entered into employment agreements
with respect to any such individuals.

16
<PAGE>

COMPETITION IN THE TV, DBS AND CABLE BUSINESSES

Each of the markets in which the Company operates is highly competitive.
Many of the Company's competitors have substantially greater resources than
the Company and may be able to compete more effectively than the Company in
the Company's markets. In addition, the markets in which the Company operates
are in a constant state of change due to technological, economic and
regulatory developments. The Company is unable to predict what forms of
competition will develop in the future, the extent of such competition or its
possible effects on the Company's businesses. The Company's TV stations
compete for audience share, programming and advertising revenue with other
television stations in their respective markets, and compete for advertising
revenue with other advertising media, such as newspapers, radio, magazines,
outdoor advertising, transit advertising, yellow page directories, direct
mail and local cable systems. The Company's DBS business faces competition
from other current or potential multichannel programming distributors,
including other DBS operators, other direct to home ("DTH") providers, cable
operators, wireless cable operators and local exchange and long-distance
telephone companies, which may be able to offer more competitive packages or
pricing than the Company or DIRECTV. The Company's Cable systems face
competition from television stations, SMATV systems, wireless cable systems,
DTH and DBS systems. See "Business -- Competition."

GOVERNMENT LEGISLATION, REGULATION, LICENSES AND FRANCHISES

The Company's businesses are subject to extensive and changing laws and
regulations, including those of the FCC and local regulatory bodies. Many of
the Company's operations are subject to licensing and franchising
requirements of federal, state and local law and are, therefore, subject to
the risk that material licenses and franchises will not be obtained or
renewed in the future. The United States Congress and the FCC have in the
past, and may in the future, adopt new laws, regulations and policies
regarding a wide variety of matters, including rulemakings arising as a
result of the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "1996 Act"), that could,
directly or indirectly, affect the operations of the Company's businesses.
The business prospects of the Company could be materially adversely affected
by the application of current FCC rules or policies in a manner leading to
the denial of pending applications by the Company, by the adoption of new
laws, policies and regulations, or changes in existing laws, policies and
regulations, including changes to their interpretations or applications, that
modify the present regulatory environment or by the failure of certain rules
or policies to change in the manner anticipated by the Company. See "Business
- -- Licenses, LMAs, DBS Agreements and Cable Franchises" and "Business --
Legislation and Regulation."

To the extent that the Company expects to program stations through the use
of LMAs, there can be no assurance that the licensees of such stations will
not unreasonably exercise rights to preempt the programming of the Company,
or that the licensees of such stations will continue to maintain the
transmission facilities of the stations in a manner sufficient to broadcast a
high quality signal over the station. As the licensees must also maintain all
of the qualifications necessary to be a licensee of the FCC, and as the
principals of the licensees are not under the control of the Company, there
can be no assurance that these licenses will be maintained by the entities
which currently hold them.

Pursuant to the 1996 Act, the continued performance of then existing LMAs
was generally grandfathered. The Portland LMA has been entered into but its
performance is currently pending completion of construction of the station.
The FCC suggested in a recent rulemaking proposal that LMAs entered into
after November 6, 1996 will not be grandfathered. The Company cannot predict
if the Portland LMA will be grandfathered. Currently, television LMAs are not
considered attributable interests under the FCC's multiple ownership rules.
However, the FCC is considering proposals which would make such LMAs
attributable, as they generally are in the radio broadcasting industry. If
the FCC were to adopt a rule that makes such interests attributable, without
modifying its current prohibitions against the ownership of more than one
television station in a market, the Company could be prohibited from entering
into such arrangements with other stations in markets in which it owns
television stations and could be required to modify any then existing LMAs.

Additionally, irrespective of the FCC rules, the Department of Justice and
the Federal Trade Commission (the "Antitrust Agencies") have the authority to
determine that a particular transaction presents antitrust concerns. The
Antitrust Agencies have recently increased their scrutiny of the television
and radio industry,

17
<PAGE>

and have indicated their intention to review matters related to the
concentration of ownership within markets (including through LMAs) even when
the ownership or LMA in question is permitted under the regulations of the
FCC. There can be no assurance that future policy and rulemaking activities
of the Antitrust Agencies will not affect the Company's operations (including
existing stations or markets) or expansion strategy.

CONCENTRATION OF SHARE OWNERSHIP AND VOTING CONTROL BY MARSHALL W. PAGON

Pegasus' Common Stock is divided into two classes with different voting
rights. Holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on
all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders generally and holders of
Class B Common Stock are entitled to ten votes per share. Both classes vote
together as a single class on all matters except in connection with certain
amendments to Pegasus' Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the
authorization or issuance of additional shares of Class B Common Stock, and
except where class voting is required under the Delaware General Corporation
Law. See "Description of Capital Stock." As a result of his beneficial
ownership of all the outstanding voting stock of the sole general partner of
a limited partnership that indirectly controls the Parent and of his control
of the only other holder of Class B Common Stock, Marshall W. Pagon, the
President and Chief Executive Officer of Pegasus, beneficially owns all of
the Class B Common Stock of Pegasus. After giving effect to the greater
voting rights attached to the Class B Common Stock, Mr. Pagon will be able to
effectively vote 89.9% of the combined voting power of the outstanding Common
Stock and will have sufficient power (without the consent of the holders of
the Class A Common Stock) to elect the entire Board of Directors of Pegasus
and, in general, to determine the outcome of matters submitted to the
stockholders for approval. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders" and
"Description of Capital Stock -- Common Stock." Except as required under the
Delaware General Corporation Law and the Certificate of Designation, holders
of the Series A Preferred Stock will have no voting rights. See "Description
of Unit Offering Securities -- Description of Series A Preferred Stock --
Voting Rights."

VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE

There may be significant volatility in the market price of the Class A
Common Stock due to factors that may or may not relate to the Company's
performance. The market price of the Class A Common Stock may be
significantly affected by various factors such as economic forecasts,
financial market conditions, reorganizations and acquisitions and quarterly
variations in the Company's results of operations. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

POTENTIAL ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS; CHANGE OF CONTROL

Pegasus' Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation contains, among
other things, provisions authorizing the issuance of "blank check" preferred
stock and two classes of Common Stock with different voting rights. See
"Description of Capital Stock." In addition, the Company is subject to the
provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. These
provisions could delay, deter or prevent a merger, consolidation, tender
offer, or other business combination or change of control involving the
Company that some or a majority of the Company's stockholders might consider
to be in their best interests, including tender offers or attempted takeovers
that might otherwise result in such stockholders receiving a premium over the
market price for the Class A Common Stock.

Upon a Change of Control (as defined in the Certificate of Designation and
Exchange Note Indenture, as applicable), Pegasus will be required to offer to
purchase all of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Exchange Notes, as
the case may be, then outstanding at 101% of, in the case of Series A
Preferred Stock, the Liquidation Preference thereof plus, without
duplication, accumulated and unpaid dividends to the repurchase date or, in
the case of Exchange Notes, the aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any. The repurchase price is payable in cash. There can
be no assurance that, were a Change of Control to occur, Pegasus would have
sufficient funds to pay the purchase price for all the shares of Series A
Preferred Stock or Exchange Notes, as the case may be, which Pegasus might be
required to purchase. There can also be no assurance that the subsidiaries of
Pegasus would be permitted by the terms of their outstanding indebtedness,
including pursuant to the Indenture and the New Credit Facility, to pay
dividends to Pegasus to

18
<PAGE>

permit Pegasus to purchase shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Exchange
Notes. Any such dividends are currently prohibited. See "Description of
Indebtedness." In addition, any such Change of Control transaction may also
be a change of control under the New Credit Facility and the Indenture, which
would require PM&C to prepay all amounts owing under the New Credit Facility
and to reduce the commitments thereunder to zero and to offer to purchase all
outstanding Notes at a price of 101% of the aggregate principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of purchase. In
the event Pegasus does not have sufficient funds to pay the purchase price of
the Series A Preferred Stock or the Exchange Notes, as the case may be, upon
a Change of Control, Pegasus could be required to seek third party financing
to the extent it did not have sufficient funds available to meet its purchase
obligations, and there can be no assurance that Pegasus would be able to
obtain such financing on favorable terms, if at all. See "Description of
Indebtedness." In addition, any change of control would be subject to the
prior approval of the FCC.

19
<PAGE>

USE OF PROCEEDS

The Company will not realize any of the proceeds of the Shares offered
hereby. Any such proceeds will be paid to the Selling Stockholders or
Pledgees.

DIVIDEND POLICY

Pegasus has not paid any cash dividends on its Common Stock. The Company
currently intends to retain future earnings for use in its business and,
therefore, does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on its Common Stock
for the foreseeable future. Under the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock,
Pegasus's ability to pay dividends on the Class A Common Stock is subject to
certain restrictions. The payment of future dividends, if any, will depend,
among other things, on the Company's results of operations and financial
condition, any restriction in the Company's loan agreements and on such other
factors as Pegasus' Board of Directors may, in its discretion, consider
relevant. Since Pegasus is a holding company, its ability to pay dividends is
dependent upon the receipt of dividends from its direct and indirect
subsidiaries. PM&C, which is a direct subsidiary of Pegasus, is a party to
the New Credit Facility and the Indenture that restrict its ability to pay
dividends. Under the terms of the Indenture, PM&C is prohibited from paying
dividends prior to July 1, 1998. The payment of dividends by PM&C subsequent
to July 1, 1998 will be subject to the satisfaction of certain financial
conditions set forth in the Indenture and will also be subject to lender
consent under the terms of the New Credit Facility. See "Risk Factors --
Dividend Policy; Restrictions on Payment of Dividends," "Description of
Indebtedness" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

CLASS A COMMON STOCK INFORMATION

The Class A Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol "PGTV." The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices
per share of Class A Common Stock, as reported by Nasdaq for 1996 subsequent
to Pegasus' Initial Public Offering on October 3, 1996 and for 1997. These
quotations and sales prices do not include retail mark-ups, mark-downs or
commissions.

1996 High Low
---- -------- --------
Fourth Quarter ..................... $16.00 $11.25
1997
- ----
First Quarter (through March 24,
1997) ............................. $14.00 $10.75

On March 24, 1997, the last reported sales price for the Class A Common
Stock was $10.75 per share. As of March 24, 1997, Pegasus had approximately
103 holders of record (excluding holders whose securities were held in street
or nominee name).

20
<PAGE>

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company (i) as of
December 31, 1996 and (ii) on a pro forma basis to reflect the Completed
Transactions. See "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Data" and "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information." The table does not
give pro forma effect to the exercise of the Warrants issued in the Unit
Offering because the timing of any such exercise is uncertain.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of December 31, 1996
-------------------------
Actual Pro Forma
---------- -----------
(Dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C>
Cash and cash equivalents ......................................... $ 8,582 $ 48,073
========== ===========
Total debt:
New Credit Facility(1) .......................................... 29,600 --
12 1/2% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005(2) ......... 81,588 81,588
Note payable due 1998, interest at 10% .......................... 3,050 3,050
Capital leases and other ........................................ 1,338 1,338
---------- -----------
Total debt ..................................................... 115,576 85,976
---------- -----------
Series A Preferred Stock, $1,000 liquidation preference per share;
100,000 shares authorized and outstanding pro forma(3) .......... -- 96,000
Minority interest(4) .............................................. -- 3,000
Total stockholders' equity:
Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value, 30,000,000 shares
authorized; 5,129,879 shares issued and outstanding pro
forma(5) ..................................................... 46 51
Class B Common Stock, $0.01 par value, 15,000,000 shares
authorized; 4,581,900 shares issued and outstanding pro forma 46 46
Additional paid-in capital(5) ................................... 57,736 63,331
Retained deficit ................................................ (17,502) (13,259)
---------- -----------
Total stockholders' equity ..................................... 40,326 50,169
---------- -----------
Total capitalization .............................................. $155,902 $235,145
========== ===========

</TABLE>

- ------
(1) For a description of the New Credit Facility, see "Description of
Indebtedness -- New Credit Facility."

(2) For a description of the principal terms of the Notes, see "Description
of Indebtedness -- Notes."

(3) For a description of the principal terms of the Series A Preferred Stock
and the Warrants, see "Description of Unit Offering Securities."

(4) Represents preferred stock of a subsidiary of Pegasus issued in
connection with the Virginia/West Virginia DBS Acquisition.

(5) Pro forma shares issued and outstanding include the issuance of 466,667
shares of Class A Common Stock in connection with the Indiana DBS
Acquisition.

21
<PAGE>

PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Pro forma consolidated statement of operations and other data for the
years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 give effect to (i) the Portland
Acquisition, which closed on January 29, 1996, (ii) the Tallahassee
Acquisition, which closed on March 8, 1996, (iii) the Michigan/Texas DBS
Acquisition, which closed on October 8, 1996, (iv) the Cable Acquisition,
which closed on August 29, 1996, (v) the Ohio DBS Acquisition, which closed
on November 8, 1996, (vi) the New Hampshire Cable Sale, which closed on
January 31, 1997, (vii) the Initial Public Offering, which was consummated on
October 8, 1996, (viii) the Unit Offering, which was consummated on January
27, 1997, and (ix) the DBS Acquisitions, which include the Indiana,
Mississippi, Arkansas and Virginia/West Virginia DBS Acquisitions (which
closed on or as of January 31, 1997, February 14, 1997, March 10, 1997 and
March 10, 1997, respectively), all as if such events had occurred at the
beginning of each period. The Company believes that the historical income
statement data and other data for the DBS Acquisitions would not materially
impact the Company's historical and pro forma income statement data and other
data.

The pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 1996
gives effect to (i) payments in connection with the Portland Acquisition
which were made on October 8, 1996, (ii) the Michigan/Texas DBS Acquisition,
which closed on October 8, 1996, (iii) the Ohio DBS Acquisition, which closed
on November 8, 1996, (iv) the Registered Exchange Offer, which was completed
on December 30, 1996, (v) the New Hampshire Cable Sale, which closed on
January 31, 1997, (vi) the Initial Public Offering, which was consummated on
October 8, 1996, (vii) the DBS Acquisitions, which include the Indiana,
Mississippi, Arkansas, and Virginia/West Virginia DBS Acquisitions (which
closed on or as of January 31, 1997, February 14, 1997, March 10, 1997 and
March 10, 1997, respectively), and (viii) the Unit Offering, which was
consummated on January 27, 1997, as if such events had occurred on such date.

These acquisitions are accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting. The total costs of such acquisitions are allocated to the
tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon
their respective fair values. The allocation of the purchase price included
in the pro forma financial statements is preliminary. The Company does not
expect that the final allocation of the purchase price will materially differ
from the preliminary allocation.

The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and upon
certain assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable. The pro forma
consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with the
Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto, as well as the
financial statements and notes thereto of the acquisitions, included
elsewhere in this Prospectus. The pro forma consolidated financial
information is not necessarily indicative of the Company's future results of
operations. See "Risk Factors -- Risks Attendant to Acquisition Strategy."

22
<PAGE>

PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Acquisitions
----------------------------------------------------------

MI/TX OH
Actual Portland(1) Tallahassee(2) DBS(3) Cable(4) DBS(5)
-------- --------- ------------ ---------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Income Statement Data:

Net revenues

TV ............................. $19,973 $ 4,409 $2,784 $ -- $ -- $ --
DBS ............................ 1,469 -- -- 2,513 -- 942
Cable .......................... 10,606 -- -- -- 5,777 --
Other .......................... 100 -- -- -- -- --
-------- --------- ------------ ---------- ------- -------
Total net revenues ............ 32,148 4,409 2,784 2,513 5,777 942
Location operating expenses

TV ............................. 13,933 3,441 2,133 -- -- --

DBS ............................ 1,379 -- -- 3,083 -- 956
Cable .......................... 5,791 -- -- -- 3,353 --
Other .......................... 38 -- -- -- -- --
Incentive compensation ........... 528 -- -- -- -- --
Corporate expenses ............... 1,364 147 40 139 132 --
Depreciation and amortization .... 8,751 212 107 559 501 183
-------- --------- ------------ ---------- ------- -------
Income (loss) from operations .... 364 609 504 (1,268) 1,791 (197)
Interest expense ................. (8,817) (1,138) (163) (631) (850) --
Interest income .................. 370 -- -- -- -- --
Other income (expense), net ...... (44) (542) (64) -- 50 --
Provision (benefit) for income
taxes .......................... 30 -- 105 -- (189) --
-------- --------- ------------ ---------- ------- -------
Income (loss) before extraordinary
items .......................... (8,157) (1,071) 172 (1,899) 1,180 (197)
Dividends on Series A Preferred
Stock .......................... -- -- -- -- -- --
-------- --------- ------------ ---------- ------- -------
Income (loss) applicable to
common shares before
extraordinary items ............ $(8,157) $(1,071) $ 172 $(1,899) $1,180 $(197)
======== ========= ============ ========== ======= =======
Income (loss) per share:

Loss before extraordinary items

Weighted average shares
outstanding .................

Other Data:
Location Cash Flow (22) .......... $11,007 $ 968 $ 651 $ (570) $2,424 $ (14)
Operating Cash Flow (22) ......... 9,287 821 611 (709) 2,292 (14)
Capital expenditures ............. 2,640 139 28 58 304 --
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

(RESTUBBED TABLE CONTINUED FROM ABOVE)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NH
The Cable DBS Unit Pro
Adjustments IPO Sub-Total Sale(6) Acquisitions(23) Offering Forma
----------- ---------- --------- ----------- -------------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Income Statement Data:

Net revenues

TV ............................. $ 139(7) $ -- $ 27,305 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 27,305
DBS ............................ -- -- 4,924 -- 3,899 -- 8,823
Cable .......................... -- -- 16,383 (1,464) -- -- 14,919
Other .......................... -- -- 100 -- -- -- 100
----------- ---------- --------- ----------- ------------- --------- ---------
Total net revenues ............ 139 -- 48,712 (1,464) 3,899 -- 51,147
Location operating expenses

TV ............................. (186)(8)
(111)(9) -- 19,210 -- -- -- 19,210
DBS ............................ (341)(10) -- 5,077 -- 3,977 -- 9,054
Cable .......................... (332)(11) -- 8,812 (768) -- -- 8,044
Other .......................... -- -- 38 -- -- -- 38
Incentive compensation ........... -- -- 528 (17) -- -- 511
Corporate expenses ............... (458)(12) -- 1,364 -- -- -- 1,364
Depreciation and amortization .... 5,544 (13) 129 (18) 15,986 (618) 3,367 -- 18,735
----------- ---------- --------- ----------- ------------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) from operations .... (3,977) (129) (2,303) (61) (3,445) -- (5,809)
Interest expense ................. (2,893)(14) 2,919 (19) (11,573) -- -- 2,538(20) (9,035)

Interest income .................. (241)(15) -- 129 -- -- -- 129
Other income (expense), net ...... 542 (16) -- (58) -- --) -- (58)
Provision (benefit) for income
taxes .......................... 84 (17) -- 30 -- -- -- 30
----------- ---------- --------- ----------- ------------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before extraordinary
items .......................... (6,653) 2,790 (13,835) (61) (3,445) 2,538(21) (14,803)
Dividends on Series A Preferred
Stock .......................... -- -- -- -- -- (12,750) (12,750)
----------- ---------- --------- ----------- ------------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) applicable to
common shares before
extraordinary items ............ $(6,653) $2,790 $(13,835) $ (61) $(3,445) $ (10,212) $ (27,553)
=========== ========== ========= =========== ============= ========= ===========
Income (loss) per share:

Loss before extraordinary items $ (5.36)
=========
Weighted average shares
outstanding ................. 5,139,937
=========
Other Data:
Location Cash Flow (22) .......... $ 1,109 $ -- $ 15,575 $ (696) $ (78) $ -- $ 14,801
Operating Cash Flow (22) ......... 1,567 -- 13,855 (696) (78) -- 13,081
Capital expenditures ............. -- -- 3,169 (147) 1,852 -- 4,874
</TABLE>

23
<PAGE>

PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Acquisitions
---------------------------------------------------------
MI/TX OH
Actual Portland(1) Tallahassee(2) DBS(3) Cable(4) DBS(5)
-------- --------- ------------ ---------- ------ -------

<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Income Statement Data:
Net revenues
TV ............................. $ 28,488 $ 247 $404 $ -- $ -- $ --
DBS ............................ 5,829 -- -- 3,075 -- 1,556
Cable .......................... 13,496 -- -- -- 4,056 --
Other .......................... 116 -- -- -- -- --
-------- --------- ------------ ---------- ------ -------
Total net revenues ............ 47,929 247 404 3,075 4,056 1,556
Location operating expenses
TV ............................. 18,726 294 243 -- --
-- --
DBS ............................ 4,958 -- -- 2,769 -- 1,525
Cable .......................... 7,192 -- -- -- 2,448 --
Other .......................... 28 -- -- -- -- --
Incentive compensation ........... 985 -- -- -- -- --
Corporate expenses ............... 1,429 12 21 115 88 26
Depreciation and amortization .... 12,061 6 11 449 365 163
-------- --------- ------------ ---------- ------ -------
Income (loss) from operations .... 2,550 (65) 129 (258) 1,155 (158)
Interest expense ................. (12,455) (565) (20) (479) (482) --
Interest income .................. 232 -- -- -- -- --
Other income (expense), net ...... (171) 20 (17) -- -- --
Provision (benefit) for income
taxes .......................... (120) -- 35 -- 20 --
-------- --------- ------------ ---------- ------ -------
Income (loss) before extraordinary
items .......................... (9,724) (610) 57 (737) 653 (158)
-------- --------- ------------ ---------- ------ -------
Dividends on Series A Preferred
Stock .......................... -- -- -- -- -- --
-------- --------- ------------ ---------- ------ -------
Income (loss) applicable to
common shares before
extraordinary items ............ $ (9,724) $(610) $ 57 $ (737) $ 653 $ (158)
======== ========= ============ ========== ====== =======
Income (loss) per share:
Loss before extraordinary items .
Weighted average shares
outstanding ...................
Other Data:
Location Cash Flow (22) .......... $ 17,025 $ (47) $161 $ 306 $1,608 $ 31
Operating Cash Flow (22) ......... 15,596 (59) 140 191 1,520 5
Capital expenditures ............. 6,294 -- -- -- 96 --
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

(RESTUBBED TABLE CONTINUED FROM ABOVE)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NH
The Cable DBS Unit Pro
Adjustments IPO Sub-Total Sale(6) Acquisitions(23) Offering Forma
----------- --------- --------- ----------- -------------- --------- ---------

<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Income Statement Data:
Net revenues
TV ............................. $ 17(7) $ -- $ 29,156 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ 29,156
DBS ............................ -- -- 10,460 -- 7,679 -- 18,139
Cable .......................... -- -- 17,552 (1,688) -- -- 15,864
Other .......................... -- -- 116 -- -- -- 116
----------- --------- --------- ----------- -------------- --------- ---------
Total net revenues ............ 17 -- 57,284 (1,688) 7,679 -- 63,275
Location operating expenses
TV ............................. (28)(8)
(15)(9) -- 19,220 -- -- -- 19,220
DBS ............................ (297)(10) -- 8,955 -- 6,478 -- 15,433
Cable .......................... (249)(11) -- 9,391 (918) -- -- 8,473
Other .......................... -- -- 28 -- -- -- 28
Incentive compensation ........... -- -- 985 (75) -- -- 910
Corporate expenses ............... (148)(12) -- 1,543 -- -- -- 1,543
Depreciation and amortization .... 3,401(13) 96(18) 16,552 (618) 3,367 -- 19,301
----------- --------- --------- ----------- -------------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) from operations .... (2,647) (96) 610 (77) (2,166) -- (1,633)
Interest expense ................. (1,631)(14) 2,190(19) (13,442) -- -- 2,538(20) (10,904)
Interest income .................. -- -- 232 -- -- -- 232
Other income (expense), net ...... -- -- (168) -- -- -- (168)
Provision (benefit) for income
taxes .......................... (55)(17) -- (120) -- -- -- (120)
----------- --------- --------- ----------- -------------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before extraordinary
items .......................... (4,223) 2,094 (12,648) (77) (2,166) 2,538(21) (12,353)
----------- --------- --------- ----------- -------------- --------- ---------
Dividends on Series A Preferred
Stock .......................... -- -- -- -- -- (12,750) (12,750)
----------- --------- --------- ----------- -------------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) applicable to
common shares before
extraordinary items ............ $(4,223) $2,094 $(12,648) $ (77) $(2,166) $(10,212) $ (25,103)
=========== ========= ========= =========== ============== ========= =========
Income (loss) per share:
Loss before extraordinary items . $ (2.72)
=========
Weighted average shares
outstanding ................... 9,711,779
=========
Other Data:
Location Cash Flow (22) .......... $ 606 $ -- $ 19,690 $ (770) $ 1,201 $ -- $ 20,121
Operating Cash Flow (22) ......... 754 -- 18,147 (770) 1,201 -- 18,578
Capital expenditures ............. -- -- 6,390 (196) 1,871 -- 8,065
</TABLE>

24
<PAGE>

NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(1) Financial results of Portland Broadcasting, Inc.
(2) Financial results of WTLH, Inc.
(3) Financial results of the DBS Operations of Harron Communications Corp.
(4) Financial results of Dom's Tele Cable, Inc.
(5) Financial results of the DBS Operations of the Chillicothe Telephone
Company.
(6) Financial results of the New Hampshire Operations of Pegasus Cable
Television.
(7) To reduce the commissions paid by WPXT and WTLH to their national
advertising sales representative to conform to the Company's contract.
(8) To eliminate payroll expense related to staff reductions implemented
upon the consummation of the Portland Acquisition.
(9) To eliminate rent expenses incurred by WTLH, Inc. for the tower site
acquired and office property to be acquired by the Company in connection
with the Tallahassee Acquisition.
(10) To eliminate rent and other overhead expenses incurred by the prior
owner that will not be incurred by the Company for certain office
properties in connection with the Michigan/Texas DBS Acquisition.
(11) To reflect expense reductions, such as redundant staff, rent,
professional fees and utilities to be implemented in connection with the
Cable Acquisition and interconnection of its Puerto Rico Cable systems.
(12) To eliminate corporate expenses charged by prior owners.
(13) To record additional depreciation and amortization resulting from the
purchase accounting treatment of the acquisitions outlined above. Such
amounts are based on a preliminary allocation of the total
consideration. The actual depreciation and amortization may change based
upon the final allocation of the total consideration to be paid to the
tangible and intangible assets acquired.
(14) To record the increase in net interest expense associated with the
borrowings incurred in connection with the acquisitions described above.
(15) To eliminate interest income earned on funds escrowed and used for
acquisitions.
(16) To eliminate certain nonrecurring expenses, primarily comprised of legal
and professional expenses incurred by the prior owners of the businesses
in connection with the acquisitions.
(17) To eliminate net tax benefit in connection with the acquisitions.
(18) To eliminate amortization of deferred costs related to the Old Credit
Facility and record amortization of costs incurred in connection with
the New Credit Facility.
(19) To remove interest expense on the debts retired with the proceeds of the
Initial Public Offering.
(20) To remove interest expense on the debt retired with the proceeds of the
Unit Offering.
(21) Upon the repurchase of outstanding notes in 1995, the Company recorded
an extraordinary gain on the extinguishment of debt of $10.2 million,
which is not included in these pro forma statements. Upon repayment of
the Old Credit Facility, the Company incurred an extraordinary expense
in connection with the write-down of deferred financing costs of
approximately $251,000, which is not included in these pro forma
statements. Upon consummation of the New Hampshire Cable Sale, the
Company will recognize a one time gain of approximately $4.3 million,
which is not included in these pro forma statements.
(22) Location Cash Flow is defined as net revenues less location operating
expenses. Location operating expenses consist of programming, barter
programming, general and administrative, technical and operations,
marketing and selling expenses. Operating Cash Flow is defined as income
(loss) from operations plus (i) depreciation and amortization and (ii)
non-cash incentive compensation. The difference between Location Cash
Flow and Operating Cash Flow is that Operating Cash Flow includes cash
incentive compensation and corporate expenses. Although Location Cash
Flow and Operating Cash Flow are not measures of performance under
generally accepted accounting principles, the Company believes that
Location Cash Flow and Operating Cash Flow are accepted within the
Company's business segments as generally recognized measures of
performance and are used by analysts who report publicly on the
performance of companies operating in such segments. Nevertheless, these
measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for
income from operations, net income, net cash provided by operating
activities or any other measure for determining the Company's operating
performance or liquidity which is calculated in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles.
(23) Proforma results of the Indiana, Mississippi, Arkansas, Virginia/West
Virginia DBS territories.

25
<PAGE>

PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Acquisitions
----------------------------------------------
NH MS VA/WV IN AR Unit
Actual Cable Sale(1) DBS(2) DBS(3) DBS(4) DBS(5) Offering(6) Pro Forma
---------- ------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets:
Cash and cash
equivalents ......... $ 8,582 $ 7,122 $(15,000) $(8,200) $(8,400) $(2,400) $ 66,369 $ 48,073
Accounts receivable, net 9,472 -- 1,000 -- -- -- -- 10,472
Inventories ............ 698 -- -- -- -- -- -- 698
Prepaid expenses and
other current assets 3,431 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3,431
Property and equipment,
net ................. 24,115 (1,888) -- -- -- -- -- 22,227
Intangibles ............ 126,236 (960) 14,000 11,200 14,000 2,400 -- 166,876
Other assets ........... 1,462 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1,462
---------- ------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------- -----------
Total assets ......... $173,680 $ 4,274 $ -- $ 3,000 $ 5,600 $ -- $ 66,369 $252,923
========== ============= =========== ========== ========== ========== =========== ===========
Liabilities and Equity:
Current liabilities .... $ 8,879 $ -- -- -- -- -- $ -- $ 8,879
Notes payable .......... 49 -- -- -- -- -- -- 49
Accrued interest ....... 5,592 -- -- 5,592
Current portion of
long-term debt ...... 315 -- -- 315
Current portion of
program liabilities . 601 -- -- -- -- -- -- 601
Long-term debt ......... 115,212 -- -- -- -- -- 526
(30,126) 85,612
Long-term program
liabilities ......... 1,365 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1,365
Other long-term
liabilities ......... 1,341 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1,341
---------- ------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------- -----------
Total liabilities ... 133,354 -- -- -- -- -- (29,600) 103,754
Series A Preferred Stock . -- -- -- -- -- -- 96,000 96,000
Minority interest(7) ..... -- -- -- 3,000 -- -- -- 3,000
Class A Common Stock(8) .. 46 -- -- -- 5 -- -- 51
Class B Common Stock ..... 46 -- -- -- -- -- -- 46
Additional paid-in capital 57,736 -- -- -- 5,595 -- -- 63,331
Retained earnings
(deficit) .............. (17,502) 4,274 -- -- -- -- (31) (13,259)
---------- ------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------- -----------
Total equity ........... 40,326 4,274 -- 3,000 5,600 -- 95,969 149,169
---------- ------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------- -----------
Total liabilities and
equity ............ $173,680 $ 4,274 $ -- $ 3,000 $ 5,600 $ -- $ 66,369 $252,923
========== ============= =========== ========== ========== ========== =========== ===========
</TABLE>

26
<PAGE>

NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(1) To record the New Hampshire Cable Sale for $7.1 million, net of
commission.

(2) To record the Mississippi DBS Acquisition for $15.0 million, all of which
is allocated to DBS rights.

(3) To record the Virginia/West Virginia DBS Acquisition for total
consideration of approximately $10.0 million, consisting of $8.2 million
in cash, $3.0 million of preferred stock of a subsidiary of Pegasus and
warrants to purchase a total of 283,969 shares of Class A Common Stock,
all of which is allocated to DBS rights.

(4) To record the Indiana DBS Acquisition for total consideration of
approximately $14.4 million, consisting of $8.8 million in cash and
466,667 shares of Class A Common Stock with a value of $5.6 million upon
issuance, all of which is allocated to DBS rights.

(5) To record the Arkansas DBS Acquisition for $2.4 million in cash, all of
which is allocated to DBS rights.

(6) To record the net proceeds from the Unit Offering and the intended uses
of such proceeds (dollars in thousands).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Source of proceeds:
Gross proceeds from the Unit Offering .................... $100,000
=========
Intended uses of proceeds:
Repay indebtedness under the New Credit Facility ......... $ 29,600
General corporate purposes ............................... 31,453
Cash pending Mississippi DBS Acquisition ................. 15,000
Cash pending Virginia/West Virginia DBS Acquisition ...... 8,189
Cash pending Indiana DBS Acquisition ..................... 8,800
Cash pending Arkansas DBS Acquisition .................... 2,400
Retirement of Pegasus Credit Facility and related expenses
thereto ................................................ 558
Underwriters' discount and transaction costs related to the
Unit Offering .......................................... 4,000
----------
Total intended uses of proceeds ..................... $100,000
==========
</TABLE>

(7) Represents preferred stock of a subsidiary of Pegasus to be issued in
connection with the Virginia/West Virginia DBS Acquisition.

(8) Pegasus is a newly-formed subsidiary of the Parent that prior to the
consummation of the Initial Public Offering had no material assets or
operating history. Prior to the Initial Public Offering, PM&C conducted
through subsidiaries the Company's operations as described herein.
Simultaneously with the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, the
Parent contributed to Pegasus all of its stock in PM&C, which consisted
of 161,500 PM&C Class A Shares in exchange for 3,380,435 shares of Class
B Common Stock.

27
<PAGE>

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The selected historical consolidated financial data for the years ended
December 31, 1992 and 1993 have been derived from the Company's audited
Consolidated Financial Statements for such periods. The selected historical
consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and
1996 have been derived from the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements
for such periods, which have been audited by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., as
indicated in their report included elsewhere herein. The information should
be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the
notes thereto, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations," and "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Information," which are included elsewhere herein.

28
<PAGE>

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pro
Forma
1992 1993 (1) 1994 1995 1996 1996(2)
---------- ---------- ---------- --------- ---------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Income Statement Data:
Net revenues:
TV ....................... $ -- $10,307 $17,808 $19,973 $ 28,488 $ 29,156
DBS ...................... -- -- 174 1,469 5,829 18,139
Cable .................... 5,279 9,134 10,148 10,606 13,496 15,864
Other .................... 40 46 61 100 116 116
--------- ---------- ---------- --------- ---------- -----------
Total net revenues ..... 5,319 19,487 28,191 32,148 47,929 63,275
--------- ---------- ---------- --------- ---------- -----------
Location operating expenses:
TV ....................... -- 7,564 12,380 13,933 18,726 19,220
DBS ...................... -- -- 210 1,379 4,958 15,433
Cable .................... 2,669 4,655 5,545 5,791 7,192 8,473
Other .................... 12 16 18 38 28 28
Incentive compensation (3) .. 36 192 432 528 985 910
Corporate expenses .......... 471 1,265 1,506 1,364 1,429 1,543
Depreciation and amortization 2,541 5,978 6,940 8,751 12,061 19,301
--------- ---------- ---------- --------- ---------- -----------
Income (loss) from operations (410) (183) 1,160 364 2,550 (1,633)
Interest expense ............ (1,255) (4,402) (5,973) (8,817) (12,455) (10,904)
Interest income ............. -- -- -- 370 232 232
Other expense, net .......... (21) (220) (65) (44) (171) (168)
Provision (benefit) for taxes -- -- 140 30 (120) (120)
Extraordinary gain (loss)
from extinguishment of
debt ..................... -- -- (633) 10,211 (250) --(4)
--------- ---------- ---------- --------- ---------- -----------
Net income (loss) ........... (1,686) (4,805) (5,651) 2,054 (9,974) (12,353)
Dividends on Series A
Preferred Stock .......... -- -- -- -- -- (12,750)
--------- ---------- ---------- --------- ---------- -----------
Net income (loss) applicable
to common shares ......... $(1,686) $(4,805) $(5,651) $ 2,054 $ (9,974) $(25,103)
========== ========== ========= ========== =========== ===========
Income (loss) per share:
Loss before extraordinary
item ..................... $ (0.99) $ (1.59) $ (1.56) $ (2.58)
Extraordinary item .......... (0.13) 1.99 (.04) --(4)
------- ------- -------- ----------
Net income (loss) per share . $ (1.12) $ 0.40 $ (1.60) $ (2.58)
======= ======= ======== ========
Weighted average shares
outstanding (000's) ...... 5.044 5,140 6,240 9,712
======= ======= ======== ========

Other Data:
Location Cash Flow (5) ...... $ 2,638 $ 7,252 $10,038 $11,007 $ 17,025 $ 20,121
Operating Cash Flow (5) ..... 2,131 5,795 8,100 9,287 15,596 18,578
Capital expenditures ........ 681 885 1,264 2,640 6,294 8,065
Ratio of earnings to combined
fixed charges and
preferred stock dividends
(6) ...................... -- -- -- -- -- --

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of December 31,
----------------------------------------------------------- Pro Forma
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1996 (2)
--------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents ... $ 938 $ 1,506 $ 1,380 $21,856 $ 8,582 $ 48,073
Working capital (deficiency) (52) (3,844) (23,074) 17,566 6,747 47,238
Total assets ................ 17,418 76,386 75,394 95,770 173,680 252,923
Total debt (including
current) ................. 15,045 72,127 61,629 82,896 115,575 85,976
Total liabilities ........... 16,417 78,954 68,452 95,521 133,354 108,604
Redeemable preferred stock .. -- -- -- -- -- 96,000
Minority interest ........... -- -- -- -- -- 3,000
Total equity (deficit) (7) .. 1,001 (2,427) 6,942 249 40,326 149,169
</TABLE>

29
(see footnotes on the following page)
<PAGE>

NOTES TO SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

(1) The Company's operations began in 1991. The 1993 data include the results
of the Mayaguez, Puerto Rico Cable system from March 1, 1993 and
WOLF/WWLF/WILF, WDSI and WDBD from May 1, 1993.

(2) Pro forma income statement and other data for the year ended December 31,
1996 give effect to the Completed Transactions, including the Unit
Offering and the use of proceeds thereof (except for the DBS
Acquisitions) and the New Hampshire Cable Sale, as if such events had
occurred in the beginning of such periods. The pro forma balance sheet
data as of December 31, 1996 give effect to the Completed Transactions
that occurred after December 31, 1996, as if such events had occurred on
such date. See "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information." The
Company believes that the historical income statement and other data for
the DBS Acquisitions in the aggregate would not materially impact the
Company's historical and pro forma income statement data and other data.

(3) Incentive compensation represents compensation expenses pursuant to the
Restricted Stock Plan and 401(k) Plans. See "Management and Certain
Transactions -- Incentive Program."

(4) The pro forma income statement data for the year ended December 31, 1996
does not include the $251,000 writeoff of deferred financing costs that
were incurred in 1995 in connection with the creation of the Old Credit
Facility.

(5) Location Cash Flow is defined as net revenues less location operating
expenses. Location operating expenses consist of programming, barter
programming, general and administrative, technical and operations,
marketing and selling expenses. Operating Cash Flow is defined as income
(loss) from operations plus (i) depreciation and amortization and (ii)
non-cash incentive compensation. The difference between Location Cash
Flow and Operating Cash Flow is that Operating Cash Flow includes cash
incentive compensation and corporate expenses. Although Operating Cash
Flow and Location Cash Flow are not measures of performance under
generally accepted accounting principles, the Company believes that
Location Cash Flow and Operating Cash Flow are accepted within the
Company's business segments as generally recognized measures of
performance and are used by analysts who report publicly on the
performance of companies operating in such segments. Nevertheless, these
measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for
income from operations, net income, net cash provided by operating
activities or any other measure for determining the Company's operating
performance or liquidity which is calculated in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles.

(6) For purposes of this calculation, earnings are defined as net income
(loss) before income taxes and extraordinary items and fixed charges.
Fixed charges consist of interest expense, amortization of deferred
financing costs and the component of operating lease expense which
management believes represents an appropriate interest factor. Earnings
were inadequate to cover combined fixed charges and preferred stock
dividends by approximately $1.7 million, $4.8 million, $4.9 million, $8.1
million and $9.8 million, for the years ended December 31, 1992, 1993,
1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. On a pro forma basis, earnings were
insufficient to cover combined fixed charges and preferred stock
dividends by approximately $25.2 million for the year ended December 31,
1996.

(7) The Company has not paid any cash dividends and does not anticipate
paying cash dividends on its Common Stock in the foreseeable future.
Payment of cash dividends on the Company's Common Stock are restricted by
the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Exchange Notes. The
terms of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Exchange Notes permit the
Company to pay dividends and interest thereon by issuance, in lieu of
cash, of additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock and additional
Exchange Notes, respectively.

30
<PAGE>

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated
Financial Statements and related notes which are included elsewhere herein.
This Prospectus contains certain forward-looking statements that involve
risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ materially
from those discussed herein. Factors that could cause or contribute to such
differences include, but are not limited to, those set forth under "Risk
Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus.

COMPANY HISTORY

The Company is a diversified media and communications company operating in
two business segments: multichannel television and broadcast television. The
day-to-day operations of WDBD, WDSI and the Mayaguez Cable system were
managed by the Company prior to their acquisition by the Company. WOLF was
managed by Guyon Turner from its sign-on in 1985 until its acquisition by the
Company. Each of the following acquisitions was or will be accounted for
using the purchase method of accounting. The following table presents
information regarding completed acquisitions, pending acquisitions and the
completed sale.

Acquisitions
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Adjusted
Property Date Acquired Consideration(1) Form of Consideration
-------------------------------------- --------------- -------------- ------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in millions)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Completed acquisitions:
New England Cable systems ............ June 1991(2) $16.1(3) $6.0 cash and $10.1 of assumed liabilities, net
Mayaguez, Puerto Rico Cable system ... March 1993(4) $12.3(5) $12.3 of assumed liabilities, net
WOLF/WILF/WWLF, WDSI and WDBD ........ May 1993(6) $24.2(7) $24.2 of assumed liabilities, net
New England DIRECTV rights ........... June 1993(8) $ 5.0 $5.0 cash
WPXT ................................. January 1996(9) $14.8 $12.2 cash, $0.4 assumed liabilities, $1.2 of Class
A Common Stock and $1.0 of Class B Common Stock(10)
WTLH ................................. March 1996 $ 8.1 $5.0 cash, $3.1 deferred obligation and warrants
(which subsequently expired by their terms)

Portland LMA ......................... May 1996 $ 1.0 $1.0 of Class A Common Stock(10)
Cable Acquisition .................... August 1996 $26.0 $25.0 cash and $1.0 of assumed liabilities, net
Michigan/Texas DBS Acquisition ....... October 1996 $29.8 $17.9 cash and $11.9 of Class A Common Stock(10)
Ohio DBS Acquisition ................. November 1996 $12.0 $12.0 cash
Indiana DBS Acquisition .............. January 1997 $14.3 $8.7 cash and $5.6 of Class A Common Stock(11)
Mississippi DBS Acquisition .......... February 1997 $15.0 $15.0 cash
Arkansas DBS Acquisition ............. March 1997 $ 2.4 $2.4 cash
Virginia/West Virginia DBS Acquisition March 1997 $11.2 $8.2 cash, $3.0 of preferred stock of a subsidiary
of Pegasus and warrants to purchase a total of 283,969
shares of Class A Common Stock

Completed sale:
New Hampshire Cable Sale ............. January 1997 $ 7.1 $7.1 cash
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

- ------
(1) Adjusted consideration equals total consideration reduced by the amount
of current assets obtained in connection with the acquisition and
discounts realized by the Company and its affiliates on liabilities
assumed in connection with certain of the acquisitions. See footnotes
(3), (5) and (7).
(2) The Connecticut and North Brookfield, Massachusetts Cable systems were
acquired by the Company in August 1991 and July 1992, respectively.
(3) An affiliate of the Company acquired for $6.0 million certain credit
facilities having a face amount of $8.5 million which were assumed by
the Company in connection with these acquisitions and later satisfied in
full by the Company. Proceeds realized by the affiliate were
subsequently used to fund the purchase of New England DIRECTV rights
which the affiliate contributed to the Company.
(4) This Cable system's day-to-day operations have been managed by the
Company's executives since May 1, 1991.
(5) In July 1995, the Company realized a $12.6 million pre-tax gain upon the
extinguishment of certain credit facilities that were assumed by the
Company in connection with this acquisition.
(6) These television stations' day-to-day operations have been managed by
the Company's executives since October 1991.
(7) An affiliate of the Company acquired for $18.5 million certain credit
facilities which were assumed by the Company in connection with these
acquisitions. Immediately subsequent to this transaction, the Company's
indebtedness under these credit facilities of approximately $23.5
million was discharged for approximately $18.5 million of cash and $5.0
million of stock issued to the affiliate.
(8) The Company's rights purchases were initiated in June 1993 and completed
in February 1995. The Company commenced DBS operations in October 1994.
(9) The Company acquired WPXT's FCC license and Fox Affiliation Agreement in
October 1996.
(10) The number of shares of Common Stock issued in connection with these
acquisitions was based on the $14.00 price per share in the Initial
Public Offering.
(11) The 466,667 shares of Common Stock issued in connection with this
acquisition was based on the market price of the Class A Common Stock.

31
<PAGE>
CORPORATE STRUCTURE REORGANIZATION

The Company's Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of
PM&C, PM&C's subsidiaries, Towers and Pegasus Communications Management
Company. Concurrently with the consummation of the Initial Public Offering,
the Parent contributed all of the PM&C Class A Shares to Pegasus for
3,380,435 shares of Class B Common Stock. As a result of the Registered
Exchange Offer, Pegasus obtained all 8,500 of the PM&C Class B Shares in
exchange for 191,775 shares of Class A Common Stock in the aggregate. Upon
consummation of the Initial Public Offering, the Company acquired the assets
of Towers for $1.4 million in cash. The Company also acquired the Management
Agreement together with certain net assets, including approximately $1.5
million of accrued management fees, for $19.6 million of Class B Common Stock
(valued at the price to the public in the Initial Public Offering) and
approximately $1.5 million in cash.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TV revenues are derived from the sale of broadcast air time to local and
national advertisers. DBS revenues are derived from monthly customer
subscriptions, pay-per-view services, DSS equipment rentals, leases and
installation charges. Cable revenues are derived from monthly subscriptions,
pay-per-view services, subscriber equipment rentals, home shopping
commissions, advertising time sales and installation charges.

The Company's location operating expenses consist of (i) programming
expenses, (ii) marketing and selling costs, including advertising and
promotion expenses, local sales commissions, and ratings and research
expenditures, (iii) technical and operations costs, and (iv) general and
administrative expenses. TV programming expenses include the amortization of
long-term program rights purchases, music license costs and "barter"
programming expenses which represent the value of broadcast air time provided
to television program suppliers in lieu of cash. DBS programming expenses
consist of amounts paid to program suppliers, DSS authorization charges and
satellite control fees, each of which is paid on a per subscriber basis, and
DIRECTV royalties which are equal to 5% of program service revenues. Cable
programming expenses consist of amounts paid to program suppliers on a per
subscriber basis.

32
<PAGE>

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED OPERATING RESULTS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
----------------------------------
1994 1995 1996
-------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net revenues:
TV ................................. $17,808 $19,973 $28,488
DBS ................................ 174 1,469 5,829
Cable:
Puerto Rico Cable ................ 3,842 4,007 6,033
New England Cable ................ 6,306 6,599 7,463
------- ------- -------
Total Cable net revenues ........ 10,148 10,606 13,496
------- ------- -------
Other .............................. 61 100 116
------- ------- -------
Total ......................... 28,191 32,148 47,929
====== ====== ======
Location operating expenses:
TV ................................. 12,380 13,933 18,726
DBS ................................ 210 1,379 4,958
Cable:
Puerto Rico Cable ................ 2,319 2,450 3,362
New England Cable ................ 3,226 3,341 3,830
------- ------- -------
Total Cable location operating
expenses ......................... 5,545 5,791 7,192
------- ------- -------
Other .............................. 18 38 28
------- ------- -------
Total ......................... 18,153 21,141 30,904
====== ====== ======
Location Cash Flow(1):
TV ................................. 5,428 6,040 9,762
DBS ................................ (36) 90 871
Cable:
Puerto Rico Cable ................ 1,523 1,557 2,671
New England Cable ................ 3,080 3,258 3,633
------- ------- -------
Total Cable Location Cash Flow ... 4,603 4,815 6,304
------- ------- -------
Other .............................. 43 62 88
------- ------- -------
Total ......................... $10,038 $11,007 $17,025
======= ======= =======
Other data:
Growth in net revenues ............. 45% 14% 49%
Growth in Location Cash Flow ....... 38% 10% 55%
</TABLE>

- ------
(1) Location Cash Flow is defined as net revenues less location operating
expenses. Location operating expenses consist of programming, barter
programming, general and administrative, technical and operations,
marketing and selling expenses. Although Location Cash Flow is not a
measure of performance under generally accepted accounting principles,
the Company believes that Location Cash Flow is accepted within the
Company's business segments as a generally recognized measure of
performance and is used by analysts who report publicly on the
performance of companies operating in such segments. Nevertheless, this
measure should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for
income from operations, net income, net cash provided by operating
activities or any other measure for determining the Company's operating
performance or liquidity which is calculated in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles.

33
<PAGE>

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995

The Company's net revenues increased by approximately $15.8 million or 49%
for the year ended December 31, 1996 as compared to the same period in 1995
as a result of (i) a $8.5 million or 43% increase in TV revenues of which
$1.5 million or 17% was due to ratings growth which the Company was able to
convert into higher revenues and $7.0 million or 83% was the result of
acquisitions made in the first quarter of 1996, (ii) a $4.4 million or 297%
increase in DBS revenues of which $2.7 million or 63% was due to the
increased number of DBS subscribers and $1.7 million or 37% resulting from
acquisitions made in the fourth quarter of 1996, (iii) a $2.0 million or 51%
increase in Puerto Rico Cable revenues due primarily to acquisitions
effective September 1, 1996, (iv) a $864,000 or 13% increase in New England
Cable revenues due primarily to rate increases and new combined service
packages, and (v) a $16,000 increase in Tower rental income.

The Company's total location operating expenses increased by approximately
$9.8 million or 46% for the year ended December 31, 1996 as compared to the
same period in 1995 as a result of (i) a $4.8 million or 34% increase in TV
operating expenses as the net result of a $115,000 or 1% decrease in same
station direct operating expenses and a $4.9 million increase attributable to
stations acquired in the first quarter of 1996, (ii) a $3.6 million or 260%
increase in operating expenses generated by the Company's DBS operations due
to an increase in programming costs of $1.4 million, royalty costs of
$138,000, marketing expenses of $455,000, customer support charges of
$199,000 and other DIRECTV costs such as security, authorization fees and
telemetry and tracking charges totaling $237,000, all generated from the
increased number of DBS subscribers, and a $1.1 million increase attributable
to territories acquired in the fourth quarter of 1996, (iii) a $912,000 or
37% increase in Puerto Rico Cable operating expenses as the net result of a
$64,000 or 3% decrease in same system direct operating expenses and a
$976,000 increase attributable to the system acquired effective September 1,
1996, (iv) a $489,000 or 15% increase in New England Cable operating expenses
due primarily to increases in programming costs associated with the new
combined service packages, and (v) a $10,000 decrease in Tower administrative
expenses.

As a result of these factors, Location Cash Flow increased by $6.0 million
or 55% for the year ended December 31, 1996 as compared to the same period in
1995 as a result of (i) a $3.7 million or 62% increase in TV Location Cash
Flow of which $1.6 million or 42% was due to an increase in same station
Location Cash Flow and $2.1 million or 58% was due to an increase
attributable to stations acquired in the first quarter of 1996, (ii) a
$781,000 or 868% increase in DBS Location Cash Flow of which $312,000 or 40%
was due to an increase in same territory Location Cash Flow and $469,000 or
60% was due to an increase attributable to the territories acquired in the
fourth quarter of 1996, , (iii) a $1.1 million or 72% increase in Puerto Rico
Cable Location Cash Flow of which $126,000 or 11% was due to an increase in
same system Location Cash Flow and $988,000 or 89% was due to the system
acquired effective September 1, 1996, (iv) a $375,000 or 11% increase in New
England Cable Location Cash Flow, and (v) a $26,000 increase in Tower
Location Cash Flow.

As a result of these factors, incentive compensation which is calculated
from increases in Location Cash Flow increased by approximately $457,000 or
87% for the year ended December 31, 1996 as compared to the same period in
1995 due mainly to the increases in revenues.

Corporate expenses increased by $65,000 or 5% for the year ended December
31, 1996 as compared to the same period in 1995 primarily due to the
initiation of public reporting requirements for PM&C and Pegasus.

Depreciation and amortization expense increased by approximately $3.3
million or 38% for the year ended December 31, 1996 as compared to the same
period in 1995 as the Company increased its fixed and intangible assets as a
result of five completed acquisitions during 1996.

As a result of these factors, income from operations increased by
approximately $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1996 as compared
to the same period in 1995.

Interest expense increased by approximately $3.7 million or 42% for the
year ended December 31, 1996 as compared to the same period in 1995 as a
result of a combination of the Company's issuance of Notes on July 7, 1995
and an increase in debt associated with the Company's 1996 acquisitions. A
portion of the proceeds from the issuance of the Notes was used to retire
floating debt on which the effective interest rate was lower than the 12.5%
interest rate under the Notes, but having other less favorable terms.

<PAGE>

The Company reported a net loss of approximately $10.0 million for the
year ended December 31, 1996 as compared to net income of approximately $2.0
million for the same period in 1995. The $12.0 million change was the net
result of an increase in income from operations of approximately $2.2
million, an increase in interest expense of $3.6 million, a decrease in
extraordinary items of $10.5 million from extinguishment of debt, a decrease
in the provision for income taxes of $150,000 and an increase in other
expenses of approximately $265,000.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994

The Company's net revenues increased by approximately $4.0 million or 14%
in 1995 as compared to 1994 as a result of (i) a $2.2 million or 12% increase
in TV revenues due to ratings growth and improved economic conditions, within
the Company's markets, which the Company was able to convert into higher
revenues, (ii) a $1.3 million increase in revenues from DBS operations which
commenced in the fourth quarter of 1994, (iii) a $165,000 or 4% increase in
Puerto Rico Cable revenues due primarily to a rate increase implemented in
March 1995, (iv) a $293,000 or 5% increase in New England Cable revenues due
to an increase in the number of subscribers and rate increases in the third
quarter of 1995, and (v) a $39,000 increase in Tower rental income.

The Company's location operating expenses increased by approximately $3.0
million or 16% in 1995 as compared to 1994 as a result of (i) a $1.6 million
or 13% increase in TV operating expenses primarily due to increases in
programming, sales and promotion expenses, (ii) a $1.2 million increase in
DBS operating expenses primarily due to increases in programming costs which
are payable based on revenues and the number of subscribers, (iii) a $131,000
or 6% increase in Puerto Rico Cable operating expenses due primarily to an
increase in programming costs for existing channels, as well as increases in
the number of Spanish language channels offered by the system, (iv) a
$115,000 or 4% increase in New England Cable operating expenses due primarily
to increases in programming costs, and (v) a $20,000 increase in Tower
administrative expenses.

As a result of these factors, Location Cash Flow increased by
approximately $969,000 or 10% in 1995 as compared to 1994 as a result of (i)
a $612,000 or 11% increase in TV Location Cash Flow, (ii) a $126,000 or 350%
increase in DBS Location Cash Flow, (iii) a $34,000 or 2% increase in Puerto
Rico Cable Location Cash Flow, (iv) a $178,000 or 6% increase in New England
Cable Location Cash Flow, and (v) a $19,000 increase in Tower Location Cash
Flow.

As a result of the increase in Location Cash Flow, incentive compensation
increased by approximately $96,000 or 22% in 1995 as compared to 1994.

Corporate expenses decreased by approximately $142,000 or 9% in 1995 as
compared to 1994 primarily as a result of the transfer of certain functions
from corporate office staff to operating company staff.

Depreciation and amortization expense increased by approximately $1.8
million or 26% in 1995 as compared to 1994 primarily as a result of the
amortization of the Company's DBS rights and deferred financing costs.

As a result of these factors, income from operations decreased by
approximately $796,000 in 1995 as compared to 1994.

Interest expense increased by approximately $2.8 million or 48% in 1995 as
compared to 1994 as a result of the Company's issuance of the Notes on July
7, 1995. A portion of the proceeds from issuance of the Notes was used to
retire floating rate debt on which the effective interest rate was lower than
the 12.5% interest rate under the Notes.

The Company's net income increased by approximately $7.7 million in 1995
as compared to 1994 as a net result of a decrease in income from operations
of approximately $796,000, an increase in interest expense of $2.8 million,
an increase in interest income of $370,000, a decrease in income taxes of
$110,000, a decrease in other expenses of approximately $21,000 and an
increase in extraordinary items of $10.8 million for the reasons described in
"-- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

35
<PAGE>

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The Company's primary sources of liquidity have been the net cash provided
by its TV and Cable operations and credit available under its credit
facilities. Additionally, the Company had $9.9 million in a restricted cash
account that was used to pay interest on the Company's Notes in January and
July 1996. The Company's principal uses of its cash have been to fund
acquisitions, to meet its debt service obligations, to fund investments in
its TV and Cable technical facilities and to fund investments in Cable and
DBS customer premises equipment that is rented or leased to subscribers.

During the year ended December 31, 1996, net cash provided by operations
was approximately $4.3 million which, together with $12.0 million of cash on
hand, $9.9 million of restricted cash and $74.7 million of net cash provided
by the Company's financing activities was used to fund investing activities
of $82.5 million. Investment activities consisted of (i) the Portland
Acquisition and the Tallahassee Acquisition for approximately $16.6 million,
(ii) the Cable Acquisition for approximately $26.0 million, (iii) the
Michigan/Texas DBS Acquisition for approximately $17.9 million, (iv) the Ohio
DBS Acquisition for approximately $12.0 million, (v) the purchase of the
Pegasus Cable Television of Connecticut, Inc. ("PCT-CT") office facility and
headend facility for $201,000, (vi) the fiber upgrade in the PCT-CT Cable
system amounting to $323,000, (vii) the purchase of DSS units used as rental
and lease units amounting to $832,000, (viii) payments of programming rights
amounting to $1.8 million, and (ix) maintenance and other capital
expenditures and intangibles totaling approximately $6.7 million. As of
December 31, 1996, the Company's cash on hand approximated $8.6 million.

During 1995, net cash provided by operations was approximately $6.2
million, which together with $1.4 million of cash on hand and $10.9 million
of net cash provided by the Company's financing activities, was used to fund
a $12.5 million distribution to the Parent and to fund investment activities
totalling $6.5 million. Investment activities consisted of (i) the final
payment of the deferred purchase price for the Company's New England DBS
rights of approximately $1.9 million, (ii) the purchase of a new WDSI studio
and office facility for $520,000, (iii) the purchase of a LIBOR cap for
$300,000, (iv) the purchase of DSS units used as rental and lease units for
$157,000, (v) payments of programming rights amounting to $1.2 million, and
(vi) maintenance and other capital expenditures totalling approximately $2.3
million.

During 1994, net cash provided by operations amounted to $4.1 million,
which together with cash on hand and borrowings of $35.0 million was used to
fund capital expenditures of $1.3 million, to pay a portion of the deferred
purchase price of the DBS rights for $943,000, to repay debt totalling $34.0
million, to fund debt issuance costs of $1.6 million and to pay programming
rights of $1.3 million.

On October 8, 1996, the Company completed the Initial Public Offering in
which it sold 3,000,000 shares of its Class A Common Stock to the public at a
price of $14.00 per share resulting in net proceeds to the Company of
approximately $38.1 million. The Company applied the net proceeds from the
Initial Public Offering as follows: (i) $17.9 million for the payment of the
cash portion of the purchase price of the Michigan/Texas DBS Acquisition,
(ii) $12.0 million to the Ohio DBS Acquisition, (iii) $3.0 million to repay
indebtedness under the New Credit Facility, (iv) $1.9 million to make a
payment on account of the Portland Acquisition, (v) $1.5 million for the
payment of the cash portion of the purchase price of the Management Agreement
Acquisition, and (vi) $1.4 million for the Towers Purchase. The Management
Agreement Acquisition and the Towers Purchase were accounted for using the
pooling of interest method.

On January 27, 1997, the Company completed the Unit Offering in which it
sold 100,000 Units resulting in net proceeds to the Company of $96.0 million.
The Company applied or intends to apply the net proceeds from the Unit
Offering as follows: (i) $29.6 million to the repayment of indebtedness under
the New Credit Facility, which represented all indebtedness under the New
Credit Facility at the time of the consummation of the Unit Offering, (ii)
$15.0 million for the Mississippi DBS Acquisition, (iii) $8.8 million for the
cash portion of the Indiana DBS Acquisition, (iv) $7.0 million for the cash
portion of the purchase price of the Virginia/West Virginia DBS Acquisition,
(v) $2.4 million for the Arkansas DBS Acquisition and (vi) approximately
$558,000 to the retirement of the Pegasus Credit Facility and expenses
related thereto. The remaining net proceeds together with available
borrowings under the New Credit Facility and proceeds from the New Hampshire
Cable Sale will be used for working capital, general corporate purposes and
to finance

36
<PAGE>

future acquisitions. The Company engages in discussions with respect to
acquisition opportunities in media and communications businesses on a regular
basis. Although the Company is in various stages of discussions in connection
with potential acqisitions, the Company has not entered into any definitive
agreements with respect to any such acquisitions at this time. See "Risk
Factors -- Risks Attendant to Acquisition Strategy" and "-- Discretion of
Management Concerning Use of Proceeds." The Company intends to temporarily
invest the net remaining proceeds of the Unit Offering in short-term,
investment grade securities. The Company intends to use the net proceeds for
working capital, general corporate purposes and to finance future
acquisitions.

The Company is highly leveraged. As of December 31, 1996, on a pro forma
basis after giving effect to the Completed Transactions, the Company would
have had Indebtedness of $86.0 million, total stockholders' equity of $149.2
million including Preferred Stock of $96.0 million and, assuming certain
conditions are met, $50.0 million available under the New Credit Facility.
For the year ended December 31, 1996, on a pro forma basis after giving
effect to the Completed Transactions, the Company's earnings would have been
inadequate to cover its combined fixed charges and Series A Preferred Stock
dividends by approximately $25.2 million. The ability of the Company to repay
its existing indebtedness and to pay dividends on the Series A Preferred
Stock and to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock at maturity will depend upon
future operating performance, which is subject to the success of the
Company's business strategy, prevailing economic conditions, regulatory
matters, levels of interest rates and financial, business and other factors,
many of which are beyond the Company's control. See "Risk Factors --
Substantial Indebtedness and Leverage" and "Risk Factors -- Dividend Policy;
Restrictions on Payment of Dividends."

The Company completed the $85.0 million Notes offering on July 7, 1995.
The Notes were issued pursuant to an Indenture between PM&C and First Union
National Bank, as trustee. The Indenture restricts PM&C's ability to engage
in certain types of transactions including debt incurrence, payment of
dividends, investments in unrestricted subsidiaries and affiliate
transactions. See "Description of Indebtedness."

During July 1995, the Company entered into the Old Credit Facility in the
amount of $10.0 million from which $6.0 million was drawn in connection with
the Portland and Tallahassee Acquisitions in the first quarter of 1996 and
$2.8 million was drawn to fund deposits in connection with the Cable
Acquisition. The Old Credit Facility was retired in August 1996 from
borrowings under the New Credit Facility.

The New Credit Facility is a seven-year, senior collateralized revolving
credit facility for $50.0 million. The amount of the New Credit Facility will
reduce quarterly beginning March 31, 1998. As of December 31, 1996, $29.6
million had been drawn under the New Credit Facility in connection with the
retirement of the Old Credit Facility and the consummation of the Cable
Acquisition. The New Credit Facility is intended to be used for general
corporate purposes and to fund possible future acquisitions. Borrowings under
the New Credit Facility are subject to among other things, PM&C's ratio of
total funded debt to adjusted operating cash flow. The Company repaid $3.0
million of indebtedness under the New Credit Facility with proceeds from the
Initial Public Offering and subsequently borrowed an additional $1.0 million.
The Company repaid $29.6 million, representing the outstanding balance under
the New Credit Facility at the consummation of the Unit Offering, with
proceeds of the Unit Offering. Currently, the Company is able to draw down
$50.0 million from the New Credit Facility, subject to certain exceptions.
See "Description of Indebtedness -- New Credit Facility."

The Pegasus Credit Facility was entered into by Pegasus in January 1997
and retired concurrently with the consummation of the Unit Offering. Under
the Pegasus Credit Facility, Pegasus was permitted to borrow up to $5.0
million in connection with the acquisition of DBS businesses until the
consummation of the Unit Offering. Prior to the retirement of the Pegasus
Credit Facility, $526,000 had been drawn under the Pegasus Credit Facility.

The Company believes that it has adequate resources to meet its working
capital, maintenance capital expenditure and debt service obligations. The
Company believes that the remaining net proceeds of the Unit Offering
together with available borrowings under the New Credit Facility and future
indebtedness which may be incurred by the Company and its subsidiaries will
give the Company the ability to fund acquisitions and other capital
requirements in the future. However, there can be no assurance that the
future cash flows of the Company will be sufficient to meet all of the
Company's obligations and commitments. See "Risk Factors -- Substantial
Indebtedness and Leverage."

37
<PAGE>

The Company closely monitors conditions in the capital markets to identify
opportunities for the effective and prudent use of financial leverage. In
financing its future expansion and acquisition requirements, the Company
would expect to avail itself of such opportunities and thereby increase its
indebtedness which could result in increased debt service requirements. There
can be no assurance that such debt financing can be completed on terms
satisfactory to the Company or at all. The Company may also issue additional
equity to fund its future expansion and acquisition requirements.

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

The Company's capital expenditures aggregated $6.3 million in 1996 as
compared to $2.6 million in 1995. The increase was primarily due to $3.1 million
of nonrecurring expenditures relating to TV transmitter upgrades and Cable
interconnections and fiber upgrades. The Company expects recurring renewal and
refurbishment capital expenditures to total approximately $ 2.0 million per
year. In addition to these maintenance capital expenditures, the Company's 1997
capital projects include (i) DBS expenditures of approximately $230 per new
subscriber, (ii) Cable expenditures of approximately $1.0 million for the
completion of the interconnection of the Puerto Rico Cable systems and fiber
upgrades in Puerto Rico and New England, and (iii) approximately $6.5 to $7.5
million of TV expenditures for broadcast television transmitter, tower and
facility constructions and upgrades. There can be no assurance that the
Company's capital expenditure plans will not change in the future.

OTHER

As a holding company, Pegasus' ability to pay dividends is dependent upon
the receipt of dividends from its direct and indirect subsidiaries. Under the
terms of the Indenture, PM&C is prohibited from paying dividends prior to
July 1, 1998. The payment of dividends subsequent to July 1, 1998 will be
subject to the satisfaction of certain financial conditions set forth in the
Indenture, and will also be subject to lender consent under the terms of the
New Credit Facility. See "Risk Factors -- Dividend Policy; Restrictions on
Payment of Dividends."

PM&C's ability to incur additional indebtedness is limited under the terms
of the Indenture and the New Credit Facility. These limitations take the form
of certain leverage ratios and are dependent upon certain measures of
operating profitability. Under the terms of the New Credit Facility, capital
expenditures and business acquisitions that do not meet certain criteria will
require lender consent.

The Company's revenues vary throughout the year. As is typical in the
broadcast television industry, the Company's first quarter generally produces
the lowest revenues for the year, and the fourth quarter generally produces
the highest revenues for the year. The Company's operating results in any
period may be affected by the incurrence of advertising and promotion
expenses that do not necessarily produce commensurate revenues in the
short-term until the impact of such advertising and promotion is realized in
future periods.

The Company believes that inflation has not been a material factor
affecting the Company's business. In general, the Company's revenues and
expenses are impacted to the same extent by inflation. Substantially all of
the Company's indebtedness bear interest at a fixed rate.

The Company has reviewed the provisions of Statements of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and
Equity Securities," and No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived
Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of," and the implementation
of the above standards did not have any impact on the Company.

In March 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 128 "Earnings Per Share." This
Statement establishes standards for computing and presenting earnings per
share (EPS) and applies to entities with publicly held common stock or
potential common stock. This Statement is effective for financial statements
issued for periods ending after December 15, 1997, earlier application is not
permitted. This Statement requires restatement of all prior-period EPS data
presented. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, adoption
of SFAS No. 128 will have on its financial statements.

<PAGE>

BUSINESS

GENERAL

The Company is a diversified media and communications company operating in
two business segments: multichannel television (DBS and Cable) and broadcast
television (TV). The Company has grown through the acquisition and operation of
media and communications properties characterized by clearly identifiable
"franchises" and significant operating leverage, which enables increases in
revenues to be converted into disproportionately greater increases in Location
Cash Flow.

Pegasus was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in May 1996.
In October 1994, the assets of various affiliates of Pegasus, principally
limited partnerships that owned and operated the Company's TV and New England
Cable operations, were transferred to subsidiaries of PM&C. In July 1995, the
subsidiaries operating the Company's Mayaguez Cable systems and the Company's
New England DBS business became wholly owned subsidiaries of PM&C. Upon
consummation of the Initial Public Offering, PM&C became a subsidiary of
Pegasus. Management's principal executive offices are located at Suite 454, 5
Radnor Corporate Center, 100 Matsonford Road, Radnor, Pennsylvania 19087. Its
telephone number is (610) 341-1801.

OPERATING AND ACQUISITION STRATEGY

The Company's operating strategy is to generate consistent revenue growth and
to convert this revenue growth into disproportionately greater increases in
Location Cash Flow. The Company seeks to achieve revenue growth (i) in TV by
attracting a dominant share of the viewing of underserved demographic groups it
believes to be attractive to advertisers and by developing aggressive sales
forces capable of "overselling" its stations' share of those audiences, (ii) in
DBS by identifying market segments in which DIRECTV programming will have strong
appeal, developing marketing and promotion campaigns to increase consumer
awareness of and demand for DIRECTV programming within those market segments and
building distribution networks consisting of consumer electronics and satellite
equipment dealers, programming sales agents and the Company's own direct sales
force, and (iii) in Cable by increasing the number of its subscribers and
revenue per subscriber through improvements in signal reception, the quality and
quantity of its programming, line extensions and rate increases. The Company
seeks to convert increases in revenues into disproportionately greater increases
in Location Cash Flow through the use of incentive plans, which reward employees
in proportion to annual increases in Location Cash Flow, coupled with rigorous
budgeting and strict cost controls.

The Company's acquisition strategy is to identify media and communications
businesses in which significant increases in Location Cash Flow may be
realized and where the ratio of required investment to potential Location
Cash Flow is low. The Company seeks to acquire (i) new DIRECTV services
territories in order to maintain its position as the largest independent
provider of DIRECTV services and to capitalize on operating efficiencies and
economies of scale and (ii) new television and cable properties at attractive
prices for which the Company can improve its operating results. After giving
effect to the Completed Transactions, the Company would have had pro forma
net revenues and Operating Cash Flow of $63.3 million and $18.6 million,
respectively, for the year ended December 31, 1996. The Company's net
revenues and Operating Cash Flow have increased at a compound annual growth
rate of 87% and 81%, respectively, from 1991 to 1996.

MULTICHANNEL TELEVISION

DBS -- DIRECTV

DIRECTV is a multichannel DBS programming service initially introduced to
United States television households in 1994. DIRECTV currently offers in excess
of 175 channels of near laser disc quality video and CD quality audio
programming and transmits via three high-power Ku band satellites, each
containing 16 transponders. As of December 31, 1996, there were over 2.3 million
DIRECTV subscribers. DIRECTV expects to have approximately ten million
subscribers by the year 2000.

The equipment required for reception of DIRECTV services (a DSS unit)
includes an 18-inch satellite antenna, a digital receiver approximately the size
of a standard VCR and a remote control, all of which are

39
<PAGE>

used with standard television sets. Each DSS receiver includes a "smart card"
which is uniquely addressed to it. The smart card, which can be removed from the
receiver, prevents unauthorized reception of DIRECTV services and retains
billing information on pay-per-view usage, which information is sent at regular
intervals from the DSS receiver telephonically to DIRECTV's authorization and
billing system. DSS units also enable subscribers to receive United States
Satellite Broadcasting Company, Inc. ("USSB") programming. USSB is a DBS service
whose programming consists of 25 channels of video programming transmitted via
five transponders it owns on DIRECTV's first satellite. USSB primarily offers
Time Warner and Viacom satellite programming services, such as multiple channels
of HBO and Showtime, which are not available through DIRECTV but which are
generally complementary to DIRECTV programming.

A license to manufacture DSS units was initially awarded by Hughes to Thomson
Consumer Electronics, Inc., the manufacturer of RCA-branded products
("RCA/Thomson"). This license provided RCA/Thomson with an exclusivity period,
which ended in April 1995, covering the first one million DSS units.
RCA/Thomson's DSS units retail for as low as $349. Hughes awarded a second
license to Sony which provided Sony joint exclusivity with RCA/Thomson until
December 1995. Hughes has awarded additional licenses to Hughes Network Systems,
Toshiba Consumer Electronics, Samsung Electronics America, Inc., Sanyo Fisher
Corporation, Daewoo Electronics Corporation of America, Uniden Corporation and
Philips Electronics, N.V., whose production and distribution have commenced or
are expected to commence in 1996. At the end of 1995, more than 20,000 retailers
were selling DSS equipment and DIRECTV programming packages.

In September 1996, the price of DSS units offered by DIRECTV dropped to $399
with a $200 rebate toward the first year of service. The Company believes that
this price reduction has helped increase the growth in subscribers of DIRECTV
services. There can be no assurance that DIRECTV will continue this pricing
program in the future.

In January 1996, DIRECTV entered into a strategic relationship with AT&T that
is designed to accelerate DIRECTV's market penetration. The agreement calls for
AT&T to invest $137.5 million for a 2.5% equity interest in DIRECTV with rights
to purchase up to 30% of DIRECTV based on subscriber acquisition performance.
The agreement gives AT&T an exclusive right to market, except in NRTC
territories, DIRECTV services to all residential customers. In May 1996, AT&T
began to offer DIRECTV programming and DSS receiving equipment to its 90 million
customers utilizing its Universal Card to provide financing and its True
Rewards(R) frequent buyers program. Additionally, DIRECTV has recently announced
a joint venture with Microsoft to offer interactive programming and data
services to be introduced in 1997.

THE COMPANY'S DBS OPERATIONS

The Company owns, through agreements with the NRTC, the exclusive right to
provide DIRECTV services in certain rural areas of Arkansas, Connecticut,
Indiana, Massachusetts, Michigan, Mississippi, New Hampshire, New York, Ohio,
Texas, Virginia and West Virginia. The Company is the largest independent
provider of DIRECTV services not affiliated with Hughes. The Company's New
England DBS service area encompasses all of its New England Cable systems except
for its systems in central Massachusetts. Its Michigan DBS service area covers
nine counties in the Flint, Saginaw and thumb regions of Michigan, its Texas DBS
service area covers seven counties approximately 45 miles south of the
Dallas/Fort Worth metroplex, its Ohio DBS service area covers 11 counties in
southern Ohio, its Indiana DBS service area covers seven counties in Indiana,
its Mississippi service area covers eight counties in Mississippi, its Arkansas
service area covers Garland County in central Arkansas, and its Virginia/West
Virginia service area covers five counties in southwestern Virginia and the
southern portion of West Virginia.

40
<PAGE>

Homes Average
Not Homes Monthly
Total Passed Passed Penetration Revenue
DIRECTV Homes in by by Total ------------------------- Per
Territory Territory Cable(1) Cable(2) Subscribers(3) Total Uncabled Cabled Subscriber(4)
---------------------- --------- -------- -------- -------------- ------- -------- ------ -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Owned:
Western New
England ............. 288,273 41,465 246,808 6,969 2.4% 13.1% 0.6%
New Hampshire ........ 167,531 42,075 125,456 4,210 2.5% 8.1% 0.6%
Martha's Vineyard and
Nantucket ........... 20,154 1,007 19,147 818 4.1% 61.4% 1.0%
Michigan ............. 241,713 61,774 179,939 7,326 3.0% 8.7% 1.1%
Texas ................ 149,530 54,504 95,026 5,735 3.8% 7.6% 1.7%
Ohio ................. 167,558 32,180 135,378 5,477 3.3% 12.1% 1.2%
Indiana .............. 131,025 34,811 96,214 6,479 4.9% 12.6% 2.2%
Mississippi .......... 101,799 38,797 63,002 6,705 6.6% 14.6% 1.6%
Arkansas ............. 36,458 2,408 34,050 1,734 4.8% 34.4% 2.7%
Virginia/West Virginia . 92,097 10,015 82,082 5,830 6.3% 45.8% 1.5%
---------- ------- --------- ------ --- ---- ---
Total .............. 1,396,138 319,036 1,077,102 51,283 3.7% 12.0% 1.2% $41.45
========== ======= ========= ====== === ==== === ------
</TABLE>
- ------
(1) Based on NRTC estimates of primary residences derived from 1990 U.S.
census data and after giving effect to a 1% annual housing growth rate
and seasonal residence data obtained from county offices. Does not
include business locations. Includes approximately 24,400 seasonal
residences.

(2) Based on NRTC estimates of primary residences derived from 1990 U.S.
census data and after giving effect to a 1% annual housing growth rate
and seasonal residence data obtained from county offices. Does not
include business locations. Includes approximately 92,400 seasonal
residences.

(3) As of February 7, 1997.

(4) Based upon 1996 revenues and weighted average 1996 subscribers.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

As the exclusive provider of DIRECTV services in its purchased territories,
the Company provides a full range of services, including installation,
authorization and financing of equipment for new subscribers as well as billing,
collections and customer service support for existing subscribers. The Company's
operating strategy in DBS is to (i) establish strong relationships with
retailers, (ii) build its own direct sales and distribution channels, (iii)
develop local and regional marketing and promotion to supplement DIRECTV's
national advertising, and (iv) offer equipment rental, lease and purchase
options.

The Company anticipates continued growth in subscribers and operating
profitability in DBS through increased penetration of DIRECTV territories it
currently owns and additional acquisitions. The Company's New England DBS
Territory achieved positive Location Cash Flow in 1995, its first full year of
operations. The Company's DIRECTV subscribers currently generate revenues of
approximately $41 per month at an average gross margin of 34%. The Company's
remaining expenses consist of marketing costs incurred to build its growing base
of subscribers and overhead costs which are predominantly fixed. As a result,
the Company believes that future increases in its DBS revenues will result in
disproportionately greater increases in Location Cash Flow. For the twelve
months ended December 31, 1996, the Company has added 5,809 new DIRECTV
subscribers as compared to 3,895 for the same period in 1995 in its New England
DBS Territory.

The Company also believes that there is an opportunity for additional growth
through the acquisition of DIRECTV territories held by other NRTC members. NRTC
members are the only independent providers of DIRECTV services. Approximately
220 NRTC members collectively own DIRECTV territories consisting of
approximately 7.7 million television households in predominantly rural areas of
the United States, which the Company believes are among the most likely to
subscribe to DBS services. These territories comprise 8% of United States
television households, but represent approximately 23% of DIRECTV's existing
subscriber base. As the only publicly held, independent provider of DIRECTV
services, the Company believes that it is well positioned to achieve economies
of scale through the acquisition of DIRECTV territories held by other NRTC
members.

41
<PAGE>
DIRECTV PROGRAMMING

DIRECTV programming includes (i) cable networks, broadcast networks and audio
services available for purchase in tiers for a monthly subscription, (ii)
premium services available a la carte or in tiers for a monthly subscription,
(iii) sports programming (including regional sports networks and seasonal
college and major professional league sports packages) available for a yearly,
seasonal or monthly subscription and (iv) movies and events available for
purchase on a pay-per-view basis. Satellite and premium services available a la
carte or for a monthly subscription are priced comparably to cable. Pay-per-view
movies are generally $2.99 per movie. Movies recently released for pay-per-view
are available for viewing on multiple channels at staggered starting times so
that a viewer generally would not have to wait more than 30 minutes to view a
particular pay-per-view movie. The following is a summary of some of the more
popular programming packages currently available from the Company's DIRECTV
operations:

Plus DIRECTV: Package of 45 channels (including 29 CD audio channels)
which retails for $14.95 per month and includes a $2.50 coupon for
purchase of pay-per-view movies or events. Plus DIRECTV consists of
channels not typically offered on most cable systems and is intended
to be sold to existing cable subscribers to augment their cable
satellite and basic services.

Economy or Select Choice: Two packages of 19 to 33 channels which
retail for between $16.95 and $19.95 per month and include a $2.50
coupon for purchase of pay-per-view movies or events. The Economy
service is available only in DIRECTV territories held by NRTC members.
Economy and Select Choice are often offered in conjunction with DSS
rental or leasing options to create a total monthly payment comparable
to the price of cable.

Total Choice: Package of 74 channels (including 29 CD audio channels,
two Disney channels, Encore Multiplex and an in-market regional sports
network) which retails for $29.95 per month and includes a $2.50
coupon for purchase of pay-per-view movies or events. This is
DIRECTV's flagship package.

DIRECTV Limited: Package comprising Bloomberg Information Television
and the DIRECTV Preview Channel which retails for $4.95 per month and
includes a $2.50 coupon for purchase of pay-per-view movies or events.
This is intended for subscribers who are principally interested in
DIRECTV's pay-per-view movies, sports and events.

Playboy: Adult service available monthly for $9.95 or 12 hours for
$4.99.

Encore Multiplex: Seven theme movie services (Love Stories, Westerns,
Mystery, Action, True Stories, WAM! and Encore) for $5.95 per month
(free with Total Choice).

Networks: ABC (East and West), NBC (East and West), CBS (East and
West), Fox and PBS available individually for $0.99 per month or
together for $4.95 per month. (Available only to subscribers unable to
receive networks over-the-air and who have not subscribed to cable in
the last 90 days.)

Sports Choice: Package of 24 channels (including 19 regional networks)
and five general sports networks (the Golf channel, NewSport,
Speedvision, Classic Sports Network and Outdoor Life) for $12.00 per
month on a stand alone basis.

NBA League Pass: Out-of-market NBA games for $149.00 per season.

NHL Center Ice: Out-of-market NHL games for $119.00 per season.

NFL Sunday Ticket: All out-of-market NFL Sunday games for $159.00 per
season.

MLB Extra Innings: Up to 1,000 out-of-market major league baseball
games for $139.00 per season.

DIRECT Ticket: Movies available for pay-per-view from all major
Hollywood studios at $2.99 and special events at a range of $14.99 to
$30.00.

STARZ! Package: Package of 3 channels which include STARZ! (East and
West) and the Independent Film Channel for $5.00 per month.

42
<PAGE>
DISTRIBUTION, MARKETING AND PROMOTION

In general, subscriptions to DIRECTV programming are offered through
commissioned sales representatives who are also authorized by the manufacturers
to sell DSS units. DIRECTV programming is offered (i) directly through national
retailers (e.g. Sears, Circuit City and Best Buy) selected by DIRECTV, (ii)
through consumer electronics dealers authorized by DIRECTV to sell DIRECTV
programming, (iii) through satellite dealers and consumer electronics dealers
authorized by five regional sales management agents ("SMAs") selected by
DIRECTV, (iv) through members of the NRTC who, like the Company, have agreements
with the NRTC to provide DIRECTV services, and (v) by AT&T, which has the
exclusive right to market, except in NRTC territories, DIRECTV services to all
residential customers. All programming packages currently must be authorized by
the Company in its service areas. See "Business -- Licenses, LMAs, DBS
Agreements, and Cable Franchises."

The Company markets DIRECTV programming services and DSS units in its
distribution area in three separate but overlapping ways. In residential market
segments where authorized DSS dealers offer the purchase, inventory and sale of
the DSS unit, the Company seeks to develop close, cooperative relationships with
these dealers and provides marketing, subscriber authorization, installation and
customer service support. In these circumstances, the dealer earns a profit on
the sale of the DSS unit and from a commission payable by the Company for the
sale of DIRECTV programming, while the Company may receive a profit from a
subscriber's initial installation and receives the programming service revenues
payable by the subscriber. Many DSS dealers are also authorized to offer the
Company's lease program.

In addition, the Company has developed a network of its own sales agents
("Programming Sales Agents") from among local satellite dealers, utilities,
cable installation companies, retailers and other contract sales people or
organizations. Programming Sales Agents earn commissions on the lease or sale of
DSS units, as well as on the sale of DIRECTV programming.

The Company offers a lease program in which subscribers may lease DSS units
for $15 per month. The initial lease term is 36 months, at the end of which the
subscriber has the option to continue to pay $15 a month for an additional 12
months to purchase the unit or continue on a month-to-month basis. Subscribers
that lease equipment must also select a monthly programming package from DIRECTV
throughout the term of the lease. Additional receivers can be leased for an
additional $15 per month. Programming authorizations for additional outlets are
$1.95 per month. There is a one-time charge of $199 for standard installations.
The lease program is available only to subscribers that reside in the Company's
service area.

The Company seeks to identify and target market segments within its service
area in which it believes DIRECTV programming services will have strong appeal.
Depending upon their individual circumstances, potential subscribers may
subscribe to DIRECTV services as a source of multichannel television where no
other source currently exists, as a substitute for existing cable service due to
its high price or poor quality or as a source of programming which is not
available via cable but which is purchased as a supplement to existing cable
service. The Company seeks to develop promotional campaigns, marketing methods
and distribution channels designed specifically for each market segment.

The Company's primary target market consists of residences which are not
passed by cable or which are passed by older cable systems with fewer than 40
channels. The Company estimates that its exclusive DIRECTV territories contain
approximately 319,000 television households which are not passed by cable and
approximately 649,000 television households which are passed by older cable
systems with fewer than 40 channels. The Company actively markets DIRECTV
services as a primary source of television programming to potential subscribers
in this market segment since the Company believes that it will achieve its
largest percentage penetration in this segment.

The Company also targets potential subscribers who are likely to be attracted
by specific DIRECTV programming services. This market segment includes (i)
residences in which a high percentage of the viewing

43
<PAGE>
is devoted to movie rentals or sports, (ii) residences in which high fidelity
audio or video systems have been installed and (iii) commercial locations (such
as bars, restaurants, hotels and private offices) which currently subscribe to
pay television or background music services. The Company estimates that its
exclusive DIRECTV territories contain approximately 120,000 commercial
locations.

The Company also targets seasonal residences in which it believes that the
capacity to start and discontinue DIRECTV programming seasonally or at the end
of a rental term has significant appeal. These subscribers are easily
accommodated on short notice without the requirement of a service call because
DIRECTV programming is a fully "addressable" digital service. The Company
estimates that its exclusive DIRECTV territories contain approximately 117,000
seasonal residences in this market segment.

Additional target markets include apartment buildings, multiple dwelling
units and private housing developments. RCA/Thomson has recently begun
commercial sales of DSS units designed specifically for use in such locations.

Finally, DIRECTV has announced its intention to utilize a portion of the
additional capacity from its third satellite and improved compression to offer,
in a joint venture with Microsoft, one or more data services to residences and
businesses in 1997. When this occurs, the Company believes that additional
market segments will develop for data services within its service areas.

The Company benefits from national promotion expenditures incurred by
DIRECTV, USSB and licensed manufacturers of DSS, such as RCA/Thomson and Sony,
to increase consumer awareness and demand for DIRECTV programming and DSS units.
The Company benefits as well from national, regional and local advertising
placed by national retailers, satellite dealers and consumer electronics dealers
authorized to sell DIRECTV programming and DSS units. The Company also
undertakes advertising and promotion cooperatively with local dealers designed
for specific market segments in its distribution area, which are placed through
local newspapers, television, radio and yellow pages. The Company supplements
its advertising and promotion campaigns with direct mail, telemarketing and
door-to-door direct sales.

CABLE

BUSINESS STRATEGY

The Company operates cable systems whose revenues and Location Cash Flow it
believes can be increased with limited increases in fixed costs. In general, the
Company's Cable systems (i) have the capacity to offer in excess of 50 channels
of programming, (ii) are "addressable" and (iii) serve communities where off-air
reception is poor. The Company's business strategy in cable is to achieve
revenue growth by (i) adding new subscribers through improved signal quality,
increases in the quality and the quantity of programming, housing growth and
line extensions and (ii) increasing revenues per subscriber through new program
offerings and rate increases. The Company emphasizes the development of strong
engineering management and the delivery of a reliable, high-quality signal to
subscribers. The Company adds new programming (including new cable services,
premium services and pay-per-view movies and events) and invests in additional
channel capacity, improved signal delivery and line extensions to the extent it
believes that it can add subscribers at a low incremental fixed cost.

The Company believes that significant opportunities for growth in revenues
and Location Cash Flow exist in Puerto Rico from the delivery of traditional
cable services. Cable penetration in Puerto Rico averages 34% (versus a United
States average of 65% to 70%). The Company believes that this low penetration is
due principally to the limited amount of Spanish language programming offered on
Puerto Rico's cable systems. In contrast, Spanish language programming
represents virtually all of the programming offered by television stations in
Puerto Rico. The Company believes that cable penetration in its Puerto Rico
Cable systems will increase over the next five years as it substitutes Spanish
language programming for much of the English language cable programming
currently offered. The Company may also selectively expand its presence in
Puerto Rico.

44
<PAGE>

THE CABLE SYSTEMS

The following table sets forth general information for the Company's Cable
systems.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Average
Monthly
Homes in Homes Basic Revenue
Channel Franchise Passed Basic Service per
Cable Systems Capacity Area(1) by Cable(2) Subscribers(3) Penetration(4) Subscriber
------------------- ---------- ----------- ----------- -------------- -------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
New England ....... (5) 22,900 22,500 15,000 67% $33.55
Mayaguez .......... 62 38,300 34,000 10,400 31% $31.55
San German(6) ..... 50(7) 72,400 47,700 15,800 33% $30.40
----------- ----------- -------------- -------------- ------------
Total Puerto Rico 110,700 81,700 26,200 32% $30.85
----------- ----------- -------------- -------------- ------------
Total ........... 133,600 104,200 41,200 40% $32.45
=========== =========== ============== ============== ============
</TABLE>
- ------
(1) Based on information obtained from municipal offices.
(2) A home is deemed to be "passed" by cable if it can be connected to the
distribution system without any further extension of the cable
distribution plant. These data are the Company's estimates as of December
31, 1996.
(3) A home with one or more television sets connected to a cable system is
counted as one basic subscriber. Bulk accounts (such as motels or
apartments) are included on a "subscriber equivalent" basis whereby the
total monthly bill for the account is divided by the basic monthly charge
for a single outlet in the area. This information is as of January 31,
1997.
(4) Basic subscribers as a percentage of homes passed by cable.
(5) The channel capacities of New England Cable systems are 36 and 62 and
represent 29% and 71% of the Company's New England Cable subscribers in
Connecticut and Massachusetts, respectively.
(6) The San German Cable System was acquired upon consummation of the Cable
Acquisition in August 1996.
(7) After giving effect to certain system upgrades, this system will be
capable of delivering 62 channels.

PUERTO RICO CABLE SYSTEMS

Mayaguez. The Mayaguez Cable system serves the port city of Mayaguez, Puerto
Rico's third largest municipality and the economic hub of the western coast of
Puerto Rico. The economy is based largely on pharmaceuticals, canning, textiles
and electronics. Key employers include Eli Lilly, Bristol Laboratories, Bumble
Bee, Neptune, Allergan, Hewlett-Packard, Digital Equipment, Wrangler and Levi
Strauss. At Janaury 31. 1997, the system passed approximately 34,000 homes with
260 miles of plant and had 10,400 basic subscribers, representing a basic
penetration rate of 31%. The system currently has a 62-channel capacity and
offers 58 channels of programming. The system is fully addressable.

San German. The San German Cable System serves a franchised area comprising
ten communities and approximately 72,400 households. The system currently serves
eight of these communities (two towns are unbuilt) with 480 miles of plant from
two headends. At January 31, 1997, the system had 15,800 subscribers. The
economy is based largely on tourism, light manufacturing, pharmaceuticals and
electronics. Key employers include Baxter Laboratories, General Electric, OMJ
Pharmaceuticals, White Westinghouse and Allergan Medical Optics. The system
currently offers 45 channels of programming and has a 50 channel capacity. The
system is fully addressable.

Consolidation of Puerto Rico Systems. As a result of the Cable Acquisition,
the Company serves contiguous franchise areas of approximately 111,000
households. The Company plans to increase the channel capacity of the San German
Cable System to 62 channels and to consolidate the headends, offices, billing
systems, channel lineup, and rates of the Mayaguez and San German Cable systems.
The consolidated system will consist of one headend serving approximately 26,200
subscribers and passing approximately 82,000 homes with 740 miles of plant. The
Company estimates that the consolidation will result in significant expense
savings and will also enable it to increase revenues in the San German Cable
System from the addition of pay-per-view movies, additional programming
(including Spanish language channels) and improvements in picture quality. The
Company also plans to expand the system to pass an additional 8,950 homes in the
San German franchise.

NEW ENGLAND CABLE SYSTEMS

The Company's New England Cable systems consist of five headends serving
13 towns in Connecticut and Massachusetts. At January 31, 1997, these systems
had approximately 15,000 basic subscribers. New England Cable systems
historically have had higher than national average basic penetration rates
due to the region's higher household income levels and poor off air
reception. The Company's systems offer addressable

45
<PAGE>

converters to all premium and pay-per-view customers, which allow the Company
to activate these services without the requirement of a service call. The
Massachusetts system was acquired in June 1991 (with the exception of the
North Brookfield, Massachusetts Cable system, which was acquired in July
1992), and the Connecticut system was acquired in August 1991.

In January 1997, the Company consummated the New Hampshire Cable Sale, which
resulted in net proceeds to the Company of approximately $7.1 million. The
Company's New Hampshire Cable systems consisted of two headends serving six
towns. At January 31, 1997, these systems had approximately 3,600 basic
subscribers.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

The Company's operating strategy in TV is focused on (i) developing strong
local sales forces and sales management to maximize the value of its stations'
inventory of advertising spots, (ii) improving the stations' programming,
promotion and technical facilities in order to maximize their ratings in a
cost-effective manner and (iii) maintaining strict control over operating costs
while motivating employees through the use of incentive plans, which rewards
Company employees in proportion to annual increases in Location Cash Flow.

The Company seeks to maximize demand for each station's advertising inventory
and thereby increase its revenue per spot. Each station's local sales force is
incentivized to attract first-time television advertisers as well as provide a
high level of service to existing advertisers. Sales management seeks to
"oversell" the Company's share of the local audience. A television station
oversells its audience share if its share of its market's television revenues
exceeds its share of the viewing devoted to all stations in the market.
Historically, the Company's stations have achieved oversell ratios ranging from
120% to 200%. The Company recruits and develops sales managers and salespeople
who are aggressive, opportunistic and highly motivated.

In addition, the Company seeks to make cost-effective improvements in its
programming, promotion and transmitting and studio equipment in order to enable
its stations to increase audience ratings in its targeted demographic segments.
In purchasing programming, the Company seeks to avoid competitive program
purchases and to take advantage of group purchasing efficiencies resulting from
the Company's ownership of multiple stations. The Company also seeks to
counter-program its local competitors in order to target specific audience
segments which it believes are underserved.

The Company utilizes its own market research together with national audience
research from its national advertising sales representative and program sources
to select programming that is consistent with the demographic appeal of the Fox
network, the tastes and lifestyles characteristic of the Company's markets and
the counter-programming opportunities it has identified. Examples of programs
purchased by the Company's stations include "Home Improvement," "Seinfeld," "The
Simpsons," "Mad About You," and "Frazier" (off-network); "Star Trek: The Next
Generation" and "Baywatch" (syndication); and "Jenny Jones," "Rosie O'Donnell,"
and various game shows (first run). In addition, the Company's stations purchase
children's programs to complement the Fox Children's Network's Monday through
Saturday programs. Each of the Company's stations is its market leader in
children's viewing audiences, with popular syndicated programming such as
Disney's "Aladdin" and "Gargoyles" complementing Fox programs such as the
"Mighty Morphin Power Rangers" and "R.L. Stine's Goosebumps."

The Company's acquisition strategy in TV seeks to identify stations in
markets of between 200,000 and 600,000 television households (DMAs 40 to 120)
which have no more than four competitive commercial television stations licensed
to them and which have a stable and diversified economic base. The Company has
focused upon these markets because it believes that they have exhibited
consistent and stable increases in local advertising and that television
stations in them have fewer and less aggressive direct competitors. In these
markets, the Company seeks television stations whose revenues and market revenue
share can be substantially improved with limited increases in their fixed costs.

<PAGE>
opportunities for improved performance, and (ii) Fox affiliated stations retain
a greater share of their inventory of advertising spots than do stations
affiliated with ABC, CBS or NBC, thereby enabling these stations to retain a
greater share of any increase in the value of their inventory. The Company is
pursuing expansion in its existing markets through LMAs because second stations
can be operated with limited additional fixed costs (resulting in high
incremental operating margins) and can allow the Company to create more
attractive packages for advertisers and program providers.

THE STATIONS

The following table sets forth general information for each of the Company's
stations.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number Ratings Rank
Acquisition Station Market of TV ------------------- Oversell
Station Date Affiliation Area DMA Households(1) Competitors(2) Prime(3) Access(4) Ratio(5)
---------------- ----------- ----------- --------------- --- ------------- -------------- --------- --------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>

Existing Stations:
WWLF-56/WILF-53/
WOLF-38(6) .... May 1993 Fox Northeastern PA 49 553,000 3 3 (tie) 2 169%
WPXT-51 ........ January 1996 Fox Portland, ME 79 344,000 3 3 4 127%
WDSI-61 ........ May 1993 Fox Chattanooga, TN 82 320,000 4 3 2(tie) 174%
WDBD-40 ........ May 1993 Fox Jackson, MS 91 287,000 3 1 (tie) 2 126%
WTLH-49 ........ March 1996 Fox Tallahassee, FL 116 210,000 3 2 2 122%

Additional Stations:
WOLF-38(6) ..... May 1993 UPN Northeastern PA 49 553,000 3 N/A N/A N/A
WWLA-35(7) ..... May 1996 UPN Portland, ME 79 344,000 3 N/A N/A N/A
</TABLE>

(1) Represents total homes in a DMA for each TV station as estimated by BIA.
(2) Commercial stations not owned by the Company which are licensed to and
operating in the DMA.
(3) "Prime" represents local station rank in the 18 to 49 age category
during "prime time" based on Nielsen estimates for November 1996.
(4) "Access" indicates local station rank in the 18 to 49 age category
during "prime time access" (6:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m.) based on Nielsen
estimates for November 1996.
(5) The oversell ratio is the station's share of the television market net
revenue divided by its in-market commercial audience share. The oversell
ratio is calculated using estimated market data and 1996 Nielsen
audience share data.
(6) WOLF, WILF and WWLF are currently simulcast. Pending receipt of certain
FCC approvals and assuming no adverse change in current FCC regulatory
requirements, the Company intends to separately program WOLF as an
affiliate of UPN.
(7) The Company anticipates programming WWLA pursuant to an LMA as an
affiliate of UPN assuming no adverse change in current FCC regulatory
requirements.

<PAGE>

NORTHEASTERN PENNSYLVANIA

Northeastern Pennsylvania is the 49th largest DMA in the United States
comprising 17 counties in Pennsylvania with a total of 553,000 television
households and a population of 1,465,000. In the past, the economy was
primarily based on steel and coal mining, but in recent years has diversified
to emphasize manufacturing, health services and tourism. In 1995, annual
retail sales in this market totaled approximately $11.4 billion and total
television advertising revenues in the Northeastern Pennsylvania DMA
increased 3.5% from approximately $42.5 million to approximately $44.0
million. Northeastern Pennsylvania is the only one among the top 50 DMAs in
the country in which all TV stations licensed to it are UHF. In addition to
WOLF, WWLF and WILF, which are licensed to Scranton, Hazelton and
Williamsport, respectively, there are three commercial stations and one
educational station operating in the Northeastern Pennsylvania DMA. The
Northeastern Pennsylvania DMA also has an allocation for an additional
channel, which is not operational.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Northeastern Pennsylvania DMA Statistics
--------------------------------------------------
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996(1)
------- ------- ------- ------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Market Revenues (dollars in
millions) ......................... $35.0 $ 37.1 $ 42.5 $ 44.0 $ 46.6
Market Growth ...................... -- 6.0% 14.6% 3.5% 6.0%
Station Revenue Growth ............. -- 10.0% 18.4% 11.9% 12.0%
Prime Rank (18-49) ................. 4 4 4 4 3 (tie)
Access Rank (18-49) ................ 4 4 4 3 1
Oversell Ratio ..................... 196% 176% 166% 166% 169%
</TABLE>
- ----------
(1) Prime and access ratings ranks based on Nielson estimates for May 1996;
market revenue, market growth and oversell ratio based on estimated market
data for 1996.

The Company acquired WOLF and WWLF in May 1993 from a partnership of which
Guyon W. Turner was the managing general partner, and also acquired WILF at the
same time from a partnership unaffiliated with Mr. Turner. Mr. Turner is a Vice
President of Pegasus and President of the subsidiary that operates the

<PAGE>
Company's TV stations. He has been employed by the Company since it acquired
WOLF and WWLF. Historically, WOLF, WWLF and WILF have been commonly programmed
with WWLF and WILF operated as satellites of WOLF. However, the Company believes
that it can achieve over the air coverage of the Northeastern Pennsylvania DMA
comparable to that currently provided by WOLF, WWLF and WILF together by moving
WWLF to a tower site occupied by the other stations in the market and by
increasing the authorized power of WILF. The Company has filed an application
with the FCC, which if granted, will enable the Company to accomplish this
objective. This application is currently pending. A competing station has filed
a letter with the FCC objecting to this application. If the Company's
application is granted by the FCC, the Company intends to relocate WWLF's
transmitter and tower, to increase the power of WILF and to separately program
WOLF as an affiliate of UPN. The continued ownership of WOLF by the Company
following relocation of the WWLF tower may depend on changes in the FCC's
ownership rules. The ability of the Company to program WOLF if a divestiture is
necessary may also depend on no adverse change in current FCC regulatory
requirements regarding the attribution of LMAs. See "-- Licenses, LMAs, DBS
Agreements and Cable Franchises" and "Risk Factors -- Government Legislation,
Regulation, Licenses and Franchises."

PORTLAND, MAINE

Portland is the 79th largest DMA in the United States, comprising 12 counties
in Maine, New Hampshire and Vermont with a total of 344,000 television
households and a population of 902,000. Portland's economy is based on financial
services, lumber, tourism, and its status as a transportation and distribution
gateway for central and northern Maine. In 1995, annual retail sales in the
Portland market totaled approximately $8.9 billion and the total television
revenues in this market increased 4.0% from approximately $40.0 million to
approximately $41.6 million. In addition to WPXT, there are four VHF and two UHF
stations authorized in the Portland DMA, including one VHF and two UHF
educational stations. The Portland DMA has allocations for five other UHF
stations, four of which are educational.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Portland, Maine DMA Statistics
-------------------------------------------------
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996(1)
------ ------ ------ ------ --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Market Revenues (dollars in millions) . $ 32.3 $ 34.3 $ 40.0 $ 41.6 $ 41.1
Market Growth ....................... -- 6.2% 16.6% 4.0% (1.2%)
Station Revenue Growth .............. -- 9.1% 18.0% 2.0% (0.5%)
Prime Rank (18-49) .................. 4 4 4 2 2
Access Rank (18-49) ................. 4 4 4 3 4
Oversell Ratio ...................... 140% 144% 139% 122 % 127%
</TABLE>
------
(1) Prime and access ratings ranks based on Nielson estimates for
May 1996; market revenue, market growth and oversell ratio based
on estimated market data for 1996.

In the Portland Acquisition, the Company acquired television station WPXT,
the Fox-affiliated television station serving the Portland DMA. The Company
entered into the Portland LMA with the holder of a construction permit for WWLA,
a new TV station to operate UHF channel 35 in the Portland market. Under the
Portland LMA, the Company will lease facilities and provide programming to WWLA,
retain all revenues generated from advertising, and make payments of $52,000 per
year to the FCC license holder in addition to reimbursement of certain expenses.
Construction of WWLA is expected to be completed in 1997. WWLA's offices, studio
and transmission facilities will be co-located with WPXT. In November 1996, the
FCC granted an application to increase significantly WWLA's authorized power and
antenna height in order to expand its potential audience coverage. See "Risk
Factors -- Government Legislation, Regulation, Licenses and Franchises."

CHATTANOOGA, TENNESSEE

Chattanooga is the 82nd largest DMA in the United States, comprising 18
counties in Tennessee, Georgia, North Carolina and Alabama with a total of
320,000 television households and a population of 842,000. Chattanooga's economy
is based on insurance and financial services in addition to manufacturing and
tourism. In 1995, annual retail sales in the Chattanooga market totaled
approximately $7.1 billion and total television revenues in this market
increased 2.4% from approximately $37.6 million to approximately $38.5 million.
In addition to WDSI, there are three VHF and four UHF stations operating in the
Chattanooga DMA, including one religious and two educational stations. The
Company acquired WDSI in May 1993. From October 1991 through April 1993, the
station was managed by the Company. See "Management and Certain Transactions."

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Chattanooga, Tennessee DMA Statisitics
------------------------------------------------
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996(1)
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Market Revenues (dollars in millions) . $ 29.8 $ 31.0 $ 37.6 $ 38.5 $ 40.8
Market Growth ....................... -- 4.0% 21.3% 2.4% 6.0%
Station Revenue Growth .............. -- 7.7% 38.6% 9.1% 4.2%
Prime Rank (18-49) .................. 4 4 4 4 4
Access Rank (18-49) ................. 3 4 4 4 3
Oversell Ratio ...................... 132% 119% 129% 125% 174%
</TABLE>
------
(1) Prime and access ratings ranks based on Nielson estimates for
May 1996; market revenue, market growth and oversell ratio based
on estimated market data for 1996.

JACKSON, MISSISSIPPI

Jackson is the 91st largest DMA in the United States, comprising 24 counties
in central Mississippi with a total of 287,000 television households and a
population of 819,000. Jackson is the capital of Mississippi and its economy
reflects the state and local government presence as well as agriculture and
service industries. Because of its central location, it is also a major
transportation and distribution center. In 1995, annual retail sales in the
greater Jackson market totaled approximately $6.1 billion and total television
revenues in the market increased 10.8% from approximately $32.5 million to
approximately $36.0 million. In addition to WDBD, there are two VHF and two UHF
television stations operating in the Jackson DMA, including one educational
station. The Jackson DMA also has an allocation for an additional television
channel which is not operational. The Company acquired WDBD in May 1993. From
October 1991 through April 1993, the station was managed by the Company. See
"Management and Certain Transactions."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Jackson, Mississippi DMA Statistics
--------------------------------------------------
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996(1)
------- ------- ------- ------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Market Revenues (dollars in millions) $ 26.3 $ 28.4 $ 32.5 $ 36.0 $38.3
Market Growth ....................... -- 8.0% 14.4% 10.8% 6.4%
Station Revenue Growth .............. -- 21.8% 17.2% 15.9% 8.5%
Prime Rank (18-49) .................. 3 3 3 3 2 (tie)
Access Rank (18-49) ................. 4 4 3 3 2
Oversell Ratio ...................... 132% 119% 125% 114% 126%
</TABLE>
------
(1) Prime and access ratings ranks based on Nielson estimates for
May 1996; market revenue, market growth and oversell ratio based
on estimated market data for 1996.

TALLAHASSEE, FLORIDA

The Tallahassee DMA is the 116th largest in the United States comprising 18
counties in northern Florida and southern Georgia with a total of 210,000
television households and a population of 578,000. Tallahassee is the state
capital of Florida and its major industries include state and local government
as well as firms providing commercial service to North Florida's cattle, lumber,
tobacco and farming industries. In 1995, annual retail sales in this market
totaled $4.4 billion and total television advertising revenues increased 5.3%
from approximately $18.9 million in 1994 to approximately $19.9 million. In
addition to WTLH, there are two VHF and two UHF television stations operating in
the Tallahassee DMA, including one educational VHF station. An additional
station licensed to Valdosta, Georgia broadcasts from a transmission facility
located in the Albany, Georgia DMA. The Tallahassee DMA has allocations for four
UHF stations that are not operational, one of which is educational.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Tallahassee, Florida DMA Statistics
------------------------------------------------
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996(1)
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Market Revenues (dollars in millions). $ 16.6 $ 17.2 $ 18.9 $ 19.9 $20.0
Market Growth ....................... -- 3.6% 9.9% 5.3% 0.5%
Station Revenue Growth .............. -- 2.4% 31.7% 8.5% 7.8%
Prime Rank (18-49) .................. 4 3 3 2 2
Access Rank (18-49) ................. 3 3 2 3 2
Oversell Ratio ...................... 118% 100% 117% 100% 122%
</TABLE>

------
(1) Prime and access ratings ranks based on Nielson estimates for
May 1996; market revenue, market growth and oversell ratio based
on estimated market data for 1996.

<PAGE>

In March 1996, the Company acquired the principal tangible assets of WTLH and
in August 1996, the Company acquired WTLH's FCC licenses and its Fox Affiliation
Agreements. The FCC recently granted an application which will enable the
Company to move WTLH's tower and transmitter facilities to a site approximately
ten miles closer to Tallahassee and to increase its tower height and power. The
Company anticipates relocating WTLH's transmitter and tower in 1997 to increase
its audience coverage in the Tallahassee market. In August 1996, the Company
also acquired the license for translator station W53HI, Valdosta, Georgia. In
October 1996, the FCC consented to the assignment of the construction permit for
translator station W13BO, Valdosta, Georgia. Special temporary authorities have
been granted by the FCC for continued operation of both translators at relocated
facilities, W13BO until May 7, 1997 and W53HI until June 4, 1997.

COMPETITION

The Company's TV stations compete for audience share, programming and
advertising revenue with other television stations in their respective markets,
and compete for advertising revenue with other advertising media, such as
newspapers, radio, magazines, outdoor advertising, transit advertising, yellow
page directories, direct mail and local cable systems. Competition for audience
share is primarily based on program popularity, which has a direct effect on
advertising rates. Advertising rates are based upon the size of the market in
which the station operates, a program's popularity among the viewers that an
advertiser wishes to attract, the number of advertisers competing for the
available time, the demographic composition of the market served by the station,
the availability of alternative advertising media in the market area, aggressive
and knowledgeable sales forces and the development of projects, features and
programs that tie advertiser messages to programming. The Company believes that
its focus on a limited number of markets and the strength of its programming
allows it to compete effectively for advertising within its markets.

Cable operators face competition from television stations, private satellite
master antenna television ("SMATV") systems that serve condominiums, apartment
complexes and other private residential developments, wireless cable,
direct-to-home ("DTH") and DBS systems. As a result of the passage of the 1996
Act, electric utilities and telephone companies will be allowed to compete
directly with cable operators both inside and outside of their telephone service
areas. In September 1996, an affiliate of Southern New England Telephone
Company, which is the dominant provider of local telephone service in
Connecticut, was granted a non-exclusive franchise to provide cable television
service throughout Connecticut. Currently, there is only limited competition
from SMATV, wireless cable, DTH and DBS systems in the Company's franchise
areas. The only DTH and DBS systems with which the Company's cable systems
currently compete are DIRECTV, USSB, EchoStar Communications Corp. ("EchoStar"),
PrimeStar Partners ("PrimeStar") and AlphaStar Digital Television. The Company
is the exclusive provider of DIRECTV services to areas encompassing over 60% of
its cable subscribers in New England. However, the Company cannot predict
whether additional competition will develop in its service areas in the future.
Additionally, cable systems generally operate pursuant to franchises granted on
a non-exclusive basis and, thus, more than one applicant could secure a cable
franchise for an area at any time. It is possible that a franchising authority
might grant a second franchise to another cable company containing terms and
conditions more favorable than those afforded the Company. Although the
potential for "overbuilds" exists, there are presently no overbuilds in any of
the Company's franchise areas and, except as noted above with respect to its
Connecticut franchise, the Company is not aware of any other company that is
actively seeking franchises for areas currently served by the Company.

Both the television and cable industries are continuously faced with
technological change and innovation, the possible rise in popularity of
competing entertainment and communications media, and governmental restrictions
or actions of federal regulatory bodies, including the FCC, any of which could
possibly have a material effect on the Company's operations and results.

DIRECTV faces competition from cable (including in New England, the Company's
Cable systems), wireless cable and other microwave systems and other DTH and DBS
operators. Cable currently possesses certain advantages over DIRECTV in that
cable is an established provider of programming, offers local programming and
does not require that its subscribers purchase receiving equipment in order to
begin receiving cable services. DIRECTV, however, offers significantly expanded
service compared to most cable systems. Additionally, upgrading cable companies'
coaxial systems to offer expanded digital video and audio

50
<PAGE>

programming similar to that offered by DIRECTV will be costly. While local
programming is not currently available through DIRECTV directly, DIRECTV
provides programming from affiliates of national broadcast networks to
subscribers who are unable to receive networks over-the-air and who have not
subscribed to cable. DIRECTV faces additional competition from wireless cable
systems such as multichannel multipoint distribution systems ("MMDS") which
use microwave frequencies to transmit video programming over the air from a
tower to specially equipped homes within the line of sight of the tower. The
Company is unable to predict whether wireless video services, such as MMDS,
will continue to develop in the future or whether such competition will have
a material impact on the operations of the Company.

DIRECTV also faces competition from other providers and potential providers
of DBS services. Of the eight orbital locations within the BSS band allocated
for United States licensees, three orbital positions enable full coverage of the
contiguous United States. The remaining orbital positions are situated to
provide coverage to either the eastern or western United States, but cannot
provide full coverage of the contiguous United States. This provides companies
licensed to the three orbital locations with full coverage a significant
advantage in providing DBS service to the entire United States, as they must
place satellites in service at only one and not two orbital locations. The
orbital location licensed to DIRECTV and USSB is generally recognized as the
most centrally located for coverage of the contiguous United States; however,
News Corp, Echostar (which has over 430,000 DBS subscribers) and MCI have
recently announced a joint venture to pool much of their U.S. satellite capacity
and licenses for U.S. orbital slots to create a DBS service under the trade name
"Sky." This DBS service is expected to be launched later this year. One of its
reported advantages will be the eventual satellite transmission of local
broadcast signals to over 75% of the country and the offering of 500 channels.
Additional details are unknown at this time.

Two other entities plan to initiate DBS service within the next few years, in
competition with DIRECTV, Continental Satellite Corporation ("CSC") has been
assigned a total of 22 DBS channels. Eleven of these DBS channels can serve the
eastern and central United States, and the other eleven can serve the western
and central United States. Dominion Video Satellite, Inc. ("Dominion") has been
assigned eight DBS channels that can be used to serve the eastern and central
United States, and eight DBS channels that can be used to serve the western and
central United States.

In addition, two entities, Western Tele-Communications, Inc., a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Tele-Communications, Inc. ("TCI"), and another company, TeleQuest
Ventures, L.L.C., applied for authority from the FCC to operate earth stations
that would be used to communicate with Canadian DBS satellites that have service
coverage of the United States. This application was recently denied by the FCC
and the denial was upheld on appeal. If these entities ultimately obtain the
necessary authorizations, they could enter the United States multichannel
television programming distribution market and compete with DIRECTV.

The Company also competes with PrimeStar, owned primarily by a consortium of
cable companies, including TCI, that currently offers medium-power Ku-band
programming service to customers using dishes approximately three feet in
diameter. The other current DBS competitors to DIRECTV are USSB, EchoStar and
AlphaStar.

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

Commercial television began in the United States on a regular basis in the
1940s. Initially, television stations operated only in the larger cities on a
portion of the broadcast spectrum commonly known as the "VHF" band. Additional
television channels were subsequently assigned to cities throughout the country
for use on the "UHF" band. There are 12 channels in the VHF band, numbered 2
through 13, and 56 channels in the UHF band, numbered 14 through 69. UHF band
channels differ from VHF channels in that UHF channels broadcast at higher
frequencies and thus are more affected by terrain and obstructions to
line-of-sight transmission. There are only a limited number of channels
available for broadcasting in any one geographic area, with the license to
operate a station being granted by the FCC.

The majority of commercial television stations in the United States are
affiliated with the major national networks (ABC, CBS, NBC, and Fox). Two newer
networks, UPN and the Warner Brothers Network ("WB"), are affiliated with many
of the remainder. Stations that operate without network affiliations are
commonly referred to as "independent" stations. Each national network offers its
affiliates a wide variety of television

51
<PAGE>

programs in exchange for the right to retain a significant portion of the
available advertising time during its network programs. ABC, CBS and NBC
currently offer more than 12 hours of programming a day on average, which
represents approximately two-thirds of the typical broadcasting day. UPN and
WB program up to six hours per week in prime time. Since its inception in
1986, Fox has increased the amount of programming available to its
affiliates. Fox currently provides its affiliates with six hours of
programming a day on average. The Fox network currently consists of 173
primary affiliates, and Fox programming is available in more than 94% of the
television households in the United States.

Advertising and Ratings

Most television station revenues are derived from the sale of time to
national, regional and local advertisers for commercials which are inserted in
or adjacent to the programming shown on the station. These commercials are
commonly referred to as "spot" advertising. Network-affiliated stations are
required to carry the advertising sold by the network during the network
programming broadcast by the station. This reduces the amount of spot
advertising available for sale by the station. The networks generally compensate
their affiliates for network carriage according to a formula based on coverage
as well as other qualitative factors. Independent stations retain all of the
revenues received from the sale of advertising time.

The advertising sales market consists of national network advertising,
national spot advertising and local spot advertising. An advertiser wishing to
reach a nationwide audience usually purchases advertising time directly from the
major networks, including Fox, or nationwide ad hoc networks (groups of
otherwise unrelated stations that combine to show a particular program or series
of programs). A national advertiser wishing to reach a particular regional or
local audience usually buys advertising time directly from local stations
through national advertising sales representative firms. Local businesses
purchase advertising directly from the stations' local sales staffs. In
addition, television stations derive significant revenues from the sale of time
(usually in the early morning time blocks) for the broadcast of "infomercials"
and other programs supplied by advertisers.

Programming that is not supplied to stations by a network is acquired from
programming syndicators either for cash, in exchange for advertising time
("barter") or a combination of cash and barter. Typically, television stations
acquiring syndicated programs are given the exclusive right to show the program
in the station's market for the number of times and during the period of time
agreed upon by the station and the syndicator. Over the last several years,
there has been an increase in programming available through barter or a
combination of cash and barter and a decrease in cash transactions in the
syndication market.

Nielsen periodically publishes data on estimated audiences for television
stations in all DMAs throughout the United States. The estimates are expressed
in terms of the station's share of the total potential audience in the market
(the station's "rating") and of the audience actually watching television (the
station's "share"). The ratings service provides such data on the basis of total
television households and of selected demographic groupings in the market.
Nielsen uses one of two methods to measure the station's actual viewership. In
larger markets, ratings are determined by a combination of meters connected
directly to selected television sets (the results of which are reported on a
daily basis) and periodic surveys of television viewing (diaries), while in
smaller markets only periodic surveys are conducted. Generally, ratings for Fox
affiliates and independent stations are lower in diary (non-metered) markets
than in metered markets. Most analysts believe that this is a result of the
greater accuracy of measurement that meters allow.

DBS

The widespread use of satellites for television developed in the 1970s, as a
means to distribute news and entertainment programming to and from broadcast
television stations and to the headends of cable systems. The use of satellites
by cable systems permitted low cost networking of cable systems, thereby
promoting the growth of satellite-delivered pay channel services (such as HBO
and Showtime) and enhanced basic services (such as CNN, ESPN and C-SPAN).

52
<PAGE>

The DTH satellite market developed as consumers in rural markets without
access to cable or broadcast television programming purchased home satellite
television receive only ("TVRO") products to receive programming directed
towards broadcast television stations and cable headends. The DTH business has
grown as satellite-delivered services have been developed and marketed
specifically for TVRO system owners. Currently, there are estimated to be
approximately 2.3 million TVRO systems authorized to receive DTH programming in
the United States.

Until recently, most satellite applications for television were within the C
band radio frequencies allocated by the FCC for fixed satellite service ("FSS").
Most TVRO systems are designed to receive the signals of C band satellites and
require antennas ranging from six to 12 feet in diameter. Newer DTH services may
be transmitted using Ku band satellites, the signals of which can be received
with antennas ranging from three to six feet in diameter.

In the 1980s, the FCC began licensing additional radio spectrum within a
portion of the Ku band for broadcast satellite service ("BSS") or DBS service.
Unlike traditional FSS satellites, BSS satellites are designed specifically for
transmitting television signals directly to consumers. These satellites have
significantly higher effective radiated power, operate at higher frequencies and
are deployed at wider orbital spacing than FSS satellites. As a result, they
allow for reception using antennas as small as 18 inches in diameter.

Pursuant to international agreements governing the use of the radio spectrum,
there are eight orbital positions allocated for use by the United States within
the BSS band with 32 frequencies licensed to each orbital position. The FCC
initially awarded frequencies at these eight orbital locations to nine
companies, including Hughes and USSB. See "Business -- Competition."

Of the eight orbital locations for United States-licensed DBS satellites,
only three enable full coverage of the contiguous United States. The remaining
orbital positions are situated to provide coverage to either the eastern or
western United States, but not to both. The orbital location used by DIRECTV is
one of the three locations with full coverage and is considered to be the most
centrally located. Companies awarded frequencies at the three locations with
full coverage have a significant competitive advantage in providing nationwide
service.

CABLE

A cable system receives television, radio and data signals that are
transmitted to the system's headend site by means of off-air antennas, microwave
relay systems and satellite earth stations. These signals are then modulated,
amplified and distributed, through coaxial and fiber optic cable, to customers
who pay a fee for this service. Cable systems may also originate their own
television programming and other information services. Cable systems generally
are constructed and operated pursuant to non-exclusive franchises or similar
licenses granted by local governmental authorities for a specified term.

The cable industry developed in the United States in the late 1940s and 1950s
in response to the needs of residents in predominantly rural and mountainous
areas of the country where the quality of off-air television reception was
inadequate due to factors such as topography and remoteness from television
broadcast towers. In the 1960s and 1970s, cable systems also developed in small
and medium-sized cities and suburban areas that had a limited availability of
clear off-air television station signals. All of these markets are regarded
within the cable industry as "classic" cable system markets. In the 1980s, cable
systems were constructed in large cities and nearby suburban areas, where good
off-air reception from multiple television stations usually was already
available, in order to offer satellite-delivered channels which were not
available via broadcast television reception.

Cable systems offer customers multiple channels of television entertainment
and information. The selection of programming varies from system to system due
to differences in channel capacity and customer interest. Cable systems
typically offer a "broadcast basic" service consisting of local broadcast
stations, local origination channels and public, educational and governmental
("PEG") access channels and an "enhanced basic service" or satellite service
consisting of satellite delivered non-broadcast cable networks (such as CNN,
MTV, USA, ESPN and TNT) as well as satellite-delivered signals from broadcast
"superstations" (such as

53
<PAGE>

WTBS, WGN and WWOR). For an extra monthly charge, cable systems also
generally offer premium television services to their customers. These
services (such as Home Box Office, Showtime, The Disney Channel and regional
sports networks) are satellite-delivered channels consisting principally of
feature films, live sports events, concerts and other special entertainment
features, usually presented without commercial interruption. In addition to
customer revenues from these services, cable systems generate revenues from
additional fees paid by customers for pay-per-view programming of movies,
concerts, sporting and special events and from the sale of available
advertising spots on advertiser-supported programming and on locally
generated programming. Cable systems also frequently offer to their customers
home shopping services, which pay the systems a share of revenues from sales
of products in the systems' service areas. Lastly, cable systems may charge
subscribers for services such as installations, reconnections, and service
calls and the monthly rental of equipment such as converters and remote
controls.

LICENSES, LMAS, DBS AGREEMENTS AND CABLE FRANCHISES

FCC Licensing. The broadcast television industry is subject to regulation by
the FCC pursuant to the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Communications Act"). Approval by the FCC is required for the issuance,
renewal, transfer and assignment of broadcast station operating licenses. Under
the 1996 Act, the FCC has been authorized to renew television station licenses
for a term of up to eight years. The FCC adopted a Report and Order on January
24, 1997 extending television license terms to the eight-year maximum provided
in the 1996 Act, reserving the right to renew licenses for shorter terms. The
effective date for this change is March 7, 1997. While in the vast majority of
cases such licenses are renewed by the FCC, there can be no assurance that the
Company's licenses will be renewed at their expiration dates or that such
renewals will be for full terms. The Company's licenses with respect to TV
stations WOLF/WWLF/WILF, WDSI and WDBD are scheduled to expire on August 1,
1999, August 1, 1997 and June 1, 1997, respectively. In addition, the licenses
with respect to stations WTLH and WPXT are scheduled to expire on April 1, 1997
and April 1, 1999, respectively. Application has been filed with the FCC for
renewal of the WTLH license. See "Business -- TV."

Fox Affiliation Agreement. Each of the Company's TV stations which are
affiliated with Fox is a party to a substantially identical station affiliation
agreement with Fox (as amended, the "Fox Affiliation Agreements"). Each Fox
Affiliation Agreement provides the Company's Fox-affiliated stations with the
right to broadcast all programs transmitted by Fox, on behalf of itself and its
wholly-owned subsidiary, the Fox Children's Network, Inc. ("FCN"), which include
programming from Fox as well as from FCN. In exchange, Fox has the right to sell
a substantial portion of the advertising time associated with such programs and
to retain the revenue from the advertising it has sold. The stations are
entitled to sell the remainder of the advertising time and retain the associated
advertising revenue. The stations are also compensated by Fox according to a
ratings-based formula for Fox programming and a share of the programming net
profits of FCN programming, as specified in the Fox Affiliation Agreements.

Each Fox Affiliation Agreement is for a term ending October 31, 1998 with the
exception of the WTLH Fox Affiliation Agreement, which expires on December 31,
2000. The Fox Affiliation Agreements are renewable for a two-year extension, at
the discretion of Fox and upon acceptance by the Company. The Fox Affiliation
Agreements may be terminated generally (a) by Fox upon (i) a material change in
the station's transmitter location, power, frequency, programming format or
hours of operation, with 30 days' written notice, (ii) acquisition by Fox,
directly or indirectly, of a significant ownership and/or controlling interest
in any television station in the same market, with 60 days' written notice,
(iii) assignment or attempted assignment by the Company of the Fox Affiliation
Agreements, with 30 days written notice, (iv) three or more unauthorized
preemptions of Fox programming within a 12-month period, with 30 days written
notice, or (b) by either Fox or the affiliate station upon occurrence of a force
majeure event which substantially interrupts Fox's ability to provide
programming or the station's ability to broadcast the programming. The Company's
Fox Affiliation Agreements have been renewed in the past. The Company believes
that it enjoys good relations with Fox.

Each Fox Affiliation Agreement provides the Company's Fox-affiliated stations
with all programming which Fox and FCN make available for broadcasting in the
community to which the station is licensed by the FCC. Fox has committed to
supply approximately six hours of programming per day during specified time

54
<PAGE>

periods. Each of the Company's stations have agreed to broadcast all such Fox
programs in their entirety, including all commercial announcements. In return
for a station's full performance of its obligations under its respective
affiliation agreement, Fox will pay such station compensation determined in
accordance with Fox's current, standard, performance-based station
compensation formula.

As part of the agreement with Fox to extend the stations' Fox Affiliation
Agreements, each of the stations granted Fox the right to negotiate with the
cable operators in their respective markets for retransmission consent
agreements. Under the Fox "Win/Win Plan," the cable operators received the right
to retransmit the programming of the Company's TV stations in exchange for the
carriage by the cable operators of a new cable channel owned by Fox. The
Company's TV stations are to receive consideration from Fox based on the number
of subscribers carrying the new Fox channel within the stations' market. Fox has
reached agreements in principle with most of the largest cable operators in the
country.

LMAs. Current FCC rules preclude the ownership of more than one television
station in a market, unless such stations are operated as a satellite of a
primary station, initially duplicating the programming of the primary station
for a significant portion of their broadcast day. WWLF and WILF are currently
authorized as satellites of WOLF. In recent years, in a number of markets across
the country, certain television owners have entered into arrangements to provide
the bulk of the broadcast programming on stations owned by other licensees, and
to retain the advertising revenues generated from such programming.

When operating pursuant to an LMA, while the bulk of the programming is
provided by someone other than the licensee of the station, the station licensee
must retain control of the station for FCC purposes. Thus, the licensee has the
ultimate responsibility for the programming broadcast on the station and for the
station's compliance with all FCC rules, regulations, and policies. The licensee
must retain the right to preempt programming supplied pursuant to the LMA where
the licensee determines, in its sole discretion, that the programming does not
promote the public interest or where the licensee believes that the substitution
of other programming would better serve the public interest. The licensee must
also have the primary operational control over the transmission facilities of
the station.

The Company expects to program television stations through the use of LMAs,
but there can be no assurance that the licensee of such stations will not
unreasonably exercise its right to preempt the programming of the Company, or
that the licensees of such stations will continue to maintain the transmission
facilities of the stations in a manner sufficient to broadcast a high quality
signal over the station. As the licensee must also maintain all of the
qualifications necessary to be a licensee of the FCC, and as the principals of
the licensee are not under the control of the Company, there can be no
assurances that these licenses will be maintained by the entities which
currently hold them.

Pursuant to the 1996 Act, the continued performance of then existing LMAs was
generally grandfathered. The Portland LMA has been entered into but its
performance is pending completion of construction of the station. The FCC
suggested in a recent rulemaking proposal that LMAs entered into after November
6, 1996 will not be grandfathered. The Company cannot predict whether the
Portland LMA will be grandfathered. Currently, television LMAs are not
considered attributable interests under the FCC's multiple ownership rules.
However, the FCC is considering proposals which would make LMAs attributable, as
they generally are in the radio broadcasting industry. If the FCC were to adopt
a rulemaking that makes such interests attributable, without modifying its
current prohibitions against the ownership of more than one television station
in a market, the Company could be prohibited from entering into such
arrangements with other stations in markets in which it owns television stations
and could be required to modify existing LMA arrangements.

DBS AGREEMENTS

Prior to the launch of the first DIRECTV satellite in 1993, Hughes entered
into various agreements intended to assist it in the introduction of DIRECTV
services, including agreements with RCA/Thomson for the development and
manufacture of DSS units and with USSB for the sale of five transponders on the
first satellite. At this time, Hughes also offered the NRTC and its members the
opportunity to become the exclusive providers of DIRECTV services in rural areas
of the United States in which an NRTC member purchased such a right. The NRTC is
a cooperative organization whose members are engaged in the distribution of
telecommunications and other services in predominantly rural areas of the United
States. Pursuant to the DBS

55
<PAGE>

Agreements, participating NRTC members acquired the exclusive right to provide
DIRECTV programming services to residential and commercial subscribers in
certain service areas. Service areas purchased by participating NRTC members
comprise approximately 7.7 million television households and were acquired for
aggregate purchase payments exceeding $100 million.

The DBS Agreements provide the NRTC and participating NRTC members in their
service areas substantially all of the rights and benefits otherwise retained by
DIRECTV in other areas, including the right to set pricing (subject to certain
obligations to honor national pricing on subscriptions sold by national
retailers), to bill subscribers and retain all subscription remittances and to
appoint sales agents within their distribution areas (subject to certain
obligations to honor sales agents appointed by DIRECTV and its regional SMAs).
In exchange, the NRTC and participating NRTC members paid to DIRECTV a one-time
purchase price. In addition to the purchase price, NRTC members are required to
reimburse DIRECTV for the allocable share of certain common expenses (such as
programming, satellite-specific costs and expenses associated with the billing
and authorization systems) and to remit to DIRECTV a 5% royalty on subscription
revenues.

The DBS Agreements authorize the NRTC and participating NRTC members to
provide all commercial services offered by DIRECTV that are transmitted from the
frequencies that the FCC has authorized for DIRECTV's use at its present orbital
location for a term running through the life of DIRECTV's current satellites.
The NRTC has advised the Company that the NRTC Agreement also provides the NRTC
a right of first refusal to acquire comparable rights in the event that DIRECTV
elects to launch successor satellites upon the removal of the present satellites
from active service. The financial terms of any such purchase are likely to be
the subject of negotiation and the Company is unable to predict whether
substantial additional expenditures of the NRTC will be required in connection
with the exercise of such right of first refusal. Finally, under a separate
agreement with Hughes (the "Dealer Agreement"), the Company is an authorized
agent for sale of DIRECTV programming services to subscribers outside of its
service area on terms comparable to those of DIRECTV's other authorized sales
agents.

The Member Agreement terminates when the DIRECTV satellites are removed from
their orbital location, although under the Dealer Agreement the right of the
Company to serve as a DIRECTV sales agent outside of its designated territories
may be terminated upon 60 days' notice by either party. If the satellites are
removed earlier than June 2004, the tenth anniversary of the commencement of
DIRECTV services, the Company will receive a prorated refund of its original
purchase price for the DIRECTV rights. The Member Agreement may be terminated
prior to the expiration of its term as follows: (a) if the NRTC Agreement is
terminated because of a breach by DIRECTV, the NRTC may terminate the Member
Agreement, but the NRTC will be responsible for paying to the Company its pro
rata portion of any refunds that the NRTC receives from DIRECTV, (b) if the
Company fails to make any payment due to the NRTC or otherwise breaches a
material obligation of the Member Agreement, the NRTC may terminate the Member
Agreement in addition to exercising other rights and remedies against the
Company and (c) if the NRTC Agreement is terminated because of a breach by the
NRTC, DIRECTV is obligated to continue to provide DIRECTV services to the
Company (i) by assuming the NRTC's rights and obligations under the Member
Agreement or (ii) under a new agreement containing substantially the same terms
and conditions as the Member Agreement.

The Company is not permitted under the Member Agreement or the Dealer
Agreement to assign or transfer, directly or indirectly, its rights under these
agreements without the prior written consent of the NRTC and Hughes, which
consent cannot be unreasonably withheld.

The NRTC has informed the Company that it has adopted a policy requiring, in
certain circumstances, any party acquiring DIRECTV distribution rights from an
NRTC member of affiliate to post a letter of credit to secure payment of NRTC's
billings. Although the policy has not been communicated to the Company in
writing, the Company understands from discussions with NRTC representatives that
one circumstance in which a letter of credit will be required is that of an
acquiring person whose monthly payments to the NRTC (including payments on
account of the acquired territory) exceeds a specified amount. It appears from
what the Company has been told that the new policy will require the Company to
post a letter of credit of approximately $3.3 million in connection with the
Indiana, Mississippi, Arkansas and Virginia/West Virginia DBS Acquisitions, and
that the required amount will be subject to increase in the future based on
increases in NRTC billings and on acquisitions of additional DIRECTV territories
by the Company. Although this

56
<PAGE>

requirement can be expected to reduce somewhat the Company's acquisition
capacity inasmuch as it ties up capital that could otherwise be used to make
acquisitions, the Company expects this reduction to be manageable. There can
be no assurance, however, that the NRTC will not in the future seek to
institute other policies, or to change this policy, in ways that would be
material to the Company.

CABLE FRANCHISES

Cable systems are generally constructed and operated under non-exclusive
franchises granted by state or local governmental authorities. The franchise
agreements may contain many conditions, such as the payment of franchise fees;
time limitations on commencement and completion of construction; conditions of
service, including the number of channels, the carriage of public, educational
and governmental access channels, the carriage of broad categories of
programming agreed to by the cable operator, and the provision of free service
to schools and certain other public institutions; and the maintenance of
insurance and indemnity bonds. Certain provisions of local franchises are
subject to limitations under the 1992 Cable Act.

The Company currently holds 11 cable franchises, all of which are
non-exclusive. The Cable Communications Policy Act of 1984 (the "1984 Cable
Act") prohibits franchising authorities from imposing annual franchise fees in
excess of 5% of gross revenues and permits the cable system operator to seek
renegotiation and modification of franchise requirements if warranted by changed
circumstances.

The table below groups the Company's franchises by date of expiration and
presents the number of franchises per group and the approximate number and
percent of basic subscribers of the Company in each group as of January 31,
1997, after giving effect to the New Hampshire Cable Sale.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number of Basic Percent of Basic
Year of Franchise Expiration Number of Franchises Subscribers Subscribers
---------------------------- -------------------- --------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1996-1998 .................. 1 2,800 7%
1999-2002 .................. 2 9,700 23%
2003 and thereafter ........ 8 28,700 70%
-------------------- --------------- ----------------
Total .................... 11 41,200 100%
</TABLE>
The Company has never had a franchise revoked. All of the franchises of the
systems eligible for renewal have been renewed or extended at or prior to their
stated expirations. The 1992 Cable Act provides, among other things, for an
orderly franchise renewal process in which renewal will not be unreasonably
withheld. In addition, the 1992 Cable Act establishes comprehensive renewal
procedures which require that an incumbent franchisee's renewal application be
assessed on its own merit and not as part of a comparative process with
competing applications. The Company believes that it has good relations with its
franchising authorities.

LEGISLATION AND REGULATION

On February 1, 1996, the Congress passed the 1996 Act. On February 8, 1996,
President Clinton signed it into law. This new law will alter federal, state and
local laws and regulations regarding telecommunications providers and services,
including the Company and the cable television and other telecommunications
services provided by the Company. There are numerous rulemakings undertaken and
to be undertaken by the FCC which will interpret and implement the provisions of
the 1996 Act. It is not possible at this time to predict the outcome of such
rulemakings.

The ownership, operation and sale of television stations, including those
licensed to subsidiaries of the Company, are subject to the jurisdiction of the
FCC under authority granted it pursuant to the Communications Act. Matters
subject to FCC oversight include, but are not limited to, the assignment of
frequency bands for broadcast television; the approval of a television station's
frequency, location and operating power; the issuance, renewal, revocation or
modification of a television station's FCC license; the approval of changes in
the ownership or control of a television station's licensee; the regulation of
equipment

57
<PAGE>

used by television stations; and the adoption and implementation of regulations
and policies concerning the ownership, operation and employment practices of
television stations. The FCC has the power to impose penalties, including fines
or license revocations, upon a licensee of a television station for violations
of the FCC's rules and regulations.

The following is a brief summary of certain provisions of the Communications
Act and of specific FCC regulations and policies affecting broadcast television.
Reference should be made to the Communications Act, FCC rules and the public
notices and rulings of the FCC for further information concerning the nature and
extent of FCC regulation of broadcast television stations.

License Renewal. Under law in effect prior to the 1996 Act, television
station licenses were granted for a maximum allowable period of five years and
were renewable thereafter for additional five year periods. The 1996 Act,
however, authorizes the FCC to grant television broadcast licenses, and renewals
thereof, for terms of up to eight years. The FCC adopted a Report and Order on
January 24, 1997 extending television license terms to the eight-year maximum
provided in the 1996 Act, reserving the right to renew licenses for shorter
terms. The effective date for this change is March 7, 1997. The FCC may revoke
or deny licenses, after a hearing, for serious violations of its regulations.
Petitions to deny renewal of a license may be filed on or before the first day
of the last month of a license term. Generally, however, in the absence of
serious violations of FCC rules or policies, license renewal is expected in the
ordinary course. The 1996 Act prohibits the FCC from considering competing
applications for the frequency used by the renewal applicant if the FCC finds
that the station seeking renewal has served the public interest, convenience and
necessity, that there have been no serious violations by the licensee of the
Communications Act or the rules and regulations of the FCC, and that there have
been no other violations by the licensee of the Communications Act or the rules
and regulations of the FCC that, when taken together, would constitute a pattern
of abuse. The Company's licenses with respect to TV stations WOLF/WWLF/WILF,
WDSI and WDBD are scheduled to expire on August 1, 1999, August 1, 1997 and June
1, 1997, respectively. In addition, the licenses with respect to television
stations WTLH and WPXT are scheduled to expire on April 1, 1997 and April 1,
1999, respectively. Applications for renewal of the WTLH and WDBD licenses are
on file with the FCC. The Company is not aware of any facts or circumstances
that might reasonably be expected to prevent any of its stations from having its
current license renewed at the end of its respective term.

Ownership Matters. The Communications Act contains a number of restrictions
on the ownership and control of broadcast licenses. The Communications Act
prohibits the assignment of a broadcast license or the transfer of control of a
broadcast licensee without the prior approval of the FCC. The Communications Act
and the FCC's rules also place limitations on alien ownership; common ownership
of broadcast, cable and newspaper properties; ownership by those not having the
requisite "character" qualifications and those persons holding "attributable"
interests in the licensee.

Attribution Rules. The FCC generally applies its ownership limits to
"attributable" interests held by an individual, corporation, partnership or
other association. In the case of corporations holding (or through subsidiaries
controlling) broadcast licenses, the interests of officers, directors and those
who, directly or indirectly, have the right to vote 5% or more of the
corporation's stock (or 10% or more of such stock in the case of insurance
companies, investment companies and bank trust departments that are passive
investors) are generally attributable, except that, in general, no minority
voting stock interest will be attributable if there is a single holder of more
than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the corporation. The FCC has
outstanding a notice of proposed rulemaking that, among other things, seeks
comment on whether the FCC should modify its attribution rules by (i)
restricting the availability of the single majority shareholder exemption and
(ii) attributing under certain circumstances certain interests such as
non-voting stock or debt. The Company cannot predict the outcome of this
proceeding or how it will affect the Company's business.

Alien Ownership Restrictions. The Communications Act restricts the ability of
foreign entities to own or hold interests in broadcast licenses. Foreign
governments, representatives of foreign governments, non-citizens and
representatives of non-citizens, corporations and partnerships organized under
the laws of a foreign nation are barred from holding broadcast licenses.
Non-citizens, foreign governments, foreign corporations and representatives of
any of the foregoing, collectively, may directly or indirectly own or vote up to
20% of the capital stock of a broadcast licensee. In addition, a broadcast
license may not be granted to or held by any corporation that is controlled,
directly or indirectly, by any other corporation more than one-fourth of whose
capital stock is owned or voted by non-citizens or their representatives, by
foreign governments or their

58
<PAGE>

representatives, or by non-United States corporations, if the FCC finds that
the public interest will be served by the refusal or the revocation of such
license. The FCC has interpreted this provision of the Communications Act to
require an affirmative public interest finding before a broadcast license may
be granted to or held by any such corporation. To the Company's knowledge,
the Commission has made such a finding in only one case involving a broadcast
licensee. Because of these provisions, Pegasus may be prohibited from having
more than one-fourth of its stock owned or voted directly or indirectly by
non-citizens, foreign governments, foreign corporations or representatives of
any of the foregoing.

Multiple Ownership Rules. FCC rules limit the number of television stations
any one entity can acquire or own. The FCC's television national multiple
ownership rule limits the combined audience of television stations in which an
entity may hold an attributable interest to 35% of total United States audience
reach. The FCC's television multiple ownership local contour overlap rule
generally prohibits ownership of attributable interests by a single entity in
two or more television stations which serve the same geographic market; however,
changes in these rules are under consideration, but the Company cannot predict
the outcome of the proceeding in which such changes are being considered.

Cross-Ownership Rules. FCC rules have generally prohibited or restricted the
cross-ownership, operation or control of a radio station and a television
station serving the same geographic market, of a television station and a cable
system serving the same geographic market, and of a television station and a
daily newspaper serving the same geographic market. As required by the 1996 Act,
the FCC has amended its rules to allow a person or entity to own or control a
network of broadcast stations and a cable system. In addition, the 1996 Act
eliminates the statutory prohibition against the ownership of television
stations and cable systems in the same geographic market, although FCC rules
prohibiting such ownership are still in place. The 1996 Act also directs the FCC
to presumptively waive, in the top 50 markets, its prohibition on ownership of
television and radio stations in the same geographic market. Under these rules,
absent waivers, the Company would not be permitted to acquire any daily
newspaper, radio broadcast station or cable system in a geographic market in
which it now owns or controls any TV properties. The FCC is currently
considering a rulemaking to change the radio/television cross-ownership
restrictions. The Company cannot predict the outcome of that rulemaking.

Programming and Operation. The Communications Act requires broadcasters to
serve the "public interest." Since the late 1970s, the FCC gradually has relaxed
or eliminated many of the formal procedures it had developed to promote the
broadcast of certain types of programming responsive to the needs of a station's
community of license. However, broadcast station licensees continue to be
required to present programming that is responsive to local community problems,
needs and interests and to maintain certain records demonstrating such
responsiveness. Complaints from viewers concerning a station's programming often
will be considered by the FCC when it evaluates license renewal applications,
although such complaints may be filed at any time and generally may be
considered by the FCC at any time. Stations also must follow various rules
promulgated under the Communications Act that regulate, among other things,
political advertising, sponsorship identifications, the advertisements of
contests and lotteries, programming directed to children, obscene and indecent
broadcasts and technical operations, including limits on radio frequency
radiation. In August 1996, the FCC adopted new children's television rules
mandating, among other things, that as of January 1, 1997 stations must identify
and provide information concerning children's programming to publishers of
program guides and listings and as of September 1, 1997 stations must broadcast
three hours each week of educational and informational programming directed to
children. The 1996 Act contains a number of provisions relating to television
violence, which, among other things, direct the television industry or the FCC
to develop a television ratings system and require commercial television
stations to report on complaints concerning violent programming in their license
renewal applications. In addition, most broadcast licensees, including the
Company's licensees, must develop and implement affirmative action programs
designed to promote equal employment opportunities and must submit reports to
the FCC with respect to these matters on an annual basis and in connection with
a license renewal application.

Must Carry and Retransmission Consent. The 1992 Cable Act requires each
television broadcaster to make an election to exercise either certain "must
carry" or, alternatively, "retransmission consent" rights in connection with its
carriage by cable systems in the station's local market. If a broadcaster
chooses to exercise

59
<PAGE>

its must carry rights, it may demand carriage on a specified channel on cable
systems within its defined market. Must carry rights are not absolute, and
their exercise is dependent on variables such as the number of activated
channels on, and the location and size of, the cable system and the amount of
duplicative programming on a broadcast station. Under certain circumstances,
a cable system may decline carriage of a given station. If a broadcaster
chooses to exercise its retransmission consent rights, it may prohibit cable
systems from carrying its signal, or permit carriage under a negotiated
compensation arrangement. The FCC's must carry requirements took effect on
June 2, 1993; however, stations had until June 17, 1993 to make their must
carry/retransmission consent elections. Under the Company's Fox Affiliation
Agreements, the Company appointed Fox as its irrevocable agent to negotiate
such retransmission consents with the major cable operators in the Company's
respective markets. Fox exercised the Company's stations' retransmission
consent rights. Television stations must make a new election between must
carry and retransmission consent rights every three years. The last required
election date was October 1, 1996. Although the Company expects the current
retransmission consent agreements to be renewed upon their expiration, there
can be no assurance that such renewals will be obtained.

In April 1993, the United States District Court for the District of Columbia
upheld the constitutionality of the legislative must carry provision. This
decision was vacated by the United States Supreme Court in June 1994, and
remanded to the District Court for further development of a factual record. The
District Court has again upheld the must carry rules, and the matter is
currently being considered by the Supreme Court. The Company cannot predict the
outcome of the case. In the meantime, the must carry provisions and the FCC's
regulations implementing those provisions are in effect.

Pending or Proposed Legislation and FCC Rulemakings. The FCC has proposed
rules for implementing advanced (including high-definition) television ("ATV")
service in the United States. Implementation of ATV is intended to improve the
technical quality of television. Under certain circumstances, however,
conversion to ATV operations may reduce a station's coverage area. The FCC is
considering an implementation proposal that would allot a second broadcast
channel to each full-power commercial television station for ATV operation.
Under the proposal, stations would be required to phase in their ATV operations
on the second channel at some point after the ATV operations have commenced.
Recently, there has been consideration by the FCC of shortening further this
transition period. In August 1995, the FCC commenced a further rulemaking
proceeding to address ATV transition issues. In August 1996, the FCC adopted a
further notice of proposed rulemaking presenting a proposed table of allotments
for television stations for ATV operations. The table is only a draft proposal
and may differ significantly from the final table. Implementation of ATV service
may impose additional costs on television stations providing the new service,
due to increased equipment costs, and may affect the competitive nature of the
markets in which the Company operates if competing stations adopt and implement
the new technology before the Company's stations. Various proposals have been
put forth in Congress to auction the new ATV channels, which could preclude the
Company from obtaining such channels if better financed companies were to
participate in such auction. The FCC's current proposal that television stations
obtain ATV channels and subsequently surrender their existing channels appears
to have stalled the auction effort, although the Company cannot predict the
ultimate outcome of the legislative consideration of these matters.

The FCC is now conducting a rulemaking proceeding to consider changes to the
multiple ownership rules that could, under certain limited circumstances, permit
common ownership of television stations with overlapping service areas, while
imposing restrictions on television LMAs. Certain of these changes, if adopted,
could allow owners of television stations who currently cannot buy a television
station or an additional television station in the Company's markets to acquire
television properties in such markets. This may increase competition in such
markets, but may also work to the Company's advantage by permitting it to
acquire additional stations in its present markets and by enhancing the value of
the Company's stations by increasing the number of potential buyers.
Alternatively, if no changes are made in the multiple ownership rules relating
to local ownership, and LMAs are made attributable, certain plans of the Company
may be prohibited. Proposed changes in the FCC's "attribution" rules may also
limit the ability of certain investors to invest in the Company. The FCC also is
conducting a rulemaking proceeding to consider the adoption of more restrictive
standards for the exposure of the public and workers to potentially harmful
radio frequency radiation emitted by broadcast station transmitting facilities.
Other matters which could affect the Company's

60
<PAGE>

broadcast properties include technological innovations affecting the mass
communications industry and technical allocation matters, including assignment
by the FCC of channels for additional broadcast stations, low-power television
stations and wireless cable systems and their relationship to and competition
with full power television service, as well as possible spectrum fees or other
changes imposed on broadcasters for the use of their channels. The ultimate
outcome of these pending proceedings cannot be predicted at this time.

The FCC has initiated a Notice of Inquiry proceeding seeking comment on
whether the public interest would be served by establishing limits on the amount
of commercial matter broadcast by television stations. No prediction can be made
at this time as to whether the FCC will impose any commercial limits at the
conclusion of its deliberations. The Company is unable to determine what effect,
if any, the imposition of limits on the commercial matter broadcast by
television stations would have upon the Company's operations.

The FCC recently lifted its financial interest/syndication ("FIN/SYN") rules
that prohibited ABC, CBS and NBC from engaging in syndication for the sale,
licensing, or distribution of television programs for non-network broadcast
exhibition in the United States. Further, these rules prohibited networks from
sharing profits from any syndication and from acquiring any new financial or
proprietary interest in programs of which they were not the sole producer. The
Company cannot predict the effect of the elimination of the FIN/SYN rules on the
Company's ability to acquire desirable programming at reasonable prices.

The FCC also recently eliminated the prime time access rule ("PTAR"),
effective August 30, 1996. PTAR limited a station's ability to broadcast network
programming (including syndicated programming previously broadcast over a
network) during prime time hours. The elimination of PTAR could increase the
amount of network programming broadcast over a station affiliated with ABC, CBS
or NBC. Such elimination also could result in (i) an increase in the
compensation paid by the network (due to the additional prime time hours during
which network programming could be aired by a network-affiliated station) and
(ii) increased competition for syndicated network programming that previously
was unavailable for broadcast by network affiliates during prime time. For
purposes of PTAR, the FCC defines "network" to include those entities that
deliver more than 15 hours of "prime time programming" (a term defined in those
rules) to affiliates reaching 75% of the nation's television homes. Neither Fox
nor its affiliates, including the Company's TV stations, are subject to the
prime time access rule. The Company cannot predict the effect that the repeal
many ultimately have on the market for syndicated programming.

The Congress and the FCC have considered in the past and may consider and
adopt in the future, (i) other changes to existing laws, regulations and
policies or (ii) new laws, regulations and policies regarding a wide variety of
matters that could affect, directly or indirectly, the operation, ownership, and
profitability of the Company's broadcast stations, result in the loss of
audience share and advertising revenues for these stations or affect the ability
of the Company to acquire additional broadcast stations or finance such
acquisitions.

Additionally, irrespective of the FCC rules, the Antitrust Agencies have the
authority to determine that a particular transaction presents antitrust
concerns. The Antitrust Agencies have recently increased their scrutiny of the
television and radio industries, and have indicated their intention to review
matters related to the concentration of ownership within markets (including
LMAs) even when the ownership or LMA in question is permitted under the
regulations of the FCC. There can be no assurance that future policy and
rulemaking activities of the Antitrust Agencies will not impact the Company's
operations (including existing stations or markets) or expansion strategy.

DBS

Unlike a common carrier, such as a telephone company, or a cable operator,
DBS operators such as DIRECTV are free to set prices and serve customers
according to their business judgment, without rate of return or other regulation
or the obligation not to discriminate among customers. However, there are laws
and regulations that affect DIRECTV and, therefore, affect the Company. As an
operator of a privately owned United States satellite system, DIRECTV is subject
to the regulatory jurisdiction of the FCC, primarily with respect to (i) the
licensing of individual satellites (i.e., the requirement that DIRECTV meet
minimum financial, legal and technical standards), (ii) avoidance of
interference with radio stations and (iii) compliance

61
<PAGE>

with rules that the FCC has established specifically for DBS satellite licenses.
As a distributor of television programming, DIRECTV is also affected by numerous
other laws and regulations, including in particular the 1992 Cable Act's
program access and exclusivity provisions. In addition to regulating pricing
practices and competition within the cable television industry, the 1992 Cable
Act is intended to establish and support alternative multichannel video
distribution services, such as wireless cable and DBS. The United States Court
of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit recently upheld a provision of
the 1992 Cable Act requiring DBS providers to reserve not less than four nor
more than seven percent of their channel capacity exclusively for noncommercial
programming of an educational or informational nature. A rulemaking is pending
to implement this requirement.

State and local authorities in some jurisdictions restrict or prohibit the
use of satellite dishes pursuant to zoning and other regulations. The FCC has
recently adopted new rules that preempt state and local regulations that affect
receive-only satellite dishes that are two meters or less in diameter, in any
area where commercial or industrial uses are generally permitted by local land
use regulation, or that are one meter or less in diameter in any area. Satellite
dishes for the reception of DIRECTV's services are less than one meter in
diameter, and thus the FCC's rules are expected to ease local regulatory burdens
on the use of those dishes. On August 6, 1996, the FCC released a Further Notice
of Proposed Rulemaking to determine whether to prohibit restrictions against the
placement on rental property of DBS dishes and devices used for reception of
over-the-air broadcast and MMDS services.

CABLE

1984 Cable Act and 1992 Cable Act. The Cable Communications Policy Act of
1984 (the "1984 Cable Act") created uniform national standards and guidelines
for the regulation of cable systems. Among other things, the 1984 Cable Act
generally preempted local control over cable rates in most areas. In addition,
the 1984 Cable Act affirmed the right of franchising authorities (state or
local, depending on the practice in individual states) to award one or more
franchises within their jurisdictions. It also prohibited non-grandfathered
cable systems from operating without a franchise in such jurisdictions.

The Cable Television Consumer Protection and Competition Act of 1992 (the
"1992 Cable Act") amended the 1984 Cable Act in many respects and significantly
changed the legislative and regulatory environment in which the cable industry
operates. The 1992 Cable Act allows for a greater degree of regulation with
respect to, among other things, cable system rates for both basic and certain
nonbasic services; programming access and exclusivity arrangements; access to
cable channels by unaffiliated programming services; leased access terms and
conditions; horizontal and vertical ownership of cable systems; customer service
requirements; franchise renewals; television broadcast signal carriage and
retransmission consent; technical standards; subscriber privacy; consumer
protection issues; cable equipment compatibility; obscene or indecent
programming; and cable system requirements that subscribers subscribe to tiers
of service other than basic service as a condition of purchasing premium
services. Additionally, the legislation encourages competition with existing
cable systems by allowing municipalities to own and operate their own cable
systems without having to obtain a franchise; preventing franchising authorities
from granting exclusive franchises or unreasonably refusing to award additional
franchises covering an existing cable system's service area; and prohibiting the
common ownership of cable systems and co-located wireless systems known as MMDS
and private SMATV.

The 1992 Cable Act also precludes video programmers affiliated with cable
television companies from favoring cable operators over competitors and requires
such programmers to sell their programming to other multichannel video
distributors. This provision may limit the ability of cable program suppliers to
offer exclusive programming arrangements to cable television companies. The FCC,
the principal federal regulatory agency with jurisdiction over cable television,
has adopted many regulations to implement the provisions of the 1992 Cable Act.

The FCC has the authority to enforce these regulations through the imposition
of substantial fines, the issuance of cease and desist orders and/or the
imposition of other administrative sanctions, such as the revocation of FCC
licenses needed to operate transmission facilities often used in connection with
cable operations.

62
<PAGE>

Cable Rate Regulation. In June 1995, the FCC adopted rules which provide
significant rate relief for small cable operators, which include operators the
size of the Company. The Company's current rates are below the maximum presumed
reasonable under the FCC's rules for small operators, and the Company may use
this new rate relief to justify current rates, rates already subject to pending
rate proceedings and new rates. The 1996 Act eliminates cable programming
service tier ("CPST") rate regulation effective March 31, 1999, for all cable
operators. In the interim, CPST rate regulation can be triggered only by a local
unit of government (commonly referred to as local franchising authorities or
"LFA") complaint to the FCC. Since the Company is a small cable operator within
the meaning of the 1996 Act, CPST rate regulation for the Company ended upon the
enactment of the 1996 Act. The Company's status as a small cable operator may be
affected by future acquisitions. The 1996 Act does not disturb existing rate
determinations of the FCC. The Company's basic tier of cable service ("BST")
rates remain subject to LFA regulation under the 1996 Act.

Rate regulation is precluded wherever a cable operator faces "effective
competition." The 1996 Act expands the definition of effective competition to
include any franchise area where a local exchange carrier ("LEC") (or affiliate)
provides video programming services to subscribers by any means other than
through DBS. There is no penetration minimum for the local exchange carrier to
qualify as an effective competitor, but it must provide "comparable" programming
services in the franchise area.

Under the 1996 Act, the Company will be allowed to aggregate, on a franchise,
system, regional or company level, its equipment costs into broad categories,
such as converter boxes, regardless of the varying levels of functionality of
the equipment within each such broad category. The 1996 Act will allow the
Company to average together costs of different types of converters (including
non-addressable, addressable, and digital). The statutory changes will also
facilitate the rationalizing of equipment rates across jurisdictional
boundaries. These favorable cost-aggregation rules do not apply to the limited
equipment used by "BST-only" subscribers.

Anti-Buy Through Provisions. In March 1993, the FCC adopted regulations
pursuant to the 1992 Cable Act which require cable systems to permit customers
to purchase video programming on a per channel or a per program basis without
the necessity of subscribing to any tier of service, other than the basic
service tier, unless the cable system is technically incapable of doing so.
Generally, this exemption from compliance with the statute for cable systems
that do not have such technical capability is available until a cable system
obtains the capability, but not later than December 2002. The Company's systems
have the necessary technical capability and have complied with this regulation.

Indecent Programming on Leased Access Channels. FCC regulations pursuant to
the 1992 Cable Act permit cable operators to restrict or refuse the carriage of
indecent programming on so-called "leased access" channels, i.e., channels the
operator must set aside for commercial use by persons unaffiliated with the
operator. Operators were also permitted to prohibit indecent programming on
public access channels. In June 1996, the Supreme Court ruled unconstitutional
the indecency prohibitions on public access programming as well as the
"segregate and block" restriction on indecent leased access programming.

Scrambling. The 1996 Act requires that upon the request of a cable
subscriber, the cable operator must, free of charge, fully scramble or otherwise
fully block the audio and video programming of each channel carrying adult
programming so that a non-subscriber does not receive it.

Cable operators must also fully scramble or otherwise fully block the video
and audio portion of sexually explicit or other programming that is indecent on
any programming channel that is primarily dedicated to sexually oriented
programming so that a non-subscriber to such channel may not receive it. Until
full scrambling or blocking occurs, cable operators must limit the carriage of
such programming to hours when a significant number of children are not likely
to view the programming. The Company's systems do not presently have the
necessary technical capability to comply with the scrambling requirement.
However, the effective date of these requirements has been stayed by the United
States District Court for the District of Delaware.

Cable Entry Into Telecommunications. The 1996 Act declares that no state or
local laws or regulations may prohibit or have the effect of prohibiting the
ability of any entity to provide any interstate or intrastate telecommunications
service. States are authorized to impose "competitively neutral" requirements
regarding

63
<PAGE>

universal service, public safety and welfare, service quality, and consumer
protection. The 1996 Act further provides that cable operators and affiliates
providing telecommunications services are not required to obtain a separate
franchise from LFAs for such services. The 1996 Act prohibits LFAs from
requiring cable operators to provide telecommunications service or facilities
as a condition of a grant of a franchise, franchise renewal, or franchise
transfer, except that LFAs can seek "institutional networks" as part of
franchise negotiations.

The 1996 Act clarifies that traditional cable franchise fees may only be
based on revenues related to the provision of cable television services.
However, when cable operators provide telecommunications services, LFAs may
require reasonable, competitively neutral compensation for management of the
public rights-of-way.

Interconnection and Other Telecommunications Carrier Obligations. To
facilitate the entry of new telecommunications providers including cable
operators, the 1996 Act imposes interconnection obligations on all
telecommunications carriers. All carriers must interconnect their networks with
other carriers and may not deploy network features and functions that interfere
with interoperability. On August 8, 1996, the FCC released its first Report and
Order to implement the interconnection provisions of the 1996 Act. Several
parties have sought reconsideration of the order by the FCC, and a number of
parties also have petitioned for review of the order in several federal courts
of appeal. Those petitions have been consolidated before the United States Court
of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit, which on October 15, 1996 stayed substantial
portions of the FCC order pending judicial review. On November 1, 1996, the
Eighth Circuit modified the stay to exclude certain non-pricing portions of the
rules that primarily relate to wireless telecommunications providers. One
Justice of the U.S. Supreme Court rejected requests to vacate the stay, and the
parties that sought to have the stay lifted sought review by other Justices. On
November 12, 1996, the Supreme Court denied the application to lift the stay.

Telephone Company Entry Into Cable Television. The 1996 Act allows telephone
companies to compete directly with cable operators by repealing the telephone
company-cable cross-ownership ban and the FCC's video dialtone regulations. This
will allow LECs, including the Bell Operating Companies, to compete with cable
both inside and outside their telephone service areas.

The 1996 Act replaces the FCC's video dialtone rules with an "open video
system" ("OVS") plan by which LECs can provide cable service in their telephone
service area. LECs complying with FCC OVS regulations will receive relaxed
oversight. Only the program access, negative option billing prohibition,
subscriber privacy, Equal Employment Opportunity, PEG, must-carry and
retransmission consent provisions of the Communications Act will apply to LECs
providing OVS. Franchising, rate regulation, consumer service provisions, leased
access and equipment compatibility will not apply. Cable copyright provisions
will apply to programmers using OVS. LFAs may require OVS operators to pay
"franchise fees" only to the extent that the OVS provider or its affiliates
provide cable services over the OVS. OVS operators will be subject to LFA
general right-of-way management regulations. Such fees may not exceed the
franchise fees charged to cable operators in the area, and the OVS provider may
pass through the fees as a separate subscriber bill item.

As required by the 1996 Act, the FCC has adopted regulations prohibiting an
OVS operator from discriminating among programmers, and ensuring that OVS rates,
terms, and conditions for service are reasonable and nondiscriminatory. Further,
the FCC has adopted regulations prohibiting a LEC-OVS operator, or its
affiliates, from occupying more than one-third of a system's activated channels
when demand for channels exceeds supply, although there are no numeric limits.
The FCC also has adopted OVS regulations governing channel sharing; extending
the FCC's sports exclusivity, network nonduplication, and syndex regulations;
and controlling the positioning of programmers on menus and program guides. The
1996 Act does not require LECs to use separate subsidiaries to provide
incidental inter Local Access and Transport Area ("interLATA") video or audio
programming services to subscribers or for their own programming ventures.

Cable and Broadcast Television Cross-Ownership. As required by the 1996 Act,
the FCC has amended its rules to allow a person or entity to own or control a
network of broadcast stations and a cable system. In addition, the 1996 Act
eliminates the statutory prohibition against the ownership of cable systems and
television stations in the same geographic market, although FCC rules
prohibiting such ownership are still in place.

Signal Carriage. The 1992 Cable Act imposed obligations and restrictions on
cable operator carriage of non-satellite delivered television stations. Under
the must-carry provision of the 1992 Cable Act, a cable

64
<PAGE>

operator, subject to certain restrictions, must carry, upon request by the
station, all commercial television stations with adequate signals which are
licensed to the same market as the cable system. Cable operators are also
obligated to carry all local non-commercial stations. If a non-satellite
delivered commercial broadcast station does not request carriage under the
must-carry provisions of the 1992 Cable Act, a cable operator may not carry
that station without that station's explicit written consent for the cable
operator to retransmit its programming. The Company is carrying all
television stations that have made legitimate requests for carriage. All
other television stations are carried pursuant to written retransmission
consent agreements.

Copyright Licensing. Cable systems are subject to federal copyright licensing
covering carriage of broadcast signals. In exchange for making semi-annual
payments to a federal copyright royalty pool and meeting certain other
obligations, cable operators obtain a blanket license to retransmit broadcast
signals. Bills have been introduced in Congress over the past several years that
would eliminate or modify the cable compulsory license. The 1992 Cable Act's
retransmission consent provisions expressly provide that retransmission consent
agreements between television stations and cable operators do not obviate the
need for cable operators to obtain a copyright license for the programming
carried on each broadcaster's signal.

Electric Utility Entry Into Telecommunications. The 1996 Act provides that
registered utility holding companies and subsidiaries may provide
telecommunications services (including cable) notwithstanding the Public Utility
Holding Company Act. Electric utilities must establish separate subsidiaries,
known as "exempt telecommunications companies" and must apply to the FCC for
operating authority. It is anticipated that large utility holding companies will
become significant competitors to both cable television and other
telecommunications providers.

State and Local Regulation. Because a cable system uses streets and
rights-of-way, cable systems are subject to state and local regulation,
typically imposed through the franchising process. State and/or local officials
are usually involved in franchisee selection, system design and construction,
safety, consumer relations, billing practices and community-related programming
and services among other matters. Cable systems generally are operated pursuant
to nonexclusive franchises, permits or licenses granted by a municipality or
other state or local government entity. Franchises generally are granted for
fixed terms and in many cases are terminable if the franchise operator fails to
comply with material provisions. The 1992 Cable Act prohibits the award of
exclusive franchises and allows franchising authorities to exercise greater
control over the operation of franchised cable systems, especially in the area
of customer service and rate regulation. The 1992 Cable Act also allows
franchising authorities to operate their own multichannel video distribution
system without having to obtain a franchise and permits states or LFAs to adopt
certain restrictions on the ownership of cable systems. Moreover, franchising
authorities are immunized from monetary damage awards arising from regulation of
cable systems or decisions made on franchise grants, renewals, transfers and
amendments. Under certain circumstances, LFAs may become certified to regulate
basic cable service rates.

The specific terms and conditions of a franchise and the laws and regulations
under which it was granted directly affect the profitability of the cable
system. Cable franchises generally contain provisions governing fees to be paid
to the franchising authority, length of the franchise term, renewal, sale or
transfer of the franchise, territory of the franchise, design and technical
performance of the system, use and occupancy of public streets and number and
types of cable services provided.

Although federal law has established certain procedural safeguards to protect
incumbent cable television franchisees against arbitrary denials of renewal, the
renewal of a franchise cannot be assured unless the franchisee has met certain
statutory standards. Moreover, even if a franchise is renewed, a franchising
authority may impose new and stricter requirements, such as the upgrading of
facilities and equipment or higher franchise fees (subject, however, to limits
set by federal law). To date, however, no request of the Company for franchise
renewals or extensions has been denied. Despite favorable legislation and good
relationships with its franchising authorities, there can be no assurance that
franchises will be renewed or extended.

Various proposals have been introduced at the state and local levels with
regard to the regulation of cable systems, and several states have adopted
legislation subjecting cable systems to the jurisdiction of centralized

65
<PAGE>

state governmental agencies, some that impose regulation similar to that of a
public utility. Attempts in other states to regulate cable systems are
continuing and can be expected to increase. Such proposals and legislation
may be preempted by federal statute and/or FCC regulation. Massachusetts and
Connecticut have adopted state level regulation.

The foregoing does not purport to describe all present and proposed federal,
state and local regulations and legislation relating to the cable industry.
Other existing federal regulations, copyright licensing and, in many
jurisdictions, state and local franchise requirements currently are the subject
of a variety of judicial proceedings, legislative hearings and administrative
and legislative proposals which could change, in varying degrees, the manner in
which cable systems operate. Neither the outcome of these proceedings nor the
impact upon the cable industry or the Company's Cable systems can be predicted
at this time.

66
<PAGE>

PROPERTIES

The Company's TV stations own and lease studio, tower, transmitter and
antenna facilities and the Company's Cable systems own and lease studio,
parking, storage, headend, tower, earth station and office facilities in the
localities in which they operate. The Company leases office space in Marlboro,
Massachusetts for its DBS operations. The television transmitter and antenna
sites are generally located so as to provide optimum market coverage. The cable
headend and tower sites are located at strategic points within the cable system
franchise area to support the distribution system. The Company believes that its
facilities are in good operating condition and are satisfactory for their
present and intended uses. The following table contains certain information
describing the general character of the Company's properties:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Expiration of Lease
Location and Type of Property Owned or Leased Approximate Size or Renewal Options
- -------------------------------------------- ------------------- ------------------------------- --------------------

<S> <C> <C> <C>
Corporate Office
Radnor, Pennsylvania (office) Leased 4,848 square feet 3/31/98
TV Stations
Jackson, MS (TV transmitting Leased 1,125 foot tower 2/28/04
equipment)
Jackson, MS (television station Lease-Purchase (1) 5,600 square foot building; N/A
and transmitter building) 900 square foot building
West Mountain, PA (tower and Leased 9.6 acres 1/31/00
transmitter)
916 Oak Street, Scranton, PA Leased 8,600 square feet 4/30/00
(television station)
Bald Eagle Mountain, PA Leased 400 square feet 9/30/97
(transmitting) (Williamsport Tower)
Nescopec Mountain, PA Owned 400 foot tower N/A
(transmitting)
Williamsport, PA (tower) Owned 175 foot tower N/A
Chattanooga, TN (transmitting) Owned 577 foot tower N/A
1201 East Main St., Chattanooga, Owned 16,240 square foot building N/A
TN (present television station) on 3.17 acres

2320 Congress Street, Portland, ME Leased 8,000 square feet 12/31/97
(television station)
Gray, ME (tower) Owned 18.6 acres N/A
1203 Governor's Square, Leased 5,012 square feet 9/30/97
Tallahassee, FL
(television station)
Leon County, FL Leased(2) 30 acres 2/28/98
Nickleville, GA (tower) Owned 22.5 acres N/A
DBS Systems
Marlboro, MA (office) Leased 1,310 square feet 7/31/99
Charlton, MA (warehouse) Leased 1,750 square foot area monthly
Cable Systems
Winchester, CT (headend) Owned 15.22 acres N/A
140 Willow Street, Winsted, CT Owned 1,900 square feet N/A
(office)
Charlton, MA (office, headend Leased 38,223 square feet 5/9/99
site)
Hinsdale, MA (headend site) Leased 30,590 square feet 2/1/04
Lanesboro, MA (headend site) Leased 62,500 square feet 4/13/97
West Stockbridge, MA (headend Leased 1.59 acres 4/4/05
site)
Route #2, Puerto Rico (office) Leased 2,520 square foot building 8/30/98
Mayaguez, Puerto Rico (headend) Leased 530 square foot building 8/30/98
Mayaguez, Puerto Rico (warehouse) Leased 1,750 square foot area monthly
San German, Puerto Rico (headend Owned 1,200 square feet; 200 foot tower N/A
site)
San German, Puerto Rico (tower and Owned 60 foot tower; 192 square meters N/A
transmitter)
San German, Puerto Rico (office) Leased 2,928 square feet 2/1/01
Anasco, Puerto Rico (office) Leased 500 square feet 2/28/99

Anasco, Puerto Rico (headend site) Leased 1,200 square meters monthly

Anasco, Puerto Rico (headend) Owned 59 foot tower N/A
Guanica, Puerto Rico (headend Leased 40 foot tower; 121 square meters 2/28/04
site)
Cabo Rojo, Puerto Rico (headend Leased 40 foot tower; 121 square meters 11/10/04
site)
Hormigueros, Puerto Rico Leased 2,000 square feet monthly
(warehouse)
</TABLE>
- ------
(1) The Company entered into a lease/purchase agreement in July 1993 which
calls for 60 monthly payments of $4,500 at the end of which the property
is conveyed to the Company.
(2) The Company holds an option to purchase this site for $150,000.

67
<PAGE>

EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 1996, the Company had 271 full-time and 34 part-time
employees. The Company is not a party to any collective bargaining agreement and
considers its relations with its employees to be good.

LEGAL AND OTHER PROCEEDINGS

Pursuant to the 1992 Cable Act and related regulations and orders, the
Connecticut Department of Public Utility Control (the "DPUC") initiated
proceedings in 1994 to review the basic service rates and certain related
charges of certain cable systems in Connecticut, including those of the Company.
In addition, pursuant to complaints received in accordance with the 1992 Cable
Act and related regulations and orders, the FCC initiated a review of rates for
CPST services (comprising traditional cable networks) provided by certain of the
Company's New England Cable systems. In connection with the state and FCC
proceedings, the Company has made filings to justify its existing service rates
and to request further rate increases. In March and April 1996, the FCC approved
the CPST rates that had been in effect for the Company's Connecticut Cable
system, and in July 1996, the final rate complaint affecting the Company's
Massachusetts Cable System was dismissed.

The Connecticut DPUC issued two adverse rate orders on November 28, 1994
concerning the cost-of-service rate justification filed by the Company,
requiring the Company to issue refunds for two different time periods. The first
order ("Phase One") covers the period September 1, 1993 through May 14, 1994.
The second order ("Phase Two") covers the period after May 14, 1994. In its rate
orders, the Connecticut DPUC ordered refunds of basic service and equipment
charges totalling $90,000 and $51,000 as of December 31, 1994 for the Phase One
and Phase Two periods, respectively. The Company appealed the Connecticut DPUC
order to the FCC arguing that in ordering refunds, the Connecticut DPUC
misapplied its own and the FCC's cost-of-service standards by ignoring past
precedent, by failing to consider the Company's unique circumstances and by
failing to make appropriate exceptions to cost-of-service presumptions. The FCC
has stayed the Connecticut DPUC orders. To date, the FCC has not yet issued
sufficient rulings to predict how it will decide the issues raised by the
Company on appeal. Although no decision with respect to the Company's
Connecticut DPUC appeal has been reached, in the event the FCC issues an adverse
ruling, the Company expects to make refunds in kind rather than in cash.

The 1996 Act immediately eliminates rate regulation for CPST for small cable
operators, such as the Company. Pursuant to the 1996 Act, a small cable operator
is one that directly or through an affiliate serves in the aggregate less than
one percent of the subscribers in the United States and is not affiliated with
any entity or entities whose gross annual revenues in the aggregate exceeds
$250,000,000. In June 1995 the FCC released an order providing rate regulation
relief to small cable operators which serve 400,000 or fewer subscribers in any
system with 15,000 or fewer subscribers. As a result of this order, such small
cable operators are now eligible to justify their basic rates based on a
four-element rate calculation. If the per channel rate resulting from this
calculation is $1.24 or less, the rate is presumed reasonable. If the rate is
higher than $1.24, the cable operator bears the burden of justifying the higher
rate. The current per channel rate for each of the Company's Cable systems is
less than $1.24. This new rate regulation option is available regardless of
whether the operator has used another option previously. If a small system is
later acquired by a larger company, the system will continue to have this
regulatory option. In addition, small systems, as defined by this ruling, are
now permitted to use all previously available small system and small operator
relief, which includes the ability to pass through certain headend upgrade
costs, and the ability to enter into alternative rate regulation agreements with
franchising authorities.

Acting pursuant to the FCC's June 1995 order with respect to small cable
systems, in early 1996, the Company filed with the Massachusetts Community
Antenna Television Commission (the "Massachusetts Cable Commission") and the
Connecticut DPUC proposed new rates for the Company's revised basic service for
its Massachusetts and Connecticut cable systems. In March 1996, the
Massachusetts Cable Commission approved the proposed higher rates for the
Massachusetts systems, and those rates went into effect on April 1, 1996. On
December 31, 1996, the Connecticut DPUC issued a decision approving the new
rates.

68
<PAGE>

MANAGEMENT AND CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Set forth below is certain information concerning the executive officers and
directors of Pegasus.

Name Age Position
------------------------ ----- -------------------------------------------
Marshall W. Pagon. ..... 41 Chairman of the Board, President,
Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer
Robert N. Verdecchio. .. 40 Senior Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Assistant Secretary
Ted S. Lodge ........... 40 Senior Vice President, General Counsel,
Chief Administrative Officer and Assistant
Secretary
Howard E. Verlin ....... 35 Vice President and Secretary
Guyon W. Turner ........ 55 Vice President
James J. McEntee, III(1) 39 Director
Mary C. Metzger(2) ..... 51 Director
Donald W. Weber(1)(2) .. 60 Director

- ------
(1) Member of Compensation Committee.
(2) Member of Audit Committee.

Marshall W. Pagon has served as President, Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer
and Chairman of the Board of Pegasus since its incorporation. Mr. Pagon also
serves as Chief Executive Officer and Director of each of Pegasus' subsidiaries.
From 1991 to October 1994, when the assets of various affiliates of PM&C,
principally limited partnerships that owned and operated the Company's TV and
Cable operations, were transferred to PM&C's subsidiaries, Mr. Pagon or entities
controlled or affiliated with Mr. Pagon served as the general partner of these
partnerships and conducted the business of the Company. Mr. Pagon's background
includes over 15 years of experience in the media and communications industry.

Robert N. Verdecchio has served as Pegasus' Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary since its inception. He has also
served similar functions for PM&C's affiliates and predecessors in interest
since 1990. Mr. Verdecchio is a certified public accountant and has over ten
years of experience in the media and communications industry.

Ted S. Lodge has served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Chief
Administrative Officer and Assistant Secretary of Pegasus since July 1, 1996.
From June 1992 through May 1996, Mr. Lodge practiced law with the law firm of
Lodge & Company. During such period, Mr. Lodge was engaged by the Company as its
outside legal counsel in connection with several of the Company's acquisitions.
Prior to founding Lodge & Company, Mr. Lodge served as Vice President, Legal
Department of SEI Corporation from May 1991 to June 1992 and as Vice President,
General Counsel of Vik Brothers Insurance, Inc. from March 1989 to May 1991.

Howard E. Verlin is a Vice President and Secretary of Pegasus and is
responsible for operating activities of the Company's Cable and DBS
subsidiaries, including supervision of their general managers. Mr. Verlin has
served similar functions with respect to the Company's predecessors in interest
and affiliates since 1987 and has over 14 years of experience in the media and
communications industry.

Guyon W. Turner is a Vice President of Pegasus and is responsible for the
Company's broadcast television subsidiary. From 1984 to 1993, Mr. Turner was the
managing general partner of Scranton TV Partners, Ltd., from which the Company
acquired WOLF and WWLF in 1993. Mr. Turner was also chairman

69
<PAGE>

and director of Empire Radio Partners, Ltd. from March 1991 to December 1993.
In November 1992, Empire filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the
Bankruptcy Code. Mr. Turner's background includes over 20 years of experience
in the media and communications industry.

James J. McEntee, III has been a Director of Pegasus since October 8, 1996.
Mr. McEntee has been a member of the law firm of Lamb, Windle & McErlane, P.C.
for the past five years and a principal of that law firm for the past three
years.

Mary C. Metzger has been a Director of Pegasus since November 14, 1996. Ms.
Metzger has been Chairman of Personalized Media Communications L.L.C. and its
predecessor company, Personalized Media Communications Corp. since February
1989. Ms. Metzger has also been Managing Director of Video Technologies
International, Inc. since June 1986.

Donald W. Weber has been a Director of Pegasus since its incorporation and a
director of PM&C since November 1995. Mr. Weber has been the President and Chief
Executive Officer of Viewstar Entertainment Services, Inc., an NRTC member that
distributes DIRECTV services in North Georgia, since August 1993. From November
1991 through August 1993, Mr. Weber was a private investor and consultant to
various communication companies. Prior to that time, Mr. Weber was President and
Chief Operating Officer of Contel Corporation until its merger with GTE
Corporation in 1991. Mr. Weber is currently a member of the boards of directors
of InterCel, Inc. and Healthdyne Information Enterprises, Inc., which are
publicly-traded companies.

In connection with the Michigan/Texas DBS Acquisition, the Parent agreed to
nominate a designee of Harron as a member of Pegasus' Board of Directors.
Effective October 8, 1996, James J. McEntee, III was appointed to Pegasus' Board
of Directors as Harron's designee.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

Prior to the Initial Public Offering, Pegasus did not have a compensation
committee or any other committee of the Board of Directors performing similar
functions. Decisions concerning compensation of executive officers were made by
the Board of Directors, which included Mr. Pagon, the President and Chief
Executive Officer of Pegasus. Pegasus' compensation committee currently consists
of Messrs. McEntee and Weber.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Under Pegasus' By-laws, each director is entitled to receive such
compensation, if any, as may from time to time be fixed by the Board of
Directors. Pegasus currently pays its directors who are not employees or
officers of Pegasus an annual retainer of $5,000 plus $500 for each Board
meeting attended in person and $250 for each Board meeting held by telephone.
Pegasus also reimburses each director for all reasonable expenses incurred in
traveling to and from the place of each meeting of the Board or committee of the
Board.

As additional remuneration for joining the Board, Mr. Weber was granted in
April 1996 an option to purchase 3,385 shares of Class A Common Stock at an
exercise price of $14.00 per share. Mr. Weber's option vested upon issuance, is
exercisable until November 2000 and, at the time of grant, was issued at an
exercise price equal to fair market value at the time Mr. Weber was elected a
director.

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

The Management Company performed various management and accounting services
for the Company pursuant to the Management Agreement between the Management
Company and the Company. Mr. Pagon controls and is the majority owner of the
Management Company. Upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, the
Management Agreement was transferred to the Company, and the employees of the
Management Company became employees of the Company. In consideration for the
transfer of this agreement together with certain net assets, including
approximately $1.5 million of accrued management fees, the Management Company
received $19.6 million of Class B Common Stock (1,400,000 shares of Class B
Common Stock) and approximately $1.5 million in cash. Of the 1,400,000 shares,
182,652 were exchanged for an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock and
transferred to certain members of management who were participants in the
Management Share Exchange. The fair market value of the Management Agreement was

70
<PAGE>

determined by Kane Reece Associates, Inc. ("Kane Reece"), an independent
appraiser, based upon a discounted cash flow approach using historical
financial results and management's financial projections. In return for Kane
Reece's services, the Company incurred a fee of approximately $15,000 plus
expenses.

Under the Management Agreement, the Management Company provided specified
executive, administrative and management services to PM&C and its operating
subsidiaries. These services included: (i) selection of personnel; (ii) review,
supervision and control of accounting, bookkeeping, recordkeeping, reporting and
revenue collection; (iii) supervision of compliance with legal and regulatory
requirements; and (iv) conduct and control of daily operational aspects of the
Company. In consideration for the services performed by the Management Company
under the Management Agreement, the Company was charged management fees, which
represented 5% of the Company's net revenues, and reimbursements for the
Management Company's accounting department costs. The Management Company's
offices are located at Suite 454, 5 Radnor Corporate Center, 100 Matsonford
Road, Radnor, Pennsylvania 19087.

MANAGEMENT SHARE EXCHANGE

Certain members of the Company's management, including all of the Company's
executive officers with the exception of Marshall W. Pagon and Ted S. Lodge,
held prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Offering 5,000 shares in
the aggregate of Parent Non-Voting Stock. Upon consummation of the Initial
Public Offering, all shares of the Parent Non-Voting Stock were exchanged for an
aggregate of 263,606 shares of Class A Common Stock and the Parent Non-Voting
Stock was distributed to the Parent.

TOWERS PURCHASE

Simultaneously with the completion of the Initial Public Offering, the
Company purchased Towers' assets for total consideration of approximately $1.4
million. Towers is beneficially owned by Marshall W. Pagon. The Towers Purchase
consisted of ownership and leasehold interests in three tower properties. Towers
leased space on each of its towers to the Company and to unaffiliated companies.
The purchase price was determined by an independent appraisal.

SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

In December 1996, the Company entered into a Split Dollar Agreement with the
trustees of an insurance trust established by Marshall W. Pagon. Under the Split
Dollar Agreement, the Company agreed to pay a portion of the premiums for
certain life insurance policies covering Mr. Pagon owned by the insurance trust.
The agreement provides that the Company will be repaid for all amounts it
expends for such premiums, either from the cash surrender value or the proceeds
of the insurance policies.

LOAN PROGRAM

In February 1997, the Company adopted a program to assist its employees in
obtaining loans to pay such employees' income taxes as a result of grants of
Class A Common Stock by the Company. Assistance may take the form of direct
loans by the Company, guarantees by the Company of loans made by third parties,
or other forms of credit support or credit enhancement, including without
limitation, agreements by the Company to purchase such loans, purchase any
collateral serving such loans (including Class A Common Stock), lend money or
otherwise provide funds for the repayment of such loans. Any direct loan by the
Company may not exceed 75 percent of the market value of the Class A Common
Stock at the time that the loan is made. In addition, the aggregate amount of
any loans by the Company or direct or contingent obligations by the Company may
not exceed $5.0 million and must be limited to a term no greater than five
years.

71
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The salaries of the Company's executive officers were historically paid by
the Management Company. Upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the
Management Agreement was transferred to the Company and the salaries of the
Company's executive officers began to be paid for by the Company. The following
table summarizes the compensation paid for the last two fiscal years to the
Chief Executive Officer and to each of the Company's most highly compensated
officers whose total annual salary and bonus for the fiscal year ended December
31, 1996 exceeded $100,000.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Long-Term
Annual Compensation(1) Compensation
-------------------------- --------------
Restricted All
Other Annual Stock Other
Name Principal Position Year Salary Compensation Awards(3) Compensaton(4)
- --------------------- -------------------------------------- ------ ---------- -------------- -------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Marshall W. Pagon ... President and Chief Executive Officer 1996 $150,000 -- -- --
1995 $150,000 -- -- --
1994 $150,000 -- -- --
Robert N. Verdecchio. Senior Vice President, Chief Financial 1996 $125,000 -- $1,746,794 --
Officer and Assistant Secretary 1995 $122,083 -- $ 133,450 --
1994 $ 90,000 -- -- --
Howard E. Verlin .... Vice President, Cable and Satellite 1996 $100,000 -- $ 89,166 --
Television, and Secretary 1995 $100,000 -- $ 95,321 --
1994 $ 65,000 -- -- --
Guyon W. Turner ..... Vice President, Broadcast Television 1996 $130,717 $18,200(2) $1,738,674 --
1995 $130,486 $18,200(2) $ 95,321 --
1994 $140,364 $20,480(2) -- --
</TABLE>
- ------
(1) Prior to the consummation of the Initial Public Offering, the Company's
executive officers never received any salary or bonus compensation from
the Company. The salary amounts presented above for 1994 and 1995 and for
January 1, 1996 through October 8, 1996 were paid by the Management
Company. After October 8, 1996, the Company's executive officers'
salaries were paid by the Company. There are no employment agreements
between the Company and its executive officers.
(2) Includes $18,000 housing allowance paid by the Company.

(3) Represents grants of the Parent's Non-Voting Common Stock in 1995 (875
shares to Mr. Verdecchio and 625 shares each to Messrs. Verlin and Turner).
Amounts shown in the table for 1995 are based on a valuation prepared for
the Parent at the time of the grants. Amounts shown in the table for 1996
are based on the Initial Public Offering price of $14.00 per share.
One-fourth of the shares vest on December 31 of each of 1995, 1996, 1997 and
1998. Upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering, all of the
Parent's Non-Voting Common Stock were exchanged for shares of Class A Common
Stock pursuant to the Management Share Exchange resulting in 46,132, 39,952
and 32,952 shares of Class A Common Stock, respectively to Messrs.
Verdecchio, Verlin and Turner. In 1996, 123,868, 6,369 and 124,191 shares
were granted to Messrs. Verdecchio, Verlin and Turner which vested in
accordance with the same vesting schedule. An additional 903 shares were
granted to Mr. Verdecchio pursuant to the Restricted Stock Plan. As of
December 31, 1996, Messrs. Verdecchio, Verlin and Turner had an aggregate of
170,903, 39,321 and 157,143 shares of Class A Common Stock with an aggregate
value as of December 31, 1996 of $2,349,916, $540,664 and $2,160,716,
respectively.

(4) Amounts listed for fiscal 1996 do not include the Company's contributions
under the 401(k) Plans since such contributions have not been determined
as of the date of this Prospectus.

INCENTIVE PROGRAM

GENERAL

The Incentive Program, which includes the Restricted Stock Plan (as defined),
the 401(k) Plans (as defined) and the Stock Option Plan (as defined), is
designed to promote growth in stockholder value by providing employees with
restricted stock awards in the form of Class A Common Stock and grants of
options to purchase Class A Common Stock. Awards under the Restricted Stock Plan
(other then certain discretionary awards) and the 401(k) Plans (other than
matching contributions) are in proportion to annual increases in Location Cash
Flow. For this purpose Location Cash Flow is automatically adjusted for
acquisitions such that, for the purpose of calculating the annual increase in
Location Cash Flow, the Location Cash Flow of the acquired properties is
included as if it had been a part of the Company's financial results for the
comparable period of the prior year. The Company has authorized up to 720,000
shares of Class A Common Stock in connection with the Restricted Stock Plan and
Stock Option Plan (subject to adjustment to reflect stock dividends, stock
splits, recapitalizations, and similar changes in the capitalization of Pegasus)
and up to 205,000 shares of Class A Common Stock in connection with the 401(k)
Plans.

72
<PAGE>

The Company believes that the Restricted Stock Plan and 401(k) Plans result
in greater increases in stockholder value than result from a conventional stock
option program, because these plans create a clear cause and effect relationship
between initiatives taken to increase Location Cash Flow and the amount of
incentive compensation that results therefrom.

Although the Restricted Stock Plan and 401(k) Plans like conventional stock
option programs provide compensation to employees as a function of growth in
stockholder value, the tax and accounting treatments of these programs are
different. For tax purposes, incentive compensation awarded under the Restricted
Stock Plan (upon vesting) and the 401(k) Plans is fully tax deductible as
compared to conventional stock option grants which generally are only partially
tax deductible upon exercise. For accounting purposes, conventional stock option
programs generally do not result in a charge to earnings while compensation
under the Restricted Stock Plan and the 401(k) Plans do result in a charge to
earnings. The Company believes that these differences result in a lack of
comparability between the EBITDA of companies that utilize conventional stock
option programs and the EBITDA of the Company.

The table below lists the specific maximum components of the Restricted Stock
Plan (other than certain discretionary awards) and the 401(k) Plans (other than
matching contributions) in terms of a $1 increase in annual Location Cash Flow.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Component Amount
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------
<S> <C>
Restricted Stock grants to general managers based on the increase in annual Location
Cash Flow of individual business units ................................................... 6(cents)
Restricted Stock grants to department managers based on the increase in annual Location
Cash Flow of individual business units ................................................... 6(cents)
Restricted Stock grants to corporate managers (other than executive officers) based on the
Company-wide increase in annual Location Cash Flow ....................................... 3(cents)
Restricted Stock grants to employees selected for special recognition ..................... 5(cents)
Restricted Stock grants under the 401(k) Plans for the benefit of all eligible employees
and allocated pro-rata based on wages .................................................... 10(cents)
---------
Total ................................................................................. 30(cents)
=========
</TABLE>

As of January 31, 1997, the Company has six general managers, 27 department
managers and nine corporate managers.

Executive officers and non-employee directors are not eligible to receive
profit sharing awards under the Restricted Stock Plan. Executive officers are
eligible to receive awards under the Restricted Stock Plan consisting of (i)
special recognition awards, (ii) awards made to the extent that an employee does
not receive a matching contribution because of restrictions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and (iii) discretionary awards
determined by the Compensation Committee. Executive officers and non-employee
directors are eligible to receive options under the Stock Option Plan.

RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN

In September 1996, Pegasus adopted the Pegasus Restricted Stock Plan (the
"Restricted Stock Plan" and, together with the 401(k) Plans and the Stock Option
Plan, the "Incentive Program"), which was also approved by Pegasus' stockholders
in September 1996. The Restricted Stock Plan will terminate in September 2006.
Under the Restricted Stock Plan, 270,000 shares of Class A Common Stock (subject
to adjustment to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations, and
similar changes in the capitalization of Pegasus) are available for granting
restricted stock awards to eligible employees of the Company who have completed
at least one year of service. The Restricted Stock Plan provides for three types
of restricted stock awards that are made in the form of Class A Common Stock as
shown in the table above: (i) profit sharing awards to general managers,
department managers and corporate managers (other than executive officers); (ii)
special recognition awards for consistency (team award), initiative (a team or
individual award), problem solving (a team or individual award) and individual
excellence; and (iii) awards that are made to the extent that an employee does
not receive a matching contribution under the U.S. 401(k) Plan or the Puerto
Rico 401(k) Plan because of restrictions of the Code or the Puerto Rico Internal
Revenue Code, respectively. The Restricted Stock Plan, as amended effective as
of February 1, 1997, also permits the Compensation Committee to notice
discretionary restricted stock awards to eligible employees. Restricted Stock
Awards vest 34% after two years of service with the Company (including years
before the Restricted Stock Plan was established), 67% after three years of
service and 100% after four years of service.

73
<PAGE>

STOCK OPTION PLAN

In September 1996, Pegasus adopted the Pegasus Communications 1996 Stock
Option Plan (the "Stock Option Plan"), which was also approved by Pegasus'
stockholders in September 1996. The Stock Option Plan terminates in September
2006. Under the Stock Option Plan, up to 450,000 shares of Class A Common Stock
(subject to adjustment to reflect stock dividends, stock splits,
recapitalizations, and similar changes in the capitalization of Pegasus) are
available for the granting of nonqualified stock options ("NQSOs") and options
qualifying as incentive stock options ("ISOs") under Section 422 of the Code.
Executive officers, who are not eligible to receive profit sharing awards under
the Restricted Stock Plan, are eligible to receive NQSOs or ISOs under the Stock
Option Plan, but no executive officer may be granted options covering more than
275,000 shares of Class A Common Stock under the Stock Option Plan. Directors of
Pegasus who are not employees of the Company are eligible to receive NQSOs under
the Stock Option Plan. Currently, five executive officers and three non-employee
directors are eligible to receive options under the Stock Option Plan.

401(K) PLANS

Effective January 1, 1996, PM&C adopted the Pegasus Communications Savings
Plan (the "U.S. 401(k) Plan") for eligible employees of PM&C and its domestic
subsidiaries. In 1996, the Company's Puerto Rico subsidiary adopted the Pegasus
Communications Puerto Rico Savings Plan (the "Puerto Rico 401(k) Plan" and,
together with the U.S. 401(k) Plan, the "401(k) Plans") for eligible employees
of the Company's Puerto Rico subsidiaries. Substantially all Company employees
who, as of the enrollment date under the 401(k) Plans, have completed at least
one year of service with the Company are eligible to participate in one of the
401(k) Plans. Participants may make salary deferral contributions of 2% to 6% of
salary to the 401(k) Plans.

The Company may make three types of contributions to the 401(k) Plans, each
allocable to a participant's account if the participant completes at least 1,000
hours of service in the applicable plan year, and is employed on the last day of
the applicable plan year: (i) the Company matches 100% of a participant's salary
deferral contributions to the extent the participant invested his or her salary
deferral contributions in Class A Common Stock at the time of his or her initial
contribution to the 401(k) Plans; (ii) the Company, in its discretion, may
contribute an amount that equals up to 10% of the annual increase in
Company-wide Location Cash Flow (these Company discretionary contributions, if
any, are allocated to eligible participants' accounts based on each
participant's salary for the plan year); and (iii) the Company also matches a
participant's rollover contribution, if any, to the 401(k) Plans, to the extent
the participant invests his or her rollover contribution in Class A Common Stock
at the time of his or her initial contribution to the 401(k) Plans.
Discretionary Company contributions and Company matches of employee salary
deferral contributions and rollover contributions are made in the form of Class
A Common Stock, or in cash used to purchase Class A Common Stock. The Company
has authorized and reserved for issuance up to 205,000 shares of Class A Common
Stock in connection with the 401(k) Plans. Company contributions to the 401(k)
Plans are subject to limitations under applicable laws and regulations.

All employee contributions to the 401(k) Plans are fully vested at all times
and all Company contributions, if any, vest 34% after two years of service with
the Company (including years before the 401(k) Plans were established); 67%
after three years of service and 100% after four years of service. A participant
also becomes fully vested in Company contributions to the 401(k) Plans upon
attaining age 65 or upon his or her death or disability.

74
<PAGE>

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
beneficial holdings of each Selling Stockholder, each director, each of the
executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table, and all executive
officers and directors as a group, as well as the holdings of each stockholder
who was known to Pegasus to be the beneficial owner, as defined in Rule 13d-3
under the Exchange Act, of more than 5% of the Class A Common Stock and Class B
Common Stock. The information does not give effect to the Warrant Shares
issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. Holders of Class A Common Stock are
entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of
stockholders generally, and holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to ten
votes per share. Shares of Class B Common Stock are convertible immediately into
shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, and accordingly, holders
of Class B Common Stock are deemed to own the same number of shares of Class A
Common Stock. The Parent and Pegasus Capital, L.P. hold in the aggregate all
shares of Class B Common Stock, representing 47.1% of the Common Stock (and
89.9% of the combined voting power of all voting stock) of Pegasus on a fully
diluted basis. Marshall W. Pagon is deemed to be the beneficial owner of all of
the Class B Common Stock. The outstanding capital stock of the Parent consists
of 64,119 shares of Class A Voting Common Stock and 5,000 shares of Parent
Non-Voting Stock, all of which are beneficially owned by Marshall W. Pagon. See
"Risk Factors -- Concentration of Share Ownership and Voting Control by Marshall
W. Pagon."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Pegasus Class B
Pegasus Class A Pegasus Class A Common Stock
Common Stock Number of Common Stock Beneficially Owned
Beneficially Owned Shares to be Beneficially Owned Before and
Prior to Offering Sold in Offering After Offering After Offering
------------------- ---------------- ------------------ ------------------
Beneficial Owner Shares % Shares % Shares %
- ------------------------------------ ---------- ------- ---------------- --------- -------- --------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>

Marshall W. Pagon(1)(2) ........... 4,590,990(3) 47.1% -- 4,581,900 47.1% 4,581,900 100.0%
Guyon W. Turner(4) ................ 157,143 3.1% 157,143(5)(8) 0 (6)(8) -- --
Robert N. Verdecchio(4) ........... 175,448 3.3% 170,000(7)(8) 5,448 (6)(8) -- --
Howard E. Verlin(4) ............... 48,411 (6) 39,321(9)(8) 9,090 (6)(8) -- --
James J. McEntee, III ............. 500 (6) -- 500 (6) -- --
Mary C. Metzger ................... 500 (6) -- 500 (6) -- --
Donald W. Weber(10) ............... 5,385 (6) -- 5,385 (6) -- --
Richard D. Summe(11) .............. 284,719 5.5% -- 284,719 5.5% -- --
Harron Communications Corp.(12)
70 East Lancaster Avenue
Frazer, PA 19355 ................. 852,110 16.5% -- 852,110 16.5% -- --
Directors and Executive Officers as
a Group (8 persons)(13) .......... 4,983,513 51.1% -- 4,617,049 47.4% 4,581,900 100.0%
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

- ------
(1) The address of this person is c/o Pegasus Communications Management
Company, 5 Radnor Corporate Center, Suite 454, 100 Matsonford Road,
Radnor, Pennsylvania 19087.
(2) Pegasus Capital, L.P. holds 1,217,348 shares of Class B Common Stock.
Mr. Pagon is the sole shareholder of the general partner of Pegasus
Capital, L.P. and is deemed to be the beneficial owner of these shares.
All of the 3,364,552 remaining shares of Class B Common Stock are owned
by the Parent. All Class A Voting Common Stock of the Parent are held by
Pegasus Communications Limited Partnership. Mr. Pagon controls Pegasus
Communications Limited Partnership by reason of his ownership of all the
outstanding voting stock of the sole general partner of a limited
partnership that is, in turn, the sole general partner in Pegasus
Communications Limited Partnership. As such, Mr. Pagon is the beneficial
owner of 100% of Class B Common Stock with sole voting and investment
power over all such shares.
(3) Includes 4,581,900 shares of Class B Common Stock, which are
convertible into shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis.
(4) For information relating to Messrs. Turner, Verdecchio and Verlin's
relationship with the Company, see "Management and Certain
Transactions."
(5) 78,572 of these shares have vested as of the date of this Prospectus;
39,286 shares will vest on December 31, 1997; and 39,285 shares will
vest on December 31, 1998.
(6) Represents less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the class of Common
Stock.
(7) 85,000 of these shares have vested as of the date of this Prospectus;
42,500 shares will vest on December 31, 1997; and 42,500 shares will
vest on December 31, 1998.

(8) Assuming each Selling Stockholder will sell all of his Shares in the
Offering.

(9) 19,661 of these shares have vested as of the date of this Prospectus;
9,830 shares will vest on December 31, 1997; and 9,830 shares will vest
on December 31, 1998.
(10) Includes 3,385 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise
of the vested portion of outstanding stock options.
(11) The address of Richard D. Summe is 11790 E. State Rd. 334, Zionsville,
Indiana 46077-9399.
(12) Under the terms of a stockholder's agreement entered into by the Company
in connection with the Michigan/Texas DBS Acquisition, the Company has a
right of first offer to purchase any shares sold by Harron in a private
transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act.
(13) See footnotes (2), (3) and (10). Also includes 1,500 shares of Class A
Common Stock owned by Ted S. Lodge's wife, for which Mr. Lodge disclaims
beneficial ownership, and 3,636 shares of Class A Common Stock issued to
Mr. Lodge for which Mr. Lodge has sole voting and investment power, subject
to certain vesting restrictions.

75
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

NEW CREDIT FACILITY

Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc. ("PM&C") entered into a seven-year,
senior secured revolving credit facility for $50.0 million. Proceeds of
borrowings under the New Credit Facility may be used for acquisitions
approved by the lenders in the TV, DBS or Cable businesses and for general
corporate purposes. All subsidiaries of PM&C (other than Pegasus Cable
Television of Connecticut, Inc. and subsidiaries that hold certain of the
Company's broadcast licenses) are guarantors of the New Credit Facility,
which is collateralized by a security interest in all assets of, and all
stock in, Pegasus' subsidiaries (other than the assets of Pegasus Cable
Television of Connecticut, Inc. and the assets and stock of certain of the
Company's license-holding subsidiaries).

Borrowings under the New Credit Facility bear interest, payable monthly,
at LIBOR or the prime rate (as selected by the Company) plus spreads that
vary with PM&C's ratio of total debt to operating cash flow. The New Credit
Facility required payment of a closing fee of approximately $1.3 million and
an annual commitment fee of 0.5% of the unused portion of the commitment
payable quarterly in arrears and requires PM&C to purchase an interest rate
hedging contract covering an amount equal to at least 50% of the total amount
of borrowings from the reducing revolving facility for a minimum period of at
least two years.

The New Credit Facility requires prepayments and concurrent reductions of
the commitment from asset sales or other transactions outside the ordinary
course of business (subject to provisions permitting the proceeds of certain
sales to be used to make approved acquisitions within stated time periods
without reducing the commitments of the lenders) and contains covenants
limiting the amounts of indebtedness that PM&C may incur, requiring the
maintenance of minimum fixed charge coverage, interest coverage and debt
service coverage ratios and limiting capital expenditures and other
restricted payments and disallowing dividends without the express consent of
the lenders. The New Credit Facility also contains other customary covenants,
representations, warranties, indemnities, conditions precedent to closing and
borrowing, and events of default.

Beginning March 31, 1998, commitments under the New Credit Facility will
reduce in quarterly amounts ranging from $1.3 million per quarter in 1998 to
$2.3 million in 2002.

All indebtedness under the New Credit Facility constitutes Senior Debt (as
defined in the Indenture). See "Description of Indebtedness -- Notes."

NOTES

PM&C, which became the direct subsidiary of Pegasus upon completion of the
Initial Public Offering, has outstanding $85.0 million in aggregate principal
amount of its 12 1/2% Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005 (the
"Notes"). The Notes are subject to the terms and conditions of an Indenture
dated as of July 7, 1995 among PM&C, certain of its direct and indirect
subsidiaries, as guarantors (the "Guarantors"), and First Union National
Bank, as trustee, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration
statement of which this Prospectus is a part. The Notes are subject to all of
the terms and conditions of the Indenture. The following summary of the
material provisions of the Indenture does not purport to be complete, and is
subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all of the
provisions of the Indenture and those terms made a part of the Indenture by
the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act"). All
terms defined in the Indenture and not otherwise defined in this section are
used below with the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

General. The Notes will mature on July 1, 2005 and bear interest at 12 1/2%
per annum, payable semi-annually on January 1 and July 1 of each year. The Notes
are general unsecured obligations of PM&C and are subordinated in right of
payment to all existing and future Senior Debt of PM&C. The Notes are
unconditionally guaranteed, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, jointly
and severally, by the Guarantors.

Optional Redemption. The Notes are subject to redemption at any time, at
the option of PM&C, in whole or in part, on or after July 1, 2000 at
redemption prices (plus accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any)
starting at 106.25% of principal during the 12-month period beginning July 1,
2000 and declining annually to 100% of principal on July 1, 2003 and
thereafter.

76
<PAGE>

In addition, prior to July 1, 1998, PM&C may redeem up to 33 1/3% of the
aggregate principal amount of the Notes with the net proceeds of one or more
public offerings of its common equity or the common equity of PM&C's direct
parent, to the extent such proceeds are contributed (within 120 days of any such
offering) to PM&C as common equity, at a price equal to 112.5% of the principal
amount thereof plus accrued interest and Liquidated Damages, if any, provided
that at least 66 2/3% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes
remains outstanding thereafter.

Change of Control. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder of
the Notes may require PM&C to repurchase all or a portion of such holder's Notes
at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, together with
accrued and unpaid interest and Liquidated Damages thereon, if any, to the date
of repurchase. Generally, a Change of Control, means the occurrence of any of
the following: (i) the disposition of all or substantially all of PM&C's assets
to any person other than Marshall W. Pagon or his Related Parties, (ii) the
adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of PM&C, (iii) the
consummation of any transaction in which a person becomes the beneficial owner
of more of the voting stock of PM&C than is beneficially owned at such time by
Mr. Pagon and his Related Parties, or (iv) the first day on which a majority of
the members of the Board of Directors of PM&C or the Parent are not Continuing
Directors.

Subordination. The Notes are general unsecured obligations of PM&C and are
subordinate to all existing and future Senior Debt of PM&C. The Notes will rank
senior in right of payment to all junior subordinated Indebtedness of PM&C. The
Subsidiary Guarantees are general unsecured obligations of the Guarantors and
are subordinated to the Senior Debt and to the guarantees of Senior Debt of such
Guarantors. The Subsidiary Guarantees rank senior in right of payment to all
junior subordinated Indebtedness of the Guarantors.

Certain Covenants. The Indenture contains a number of covenants restricting
the operations of PM&C, which, among other things, limit the ability of PM&C to
incur additional Indebtedness, pay dividends or make distributions, sell assets,
issue subsidiary stock, restrict distributions from Subsidiaries, create certain
liens, enter into certain consolidations or mergers and enter into certain
transactions with affiliates.

Events of Default. Events of Default under the Indenture include the
following: (i) a default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or
Liquidated Damages with respect to, the Notes; (ii) default in payment when due
of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes; (iii) failure by PM&C to
comply with certain provisions of the Indenture (subject, in some but not all
cases, to notice and cure periods); (iv) default under certain items of
Indebtedness for money borrowed by PM&C or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(v) failure by PM&C or any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a Significant
Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $2.0 million, which
judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (vi)
except as permitted by the Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee shall be held in
any judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any
reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor, or any Person acting on
behalf of any Guarantor, shall deny or disaffirm its obligations under its
Subsidiary Guarantee; or (vii) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with
respect to PM&C or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, with certain exceptions, the
Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may accelerate the maturity of all the Notes as provided in
the Indenture.

DESCRIPTION OF UNIT OFFERING SECURITIES

As used in this "Description of Unit Offering Securities," the term "Company"
refers to Pegasus Communications Corporation, excluding its subsidiaries.

On January 27, 1997, the Company consummated its offering of 100,000 Units,
resulting in net proceeds to the Company of $96.0 million. Each Unit consisted
of one share of Series A Preferred Stock and one Warrant to purchase 1.936
shares of Class A Common Stock, which became immediately separable upon
issuance.

77
<PAGE>

DESCRIPTION OF SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK

General. The following is a summary of certain terms of the Series A
Preferred Stock. The terms of the Series A Preferred Stock are set forth in
the Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Relative, Participating,
Optional and Other Special Rights of Preferred Stock and Qualifications,
Limitations and Restrictions Thereof (the "Certificate of Designation"). This
summary is not intended to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in
its entirety by reference to, the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation and the Certificate of Designation, which are filed as
exhibits to the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.
All terms defined in the Certificate of Designation and not otherwise defined
in this subsection are used below with the meanings set forth in the
Certificate of Designation.

Pursuant to the Certificate of Designation, 100,000 shares of Series A
Preferred Stock with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the
"Liquidation Preference") were authorized for issuance in the Unit Offering.
On January 1, 2007, the Company will be required to redeem (subject to the
legal availability of funds therefor) all outstanding shares of Series A
Preferred Stock at a price in cash equal to the liquidation preference
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid dividends, if any, to the date of
redemption.

Ranking. The Series A Preferred Stock ranks senior in right of payment to
all other classes or series of capital stock of the Company as to dividends
and upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. The
Certificate of Designation provides that the Company may not, without the
consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series
A Preferred Stock, authorize, create (by way of reclassification or
otherwise) or issue any class or series of capital stock of the Company
ranking on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock ("Parity Securities")
or any Obligation or security convertible or exchangeable into or evidencing
a right to purchase, shares of any class or series of Parity Securities. The
Certificate of Designation provides that the Company may not, without the
consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares
of Series A Preferred Stock, authorize, create (by way of reclassification or
otherwise) or issue any class or series of capital stock of the Company
ranking senior to the Series A Preferred Stock ("Senior Securities") or any
obligation or security convertible or exchangeable into or evidencing a right
to purchase, shares of any class or series of Senior Securities.

Dividends. The Holders of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are
entitled to receive, when, as and if dividends are declared by the Board of
Directors out of funds of the Company legally available therefor, cumulative
preferential dividends from the issue date of the Series A Preferred Stock
accruing at the rate per share of 12 3/4% per annum, payable semi-annually
in arrears on January 1 and July 1 of each year, beginning on July 1, 1997.
Dividends will be payable in cash, except that on or prior to January 1,
2002, dividends may be paid, at the Company's option, by the issuance of
additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock (including fractional shares)
having an aggregate Liquidation Preference equal to the amount of such
dividends. The issuance of such additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock
will constitute "payment" of the related dividend for all purposes of the
Certificate of Designation.

Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock accrue whether or not the Company
has earnings or profits, whether or not there are funds legally available for
the payment of such dividends and whether or not dividends are declared.
Dividends accumulate to the extent they are not paid on the dividend payment
date for the period to which they relate. Accumulated unpaid dividends bear
interest at a per annum rate 200 basis points in excess of the annual dividend
rate on the Series A Preferred Stock. The Certificate of Designation provides
that the Company will take all actions required or permitted under the Delaware
General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") to permit the payment of dividends on the
Series A Preferred Stock, including, without limitation, through the revaluation
of its assets in accordance with the DGCL, to make or keep funds legally
available for the payment of dividends.

Voting Rights. Holders of record of shares of the Series A Preferred Stock
have no voting rights, except as required by law and as provided in the
Certificate of Designation. The Certificate of Designation provides, under
certain circumstances, that upon (a) the accumulation of accrued and unpaid
dividends on the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock in an amount equal to
three full semi-annual dividends (whether or not consecutive); (b) the failure
of the Company to satisfy any mandatory redemption or repurchase obligation

78
<PAGE>

with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock; (c) the failure of the Company
to make a Change of Control Offer; (d) the failure of the Company to comply
with any of the other covenants or agreements set forth in the Certificate of
Designation; or (e) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under
which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any
indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or
the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its
subsidiaries), then the Company's Board of Directors will be increased by two
members, and the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A
Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, will be entitled to elect two
members to the Board of Directors of the Company. Such voting rights continue
until all dividends in arrears on the Series A Preferred Stock are paid in
full and all other triggering events have been cured or waived.

Optional Redemption. The Series A Preferred Stock may not be redeemed at the
option of the Company on or prior to January 1, 2002. The Series A Preferred
Stock may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company on or
after January 1, 2002, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the
liquidation preference thereof), starting at 106.375% during the 12-month period
beginning January 1, 2002 and declining annually to 100% on January 1, 2005 and
thereafter.

In addition, prior to January 1, 2000, the Company may, on any one or more
occasions, use the net proceeds of one or more offerings of its Class A Common
Stock to redeem up to 25% of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock then
outstanding (whether initially issued or issued in lieu of cash dividends) at a
redemption price of 112.750% of the Liquidation Preference thereof plus, without
duplication, accumulated and unpaid dividends to the date of redemption;
provided that, after any such redemption, at least $75.0 million in aggregate
Liquidation Preference of Series A Preferred Stock remains outstanding; and
provided further, that any such redemption shall occur within 90 days of the
date of closing of such offering of Class A Common Stock of the Company.

Change of Control. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder of
shares of Series A Preferred Stock will have the right to require the Company to
repurchase all or any part of such holder's Series A Preferred Stock at an offer
price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate Liquidation Preference thereof plus
accrued and unpaid dividends, if any, thereon to the date of purchase.
Generally, a Change of Control means the occurrence of any of the following: (i)
the disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets to any
person other than Marshall W. Pagon or his Related Parties, (ii) the adoption of
a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, (iii) the
consummation of any transaction in which a person becomes a beneficial owner of
more of the voting stock of the Company than is beneficially owned at such time
by Mr. Pagon and his Related Parties, or (iv) the first day on which a majority
of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing
Directors.

Certain Covenants. The Certificate of Designation contains a number of
covenants restricting the operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, which,
among other things, limit the ability of the Company and/or its subsidiaries to
incur additional Indebtedness, pay dividends or make distributions, issue
subsidiary stock, create certain liens, enter into certain consolidations or
mergers and enter into certain transactions with affiliates.

DESCRIPTION OF EXCHANGE NOTES

The Company may, at its option, under certain circumstances exchange, in
whole, but not in part, the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock
for Exchange Notes. The Exchange Notes will, if and when issued, be issued
pursuant to an indenture (the "Exchange Note Indenture") between the Company and
First Union National Bank, as trustee (the "Exchange Note Trustee"). The terms
of the Exchange Notes include those stated in the Exchange Note Indenture and
those made part of the Exchange Note Indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture Act. The Exchange Notes will be subject to all such terms, and holders
of Exchange Notes are referred to the Exchange Note Indenture and the Trust
Indenture Act for a statement thereof. The following summary of certain
provisions of the Exchange Note Indenture does not purport to be complete and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to the Exchange Note Indenture, which is
filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this Prospectus forms
a part. All terms defined and not otherwise defined in this subsection are used
below with the meanings set forth in the Exchange Note Indenture.

79
<PAGE>

Principal, Maturity and Interest. The Exchange Notes will be limited in
aggregate principal amount to $100.0 million and will mature on January 1, 2007.
Interest on the Exchange Notes will accrue at the rate of 12 3/4% per annum and
will be payable semi-annually in arrears on January 1 and July 1 of each year.
Interest will be payable in cash, except that on each interest payment date
occurring prior to January 1, 2002, interest may be paid, at the Company's
option, by the issuance of additional Exchange Notes having an aggregate
principal amount equal to the amount of such interest. The issuance of such
additional Exchange Notes will constitute "payment" of the related interest for
all purposes of the Exchange Note Indenture.

Subordination. The payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
the Exchange Notes will be subordinated in right of payment, as set forth in the
Exchange Note Indenture, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Debt,
whether outstanding on the date of the Exchange Note Indenture or thereafter
incurred.

Optional Redemption. The Exchange Notes will not be redeemable at the
Company's option prior to January 1, 2002. The Exchange Notes may be redeemed,
in whole or in part, at the option of the Company on or after January 1, 2002,
at the redemption prices, in each case, together with accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, starting at 106.375% of principal during the 12-month period
beginning January 1, 2002 and declining annually to 100% of principal on January
1, 2005 and thereafter.

In addition, prior to January 1, 2000, the Company may, on any one or more
occasions, use the net proceeds of one or more offerings of its Class A Common
Stock to redeem up to 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Exchange
Notes (whether issued in exchange for Series A Preferred Stock or in lieu of
cash interest payments) at the redemption price of 112.750% of the principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption;
provided that, after any such redemption, the aggregate principal amount of the
Exchange Notes outstanding must equal at least $75.0 million; and provided
further, that any such redemption shall occur within 90 days of the date of
closing of such offering of Class A Common Stock of the Company.

Change of Control. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder of
Exchange Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or
any part of such holder's Exchange Notes at an offer price in cash equal to 101%
of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, thereon to the date of purchase. The definition of "Change of Control" is
identical under the Exchange Note Indenture and the Certificate of Designation.
See "-- Description of Series A Preferred Stock -- Change of Control."

Certain Covenants. The Exchange Note Indenture contains a number of covenants
restricting the operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, which, among
other things, limit the ability of the Company and/or its subsidiaries to incur
additional Indebtedness, pay dividends or make distributions, sell assets, issue
subsidiary stock, create certain liens, enter into certain consolidations or
mergers and enter into certain transactions with affiliates.

Events of Default. Events of Default under the Exchange Note Indenture
include the following: (i) default by the Company in the payment of interest on
the Exchange Notes when the same becomes due and payable and the Default
continues for a period of 30 days (whether or not such payment is prohibited by
the subordination provisions of the Exchange Note Indenture), (ii) default by
the Company in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on the
Exchange Notes, (iii) failure by the Company to comply with certain provisions
of the Exchange Note Indenture (subject, in some but not all cases, to notice
and cure periods), (iv) failure by the Company for 60 days after notice to
comply with any of its other agreements in the Exchange Note Indenture or the
Exchange Notes, (v) default under certain items of indebtedness by the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for money borrowed by the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (vi) a failure by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary that would be a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments
aggregating in excess of $5.0 million, which judgments remain unpaid,
undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days and (vii) certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary
that would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary.

80
<PAGE>

DESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS

GENERAL

The Warrants were issued pursuant to a Warrant Agreement (the "Warrant
Agreement") between the Company and First Union National Bank, as Warrant Agent
(the "Warrant Agent"). The following summary of certain provisions of the
Warrant Agreement, including the definitions therein of certain terms used
below, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the Warrant Agreement and the warrant certificate attached thereto,
the forms of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of
which this Prospectus is a part. All terms defined and not otherwise defined in
this subsection are used below with the meanings set forth in the Warrant
Agreement.

Each Warrant, when exercised, entitles the holder thereof to receive 1.936
fully paid and non-assessable shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise
price of $15.00 per share, subject to adjustment (the "Exercise Price"). The
Exercise Price and the number of Warrant Shares are both subject to adjustment
in certain cases referred to below. The Warrants entitle the holders thereof to
purchase in the aggregate 193,600 Warrant Shares, or approximately 2.0% of the
Class A Common Stock, on a fully diluted basis as of the closing of the Unit
Offering.

The Warrants are exercisable until 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on January
1, 2007 (the "Expiration Date"). The exercise and transfer of the Warrants will
be subject to applicable federal and state securities laws.

The Warrants may be exercised by surrendering to the Company the warrant
certificates evidencing the Warrants to be exercised with the accompanying form
of election to purchase properly completed and executed, together with payment
of the Exercise Price. Payment of the Exercise Price may be made on or after the
Separation Date (A) by tendering shares of Series A Preferred Stock having an
aggregate liquidation preference, plus, without duplication, accumulated and
unpaid dividends, at the time of tender equal to the Exercise Price, (B) by
tendering Exchange Notes having an aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, at the time of tender equal to the Exercise Price, (C)
by tendering Warrants having a fair market value equal to the Exercise Price,
(D) in the form of cash or by certified or official bank check payable to the
order of the Company or (E) by any combination of shares of Series A Preferred
Stock, Warrants and cash or Exchange Notes, Warrants and cash. Upon surrender of
the Warrant certificate and payment of the Exercise Price, the Company will
deliver or cause to be delivered, to or upon the written order of such Holder,
stock certificates representing the number of whole shares of Class A Common
Stock to which such Holder is entitled. If less than all of the Warrants
evidenced by a warrant certificate are to be exercised, a new warrant
certificate will be used for the remaining number of Warrants.

No fractional shares of Class A Common Stock will be issued upon the exercise
of the Warrants. The Company will pay to the holder of the Warrant at the time
of exercise an amount in cash equal to the current market value of any such
fractional share of Class A Common Stock less a corresponding fraction of the
Exercise Price.

ADJUSTMENTS

The number of shares of Class A Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of
Warrants and payment of the Exercise Price will be subject to adjustment in
certain events, including: (i) the issuance by the Company of dividends (and
other distributions) on its Common Stock payable in Common Stock, (ii)
subdivisions, combinations and reclassifications of Common Stock, (iii) the
issuance to all holders of Common Stock of rights, options or warrants entitling
them to subscribe for Common Stock or securities convertible into, or
exchangeable or exercisable for, Common Stock within sixty (60) days after the
record date for such issuance of rights, options or warrants at an offering
price (or with an initial conversion, exchange or exercise price plus such
offering price) which is less than the current market price per share (as
defined in the Warrant Agreement) of Common Stock, (iv) the distribution to all
holders of Common Stock of any of the Company's assets (including cash), debt
securities, preferred stock or any rights or warrants to purchase any such
securities (excluding those rights and warrants referred to in clause (iii)
above), (v) the issuance of shares of Common Stock for a consideration per share
less than the current market price per share (excluding securities

81
<PAGE>

issued in transactions referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above), (vi)
the issuance of securities convertible into or for Common Stock for a
conversion or exchange price less than the current market price for a share
of Common Stock (excluding securities issued in transactions referred to in
clauses (iii) or (iv) and (vii) certain other events that could have the
effect of depriving holders of the Warrants of the benefit of all or a
portion of the purchase rights evidenced by the Warrants. The events
described in clauses (v) and (vi) above are subject to certain exceptions
described in the Warrant Agreement, including, without limitation, (A)
certain bona fide public offerings and private placements to persons that are
not affiliates of the Company and (B) Common Stock (and options exercisable
therefor) issued to the Company's employees, officers and directors under
bona fide employee benefit plans (other than the Principal and his Related
Parties).

No adjustment in the Exercise Price will be required unless such adjustment
would require an increase or decrease of at least one percent (1%) in the
Exercise Price; provided, however, that any adjustment that is not made will be
carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. In
addition, the Company may at any time reduce the Exercise Price to any amount
(but not less than the par value of the Common Stock) for any period of time
(but not less than twenty (20) business days) deemed appropriate by the Board of
Directors of the Company.

In the case of certain consolidations or mergers of the Company, or the sale
of all or substantially all of the assets of Company to another corporation,
each Warrant will thereafter be exercisable for the right to receive the kind
and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property to which such
Holder would have been entitled as a result of such consolidation, merger or
sale had the Warrants been exercised immediately prior thereto.

AMENDMENT

From time to time, the Company and the Warrant Agent, without the consent of
the holders of the Warrants, may amend or supplement the Warrant Agreement for
certain purposes, including curing defects or inconsistencies or making any
change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any holder. Any
amendment or supplement to the Warrant Agreement that has a material adverse
effect on the interests of the holders of the Warrants will require the written
consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Warrants (excluding
Warrants held by the Company or any of its Affiliates). The consent of each
holder of the Warrants affected will be required for any amendment pursuant to
which the Exercise Price would be increased or the number of Warrant Shares
would be decreased (other than pursuant to adjustments provided in the Warrant
Agreement).

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, the Company has agreed, with certain
exceptions, to keep the registration statement relating to the Warrant Shares
effective until 30 days after the earlier to occur of (i) January 1, 2007 or
(ii) the date when all Warrants have been exercised.

82
<PAGE>

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The authorized capital stock of the Company (which, in this section,
refers only to Pegasus) consists of (i) 30,000,000 shares of Class A Common
Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Class A Common Stock"), (ii) 15,000,000
shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Class B Common
Stock" and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the "Common Stock"), and
(iii) 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the
"Preferred Stock"). Of the 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock that the
Company is authorized to issue, 100,000 shares have been designated as Series
A Preferred Stock. Without giving effect to the issuance of the 193,600
Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, 5,164,608 shares of
Class A Common Stock, 4,581,900 shares of Class B Common Stock and 100,000
shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding. In addition, 5,700,500
shares of Class A Common Stock are reserved for issuance with respect to (i)
the conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock,
(ii) the exercise of the Warrants, and (iii) the Incentive Program and other
employee and/or director options.

The following summary description relating to the Company's capital stock
sets forth the material terms of the capital stock, but does not purport to be
complete. A description of the Company's capital stock is contained in the
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Certificate of
Designation, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which
this Prospectus forms a part. Reference is made to such exhibits for detailed
descriptions of the provisions thereof summarized below or elsewhere in this
Prospectus.

COMMON STOCK

Voting, Dividend and Other Rights. The voting powers, preferences and
relative rights of the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock are
identical in all respects, except that (i) the holders of Class A Common Stock
are entitled to one vote per share and holders of Class B Common Stock are
entitled to ten votes per share, (ii) stock dividends on Class A Common Stock
may be paid only in shares of Class A Common Stock and stock dividends on Class
B Common Stock may be paid only in shares of Class B Common Stock and (iii)
shares of Class B Common Stock have certain conversion rights and are subject to
certain restrictions on ownership and transfer described below under "Conversion
Rights and Restrictions on Transfer of Class B Common Stock." Any amendment to
the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that has any of the
following effects will require the approval of the holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of each of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock,
voting as separate classes: (i) any decrease in the voting rights per share of
Class A Common Stock or any increase in the voting rights of Class B Common
Stock; (ii) any increase in the number of shares of Class A Common Stock into
which shares of Class B Common Stock are convertible; (iii) any relaxation on
the restrictions on transfer of the Class B Common Stock; or (iv) any change in
the powers, preferences or special rights of the Class A Common Stock or Class B
Common Stock adversely affecting the holders of the Class A Common Stock. The
approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of each of the
Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, voting as separate classes, is
also required to authorize or issue additional shares of Class B Common Stock
(except for parallel action with respect to Class A Common Stock in connection
with stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations and similar changes in the
capitalization of Pegasus). Except as described above or as required by law,
holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock vote together on all
matters presented to the stockholders for their vote or approval, including the
election of directors.

The outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock equal 52.8% of the total
Common Stock outstanding, and the holders of Class B Common Stock have
control of approximately 89.9% of the combined voting power of the Common
Stock. The holders of the Class B Common Stock, therefore, have the power to
elect the entire Board of Directors of the Company. In particular, Marshall
W. Pagon, by virtue of his beneficial ownership of all of the Class B Common
Stock, has sufficient voting power to determine the outcome of any matter
submitted to the stockholders for approval (except matters on which the
holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to vote separately as a class),
including the power to determine the outcome of all corporate transactions.

83
<PAGE>

Each share of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock is entitled to
receive dividends if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors of the
Company out of funds legally available therefor. The Class A Common Stock and
Class B Common Stock share equally, on a share-for-share basis, in any cash
dividends declared by the Board of Directors on the Common Stock.

In the event of a merger or consolidation to which the Company is a party,
each share of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will be entitled to
receive the same consideration, except that holders of Class B Common Stock may
receive stock with greater voting power in lieu of stock with lesser voting
power received by holders of the Company's Class A Common Stock in a merger in
which the Company is not the surviving corporation.

Stockholders of the Company have no preemptive or other rights to subscribe
for additional shares. Subject to any rights of holders of any Preferred Stock,
all holders of Common Stock, regardless of class, are entitled to share equally
on a share for share basis in any assets available for distribution to
stockholders on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. No shares
of Common Stock are subject to redemption or a sinking fund. In the event of any
increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of either Class A
Common Stock or Class B Common Stock from a stock split, combination or
consolidation of shares or other capital reclassification, the Company is
required to take parallel action with respect to the other class so that the
number of shares of each class outstanding immediately following the stock
split, combination, consolidation or capital reclassification bears the same
relationship to each other as the number of shares of each class outstanding
before such event.

Conversion Rights and Restrictions on Transfer of Class B Common Stock. The
Class A Common Stock has no conversion rights. Each share of Class B Common
Stock is convertible at the option of the holder at any time and from time to
time into one share of Class A Common Stock.

The Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that
any holder of shares of Class B Common Stock desiring to transfer such shares to
a person other than a Permitted Transferee (as defined below) must present such
shares to the Company for conversion into an equal number of shares of Class A
Common Stock upon such transfer. Thereafter, such shares of Class A Common Stock
may be freely transferred to persons other than Permitted Transferees, subject
to applicable securities laws.

Shares of Class B Common Stock may not be transferred except to (i) Marshall
W. Pagon or any "immediate family member" of his; (ii) any trust (including a
voting trust), corporation, partnership or other entity, more than 50% of the
voting equity interests of which are owned directly or indirectly by (or, in the
case of a trust not having voting equity interests which is more than 50% for
the benefit of) and which is controlled by, one or more persons referred to in
this paragraph; or (iii) the estate of any person referred to in this paragraph
until such time as the property of such estate is distributed in accordance with
such person's will or applicable law (collectively, "Permitted Transferees").
"Immediate family member" means the spouse or any parent of Marshall W. Pagon,
any lineal descendent of a parent of Marshall W. Pagon and the spouse of any
such lineal descendent (parentage and descent in each case to include adoptive
and step relationships). Upon any sale or transfer of ownership or voting rights
to a transferee other than a Permitted Transferee or if an entity no longer
remains a Permitted Transferee, such shares of Class B Common Stock will
automatically convert into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock.
Accordingly, no trading market is expected to develop in the Class B Common
Stock and the Class B Common Stock will not be listed or traded on any exchange
or in any market.

Effects of Disproportionate Voting Rights. The disproportionate voting rights
of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock could have an adverse
effect on the market price of the Class A Common Stock. Such disproportionate
voting rights may make the Company a less attractive target for a takeover than
it otherwise might be, or render more difficult or discourage a merger proposal,
a tender offer or a proxy contest, even if such actions were favored by
stockholders of the Company other than the holders of the Class B Common Stock.
Accordingly, such disproportionate voting rights may deprive holders of Class A
Common Stock of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing
market prices, since takeover bids frequently involve purchases of stock
directly from stockholders at such a premium price.

84
<PAGE>

PREFERRED STOCK

The Company has authorized 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. The Board of
Directors is empowered by Pegasus' Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation to designate and issue from time to time one or more classes or
series of Preferred Stock without any action of the stockholders. The Board of
Directors may authorize issuance in one or more classes or series, and may fix
and determine the relative rights, preferences and limitations of each class or
series so authorized. In connection with the Unit Offering, 100,000 shares of
Series A Preferred Stock were issued. See "Description of Securities --
Description of the Series A Preferred Stock" for a detailed description of the
Series A Preferred Stock. Additional issuances of Preferred Stock could
adversely affect the voting power of the holders of the Common Stock or Series A
Preferred Stock or could have the effect of discouraging or making difficult any
attempt by a person or group to obtain control of the Company.

OPTIONS AND WARRANTS

As additional remuneration for joining the Board of Directors of PM&C, Donald
W. Weber was granted in April 1996 an option to purchase 3,385 shares of Class A
Common Stock at an exercise price of $14.00 per share. Mr. Weber's option vested
upon issuance, is exercisable until November 2000 and, at the time of grant, was
issued at an exercise price equal to fair market value at the time Mr. Weber was
elected a director.

In connection with the Virginia/West Virginia DBS Acquisition, warrants were
issued to purchase a total of 283,969 shares of Class A Common Stock.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

In connection with the Michigan/Texas DBS Acquisition, the Company granted
certain piggyback registration rights to Harron. These rights expire upon the
Class A Common Stock issued to Harron becoming eligible for sale under Rule 144
of the Securities Act. Similar rights have been granted to the holders of the
71,429 shares of Class A Common Stock issued in connection with the acquisition
of the Portland LMA, the 10,714 shares of Class A Common Stock issued in
connection with the Portland Acquisition, and the 466,667 shares of Class A
Common Stock issued in connection with the Indiana DBS Acquisition. Piggyback
registration rights were also granted in connection with the securities issued
in the Virginia/West Virginia DBS Acquisition.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock, the Series A Preferred
Stock, and the Warrants is First Union National Bank.

LIMITATION ON DIRECTORS' LIABILITY

The Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes corporations to limit or
eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of directors' fiduciary duty of
care. The duty of care requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation,
directors must exercise an informed business judgment based on all material
information reasonably available to them. In the absence of the limitations
authorized by the Delaware statute, directors could be accountable to
corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for conduct that does
not satisfy their duty of care. Although the statute does not change directors'
duty of care, it enables corporations to limit available relief to equitable
remedies such as injunction or rescission. Pegasus' Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of Pegasus' directors to
Pegasus or its stockholders to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware
statute. Specifically, the directors of Pegasus will not be personally liable
for monetary damages for breach of a director's fiduciary duty as a director,
except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to
Pegasus or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for
unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock

<PAGE>

repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General
Corporation law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived
an improper personal benefit. The inclusion of this provision in the Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may have the effect of reducing the
likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and may discourage or
deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors
for breach of their duty of care, even though such an action, if successful,
might otherwise have benefited Pegasus and its stockholders.

86
<PAGE>

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

The Shares may be sold from time to time to purchasers directly by any of the
Selling Stockholders or by persons to whom the Selling Stockholders may pledge
Shares to secure loans ("Pledgees"), or, alternatively any of the Selling
Stockholders may from time to time offer the Shares through dealers or agents,
who may receive compensation in the form of underwriting discounts, concessions
or commissions from the Selling Stockholders and/or the purchasers of the Shares
for whom they may act as agent. Any discounts, commissions or concessions
received by any such dealers or agents and any profits on the sale of Shares by
them may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the
Securities Act.

As of the date of this Prospectus, 183,233 Shares in the aggregate have
vested in the Selling Stockholders and will be available for immediate sale. The
aggregate amount of 91,616 Shares will vest on December 31, 1997 and become
available for sale on that date. The remaining 91,615 Shares will not vest until
December 31, 1998 and will become available for sale at that time.

The Shares may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions at a
fixed offering price, which may be changed, at varying prices determined at the
time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such prices will be determined by the
Selling Stockholders or Pledgees or by agreement between the Selling
Stockholders or Pledgees and/or dealers. The Shares are listed on the Nasdaq
National Market and may also be sold in transactions on the Nasdaq National
Market.

In connection with the offer and sale of the Shares, various state securities
laws and regulations require that any such offer and sale should be made only
through the use of a broker-dealer registered as such in any state where a
Selling Stockholder engages such broker-dealer and in any state where such
broker-dealer intends to offer and sell the Shares.

Under applicable rules and regulations under the Exchange Act, any person
engaged in a distribution of the Shares may not bid for or purchase the Shares
until after such person has completed his or her participation in such
distribution. In addition to and without limiting the foregoing, the Selling
Stockholders and any other person participating in such distribution will be
subject to other applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and
regulations thereunder, including without limitation Regulation M, which
provisions may affect the timing of purchases and sales of any of the Shares by
the Selling Stockholders and any such other person. All of the foregoing may
affect the marketability of the Shares and the ability of any person or entity
to engage in market making activities with respect to the Shares.

The Selling Stockholders and any broker-dealers, agents, underwriters or
dealers that participate with the Selling Stockholders in the distribution of
the Shares may be deemed to be "underwriters" within the meaning of Section
2(11) of the Securities Act, and any commissions received by them and any profit
on the resale of the Shares purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting
commissions or discounts under the Securities Act.

87
<PAGE>

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the Shares offered hereby will be passed upon by Drinker
Biddle & Reath, counsel for the Company. Michael B. Jordan, a partner of Drinker
Biddle & Reath, is an Assistant Secretary of the Company.

EXPERTS

The Company's consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1996
and the related consolidated statements of operations, statements of changes in
total equity and statements of cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1996 included in this Prospectus, have been included
herein in reliance on the report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent
accountants, given on the authority of that firm as experts in accounting and
auditing.

The balance sheets of Portland Broadcasting, Inc. as of September 25, 1994
and September 24, 1995 and the related statements of operations, statements of
deficiency in assets and statements of cash flows for the fiscal years ended
September 26, 1993, September 25, 1994 and September 24, 1995, included in this
Prospectus, have been included herein in reliance on the report of Ernst & Young
LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of that firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.

The balance sheets of WTLH, Inc. as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the
related statements of operations, statements of capital deficiency, and
statements of cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December
31, 1995, included in this Prospectus, have been included herein in reliance on
the report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants, given on the
authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The combined balance sheets of the DBS Operations of Harron Communications
Corp. as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the related combined statements of
operations, and statements of cash flows for each of the two years in the period
ended December 31, 1995 included in this Prospectus, have been included herein
in reliance on the report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, given
on the authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The balance sheets of Dom's Tele-Cable, Inc. as of May 31, 1995 and 1996 and
the related statements of operations and deficit, and statements of cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended May 31, 1996 included in this
Prospectus, have been included herein in reliance on the report of Coopers &
Lybrand L.L.P., independent accountants, given on the authority of that firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.

88
<PAGE>

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with
respect to the securities offered hereby. This Prospectus, which constitutes a
part of the Registration Statement, omits certain information contained in the
Registration Statement, and reference is made to the Registration Statement and
the exhibits thereto for further information with respect to the Company and the
securities to which this Prospectus relates. Statements contained herein
concerning the provisions of any contract, agreement or other document are not
necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of
such document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement for a more
complete description of the matter involved, and each such statement is
qualified in its entirety by such reference. The Company is subject to the
informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the "Exchange Act"), and in accordance therewith, files reports, proxy
statements and other information with the Commission. The Registration
Statement, including the exhibits and schedules filed therewith, and any
reports, proxy statements and other information filed under the Exchange Act may
be inspected at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the regional offices of
the Commission located at 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York
10048 and Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,
Illinois 60661-2511. Copies of such materials may be obtained from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549 at prescribed rates. The Commission maintains a web site at
http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy information statements and other
information regarding registrants, like Pegasus, that file electronically with
the Commission.

The Company intends to furnish to its stockholders annual reports containing
audited financial information and furnish quarterly reports containing condensed
unaudited financial information for each of the first three quarters of each
fiscal year.

<PAGE>

PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Page
--------
<S> <C>
Pegasus Communications Corporation (a newly formed entity which has nominal assets and includes
the consolidated operations of entities under common control)
Report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. .................................................................... F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 .......................................... F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 ............ F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 ............ F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ............................................................ F-7

Portland Broadcasting, Inc. (an acquired entity)
Report of Ernst & Young LLP ........................................................................... F-20
Balance Sheets as of September 25, 1994, September 24, 1995, and December 31, 1995 (unaudited) ........ F-21
Statements of Operations for fiscal year ended September 26, 1993, September 25, 1994, September 24,
1995 and fiscal quarters ended December 25, 1994 (unaudited) and December 31, 1995 (unaudited) ....... F-22
Statements of Deficiency in Assets for the fiscal years ended September 26, 1993, September 25, 1994
and September 24, 1995 and the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 1995 (unaudited) .................... F-23
Statements of Cash Flows for fiscal years ended September 26, 1993, September 25, 1994 and September
24, 1995 and fiscal quarter ended December 1994 (unaudited) and 1995 (unaudited) ..................... F-24
Notes to Financial Statements ......................................................................... F-25

WTLH, Inc. (an acquired entity)
Report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. .................................................................... F-29
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994, 1995 and February 29, 1996 (unaudited) ........................ F-30
Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and for the two months ended
February 28, 1995 (unaudited) and February 29, 1996 (unaudited) ...................................... F-31
Statements of Capital Deficiency for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and for the two months
ended February 29, 1996 (unaudited) .................................................................. F-32
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and the two months ended February
28, 1995 (unaudited) and February 29, 1996 (unaudited) ............................................... F-33
Notes to Financial Statements ......................................................................... F-34

DBS Operations of Harron Communications Corp. (an acquired business)
Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP ....................................................................... F-40
Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994, 1995 and September 30, 1996 (unaudited) .............. F-41
Combined Statements of Operations for years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and the nine months ended
September 30, 1995 (unaudited) and 1996 (unaudited) .................................................. F-42
Combined Statements of Cash Flows for years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and the nine months ended
September 30, 1995 (unaudited) and 1996 (unaudited) .................................................. F-43
Notes to Combined Financial Statements ................................................................ F-44

Dom's Tele Cable, Inc. (an acquired entity)
Report of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. .................................................................... F-48
Balance Sheets as of May 31, 1995, 1996 and August 29, 1996 (unaudited) ............................... F-49
Statements of Operations and Deficit for years ended May 31, 1994, 1995, 1996, the three months ended
August 31, 1995 and the period June 1 to August 29, 1996 ............................................. F-50
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended May 31, 1994, 1995, 1996, the three months ended August
31, 1995 and the period June 1 to August 29, 1996 .................................................... F-51
Notes to Financial Statements ......................................................................... F-52
</TABLE>

F-1
<PAGE>

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Pegasus Communications Corporation

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Pegasus
Communications Corporation as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, changes in total equity, and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Pegasus
Communications Corporation as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the results
of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1996 in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.

COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.

2400 Eleven Penn Center
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 21, 1997 except as to Note 14
for which the date is March 10, 1997

F-2
<PAGE>

PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
--------------------------------
1995 1996
-------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents ..................................... $11,974,747 $ 8,582,369
Restricted cash ............................................... 9,881,198 --
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of
$238,000 and $243,000, respectively ......................... 4,884,045 9,155,545
Program rights ................................................ 931,664 1,289,437
Inventory ..................................................... 1,100,899 697,957
Deferred taxes ................................................ 42,440 1,290,397
Prepaid expenses and other .................................... 329,895 851,592
-------------- --------------
Total current assets ........................................ 29,144,888 21,867,297
Property and equipment, net ........................................ 16,571,538 24,115,138
Intangible assets, net ............................................. 48,028,410 126,236,128
Program rights ..................................................... 1,932,680 1,294,985
Deposits and other ................................................. 92,325 166,498
-------------- --------------
Total assets ................................................ $95,769,841 $173,680,046
============== ==============
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Notes payable ................................................. $ 316,188 $ 48,610
Advances payable -- related party ............................. 468,327 --
Current portion of long-term debt ............................. 271,934 315,223
Accounts payable .............................................. 2,494,738 5,075,981
Accrued interest .............................................. 5,173,745 5,592,083
Accrued expenses .............................................. 1,712,603 3,803,993
Current portion of program rights payable ..................... 1,141,793 601,205
-------------- --------------
Total current liabilities ................................... 11,579,328 15,437,095
-------------- --------------
Long-term debt, net ................................................ 82,308,195 115,211,610
Program rights payable ............................................. 1,421,399 1,365,284
Deferred taxes ..................................................... 211,902 1,339,859
-------------- --------------
Total liabilities ........................................... 95,520,824 133,353,848
Commitments and contingent liabilities ............................. -- --
Total equity:
Preferred stock; $0.01 par value; 5.0 million shares authorized -- --
Class A common stock .......................................... 1,615 46,632
Class B common stock .......................................... 85 45,819
Additional paid-in capital .................................... 7,880,848 57,736,011
Retained earnings (deficit) ................................... 1,825,283 (17,502,264)
Partners' deficit ............................................. (9,458,814) --
-------------- --------------
Total equity ................................................ 249,017 40,326,198
-------------- --------------
Total liabilities and equity .................................. $95,769,841 $173,680,046
============== ==============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-3
<PAGE>

PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years Ended December 31,
---------------------------------------------------
1994 1995 1996
--------------- -------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Basic and satellite service ........................ $ 8,455,815 $10,002,579 $ 16,645,428
Premium services ................................... 1,502,929 1,652,419 2,197,188
Broadcasting revenue, net of agency commissions .... 13,204,148 14,862,734 21,813,409
Barter programming revenue ......................... 4,604,200 5,110,662 6,337,220
Other .............................................. 423,998 519,682 935,387
--------------- -------------- ---------------
Total revenues ................................ 28,191,090 32,148,076 47,928,632
--------------- -------------- ---------------
Operating expenses:
Programming ........................................ 4,094,688 5,475,623 9,889,895
Barter programming expense ......................... 4,604,200 5,110,662 6,337,220
Technical and operations ........................... 2,791,885 2,740,670 3,271,564
Marketing and selling .............................. 3,372,482 3,928,073 5,481,315
General and administrative ......................... 3,289,532 3,885,473 5,923,247
Incentive compensation ............................. 432,066 527,663 985,365
Corporate expenses ................................. 1,505,904 1,364,323 1,429,252
Depreciation and amortization ...................... 6,940,147 8,751,489 12,060,498
--------------- -------------- ---------------
Income from operations ........................ 1,160,186 364,100 2,550,277
Interest expense ........................................ (5,360,729) (8,793,823) (12,454,891)
Interest expense -- related party ....................... (612,191) (22,759) --
Interest income ......................................... -- 370,300 232,361
Other expenses, net ..................................... (65,369) (44,488) (171,289)
--------------- -------------- ---------------
Loss before income taxes and extraordinary items ... (4,878,103) (8,126,670) (9,843,543)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes .................... 139,462 30,000 (120,000)
--------------- -------------- ---------------
Loss before extraordinary items .................... (5,017,565) (8,156,670) (9,723,543)
Extraordinary gain (loss) from extinguishment of debt,
net ................................................... (633,267) 10,210,580 (250,603)
--------------- -------------- ---------------
Net income (loss) .................................. ($5,650,832) $ 2,053,910 ($ 9,974,146)
=============== ============== ===============
Income (loss) per share:
Loss before extraordinary items .................... ($ 0.99) ($ 1.59) ($ 1.56)
Extraordinary (loss) gain .......................... (0.13) 1.99 (0.04)
--------------- -------------- --------------
Net income (loss) .................................. ($ 1.12) $ 0.40 ($ 1.60)
=============== ============== ==============
Weighted average shares outstanding ................ 5,044,042 5,139,937 6,239,663
=============== ============== ==============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-4
<PAGE>

PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN TOTAL EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Common Stock
------------------------- Additional Retained Partners' Total
Number Par Paid-In Earnings Capital Equity
of Shares Value Capital (Deficit) (Deficit) (Deficiency)
----------- ---------- -------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balances at January 1, 1994 .... $140,372 ($2,567,724) ($2,427,352)
Net loss ....................... (790,501) (4,860,331) (5,650,832)
Incorporation of partnerships .. 444 $ 444 (3,255,780) 3,228,038 (27,298)
Redemption of minority interest ($49,490) (49,490)
LP interests contribution ...... 1,335,000 (1,335,000)
Conversion of term loans ....... 50 50 15,096,544 15,096,594
----------- ---------- -------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
Balances at December 31, 1994 .. 494 494 16,382,054 (3,905,909) (5,535,017) 6,941,622
Net income (loss) .............. 5,731,192 (3,677,282) 2,053,910
Distributions to Partners ...... (246,515) (246,515)
Distributions to Parent ........ (12,500,000) (12,500,000)
Exchange of common stock ....... 161,006 1,121 (1,121)
Issuance of Class B common stock 8,500 85 3,999,915 4,000,000
----------- ---------- -------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
Balances at December 31, 1995 .. 170,000 1,700 7,880,848 1,825,283 (9,458,814) 249,017
Net loss ....................... (5,934,261) (4,039,885) (9,974,146)
Contributions by Parent ........ 579,152 105,413 684,565
Distributions to Parent ........ (2,946,379) (2,946,379)
Issuance of Class A common stock
due to:
Initial Public Offering ...... 3,000,000 30,000 38,153,000 38,183,000
WPXT Acquisition ............. 82,143 821 1,149,179 1,150,000
MI/TX DBS Acquisition ........ 852,110 8,521 11,921,025 11,929,546
Awards ....................... 3,614 36 50,559 50,595
Issuance of Class B common stock
due to:
WPXT Acquisition ............. 71,429 714 999,286 1,000,000
Conversions of partnerships .... (13,393,286) 13,393,286
Exchange of PM&C Class B ....... 183,292 1,833 (1,833)
Exchange of PM&C Class A ....... 4,882,541 48,826 (48,826)
----------- ---------- -------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
Balances at December 31, 1996 .. 9,245,129 $92,451 $ 57,736,011 ($ 17,502,264) $ 40,326,198
=========== ========== ============== =============== ============== ==============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-5
<PAGE>

PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Years Ended December 31,
---------------------------------------------------
1994 1995 1996
--------------- -------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss) ................................... ($ 5,650,832) $ 2,053,910 ($ 9,974,146)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net
cash
provided by operating activities: ................
Extraordinary (gain) loss on extinguishment of
debt, net ...................................... 633,267 (10,210,580) 250,603
Depreciation and amortization .................... 6,940,147 8,751,489 12,060,498
Program rights amortization ...................... 1,193,559 1,263,190 1,514,122
Accretion on discount of bonds ................... -- 195,454 392,324
Stock incentive compensation ..................... -- -- 50,595
Gain on disposal of fixed assets ................. 30,524 -- --
Bad debt expense ................................. 200,039 146,147 335,856
Deferred income taxes ............................ 139,462 30,000 (120,000)
Change in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable ............................ (1,353,448) (815,241) (4,607,356)
Inventory ...................................... (711,581) (389,318) 402,942
Prepaid expenses and other ..................... (250,128) 490,636 (521,697)
Accounts payable & accrued expenses ............ 702,240 (826,453) 4,672,633
Advances payable -- related party .............. 142,048 326,279 (468,327)
Accrued interest ............................... 2,048,569 5,173,745 418,338
Deposits and other ............................. 39,633 5,843 (74,173)
--------------- -------------- ---------------
Net cash provided by operating activities ........... 4,103,499 6,195,101 4,332,212
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisitions ..................................... -- -- (72,567,216)
Capital expenditures ............................. (1,264,212) (2,640,475) (6,294,352)
Purchase of intangible assets .................... (943,238) (2,334,656) (1,758,727)
Payments of programming rights ................... (1,310,294) (1,233,777) (1,830,903)
Other ............................................ (53,648) (250,000) --
--------------- -------------- ---------------
Net cash used for investing activities .............. (3,571,392) (6,458,908) (82,451,198)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from long-term debt ..................... 35,015,000 81,455,919 --
Repayments of long-term debt ..................... (33,991,965) (48,095,692) (103,639)
Borrowings on revolving credit facility .......... -- 2,591,335 41,400,000
Repayments on revolving credit facility .......... -- (2,591,335) (11,800,000)
Proceeds from borrowings from related parties .... 26,000 20,000 --
Restricted cash .................................. -- (9,881,198) 9,881,198
Debt issuance costs .............................. (1,552,539) (3,974,454) (304,237)
Capital lease repayments ......................... (154,640) (166,050) (267,900)
Contributions by Parent .......................... -- -- 684,565
Distributions to Parent .......................... -- (12,500,000) (2,946,379)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock ........... -- 4,000,000 42,000,000
Underwriting and IPO costs ....................... -- -- (3,817,000)
--------------- -------------- ---------------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities . (658,144) 10,858,525 74,726,608
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .. (126,037) 10,594,718 (3,392,378)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year .......... 1,506,066 1,380,029 11,974,747
--------------- -------------- ---------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year ................ $ 1,380,029 $ 11,974,747 $ 8,582,369
=============== ============== ===============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

F-6
<PAGE>

PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. THE COMPANY:

Pegasus Communications Corporation ("Pegasus" or together with its
subsidiaries stated below, the "Company") is a diversified media and
communications company, incorporated in May 1996, is a direct subsidiary of
Pegasus Communications Holdings, Inc. ("PCH" or the "Parent").

Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc. ("PM&C") is a diversified media and
communications company whose subsidiaries consist of Pegasus Broadcast
Television, Inc. ("PBT"), Pegasus Cable Television, Inc. ("PCT"), Pegasus
Broadcast Associates, L.P. ("PBA"), Pegasus Satellite Television, Inc.
("PST") and MCT Cablevision, L.P. ("MCT"). PBT operates broadcast television
("TV") stations affiliated with the Fox Broadcasting Company television
network ("Fox"). PCT, together with its subsidiary, Pegasus Cable Television
of Connecticut, Inc. ("PCT-CT") and MCT operate cable television ("Cable")
systems that provide service to individual and commercial subscribers in New
England and Puerto Rico, respectively. PST provides direct broadcast
satellite ("DBS") service to customers in the New England area. PBA holds a
television station license which simulcasts programming from a station
operated by PBT.

Pegasus Satellite Holdings, Inc. ("PST Holdings") is a DBS holding company
whose subsidiaries provide direct broadcast satellite service to customers in
certain rural areas of Michigan, Texas and Ohio.

On October 8, 1996, the Company completed an initial public offering (the
"Initial Public Offering") in which it sold 3,000,000 shares of its Class A
Common Stock to the public at a price of $14.00 per share resulting in net
proceeds to the Company of $38.1 million.

On October 8, 1996, in conjunction with the Initial Public Offering, the
limited partnerships which owned and operated the Company's Puerto Rico cable
operations and owned one of its broadcast licenses, restructured. This
reorganization has been accounted for as if a pooling of interests had
occurred.

On October 31, 1994, the limited partnerships which owned and operated
PCH's broadcast television, New England cable and satellite operations,
restructured and transferred their assets to PM&C. This reorganization has
been accounted for as if a pooling of interests had occurred.

Pegasus Towers L.P. ("Towers"), a subsidiary of Pegasus, owns and operates
television and radio transmitting towers located in Pennsylvania and
Tennessee.

Pegasus Communications Management Company ("PCMC"), a subsidiary of
Pegasus, provides certain management and accounting services.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

BASIS OF PRESENTATION:

The financial statements include the accounts of Pegasus and all of its
subsidiaries or affiliates. All intercompany transactions and balances have
been eliminated.

USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets
and liabilities and disclosure of contingencies. Actual results could differ
from those estimates. Significant estimates relate to barter transactions and
the useful lives and recoverability of intangible assets.

INVENTORIES:

Inventories consist of equipment held for resale to customers and
installation supplies. Inventories are stated at lower of cost or market on a
first-in, first-out basis.

F-7
<PAGE>

PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: - (Continued)

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment are stated at cost. The cost and related
accumulated depreciation of assets sold, retired, or otherwise disposed of
are removed from the respective accounts, and any resulting gains or losses
are included in the statement of operations. For cable television systems,
initial subscriber installation costs, including material, labor and overhead
costs of the hookup, are capitalized as part of the distribution facilities.
The costs of disconnection and reconnection are charged to expense. Satellite
equipment that is leased to customers is stated at cost.

Depreciation is computed for financial reporting purposes using the
straight-line method based upon the following lives:

Reception and distribution facilities ... 7 to 11 years
Transmitter equipment ................... 5 to 10 years
Equipment, furniture and fixtures ....... 5 to 10 years
Building and improvements ............... 12 to 39 years
Vehicles ................................ 3 to 5 years

INTANGIBLE ASSETS:

Intangible assets are stated at cost and amortized by the straight-line
method. Costs of successful franchise applications are capitalized and
amortized over the lives of the related franchise agreements, while
unsuccessful franchise applications and abandoned franchises are charged to
expense. Financing costs incurred in obtaining long-term financing are
amortized over the term of the applicable loan. Goodwill, broadcast licenses,
network affiliation agreements and other intangible assets ("Intangible
Assets") are reviewed periodically for impairment or whenever events or
circumstances provide evidence that suggest that the carrying amounts may not
be recoverable. The Company assesses the recoverability of its Intangible
Assets by determining whether the amortization of the respective Intangible
Asset balance can be recovered through projected undiscounted future cash
flows.

Amortization of Intangible Assets is computed using the straight-line
method based upon the following lives:

Broadcast licenses ...................... 40 years
Network affiliation agreements .......... 40 years
Goodwill ................................ 40 years
Other intangibles ....................... 2 to 14 years

REVENUE:

The Company operates in two industry segments: multichannel television
(DBS and Cable) and broadcast television (TV). The Company recognizes revenue
in its TV operations when advertising spots are broadcasted. The Company
recognizes revenue in its DBS and Cable operations when video and audio
services are provided.

PROGRAMMING:

The Company obtains a portion of its programming, including presold
advertisements, through its network affiliation agreement with Fox and also
through independent producers. The Company does not make any direct payments
for this programming. For running network programming, the Company received
payments from Fox, which totaled approximately $71,000, $215,000 and $73,000
in 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. For running independent producers'
programming, the Company received no direct payments. Instead, the Company
retains a portion of the available advertisement spots to sell on its own
account. Barter programming revenue and the related expense are recognized
when the presold advertisements are broadcasted.

F-8
<PAGE>

PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: - (Continued)

ADVERTISING COSTS:

Advertising costs are charged to operations in the year incurred and
totaled $525,000, $613,000 and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31,
1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:

Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments purchased with
an initial maturity of three months or less. The Company has cash balances in
excess of the federally insured limits at various banks.

RESTRICTED CASH:

The Company had restricted cash, including interest earned, held in escrow
of $9.9 million at December 31, 1995. These funds were disbursed from the
escrow to pay interest on its Series B Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005
(the "Series B Notes") in 1996.

PROGRAM RIGHTS:

The Company enters into agreements to show motion pictures and syndicated
programs on television. In accordance with the Statements of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 63 ("SFAS No. 63"), only the right and associated
liabilities for those films and programs currently available for showing are
recorded. These rights are recorded at the lower of unamortized cost or
estimated net realizable value and are amortized on the straight-line method
over the license period which approximates amortization based on the
estimated number of showings during the contract period. Amortization of $1.2
million, $1.3 million and $1.5 million is included in programming expenses
for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. The
obligations arising from the acquisition of film rights are recorded at the
gross amount. Payments for the contracts are made pursuant to the contractual
terms over periods which are generally shorter than the license periods.

The Company has entered into agreements totaling $1.7 million as of
December 31, 1996, which are not yet available for showing at December 31,
1996, and accordingly, are not recorded by the Company.

At December 31, 1996, the Company has commitments for future program
rights of approximately $1,300,000, $815,000, $363,000 and $18,000 in 1997,
1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively.

INCOME TAXES:

On October 31, 1994, in conjunction with the incorporation of certain
entities, the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" ("SFAS No. 109") were adopted. Prior to
such date, the above entities operated as partnerships for federal and state
income tax purposes and, therefore, no provision for income taxes was
necessary. MCT is treated as a partnership for federal and state income tax
purposes, but taxed as a corporation for Puerto Rico income tax purposes. The
adoption of SFAS No. 109 did not have a material impact on the Company's
financial position or results of operations. For the year ended December 31,
1994, income and deferred taxes are based on the Company's operations from
November 1, 1994 through December 31, 1994, excluding (i) MCT, which for
Puerto Rico income tax purposes is taxed as a corporation for the 12 month
period ended December 31, 1994, and (ii) PBA and Towers, which are limited
partnerships.

CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK:

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations
of credit risk consist principally of trade receivables.

F-9
<PAGE>

PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: - (Continued)

Concentration of Credit Risk: -- (Continued)

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited
due to the large number of customers comprising the Company's customer base,
and their dispersion across different businesses and geographic regions. As
of December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 the Company had no significant
concentrations of credit risk.

3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

Property and equipment consist of the following:

December 31, December 31,
1995 1996
---- ----
Land ................................. $ 259,459 $ 862,298
Reception and distribution facilities 22,839,470 29,140,040
Transmitter equipment ................ 7,478,134 11,643,812
Building and improvements ............ 1,554,743 1,553,548
Equipment, furniture and fixtures .... 1,333,797 1,509,588
Vehicles ............................. 571,456 766,192
Other equipment ...................... 997,352 2,295,446
------------ ------------
35,034,411 47,770,924
Accumulated depreciation ............. (18,462,873) (23,655,786)
------------ ------------
Net property and equipment ........... $ 16,571,538 $ 24,115,138
============ ============

Depreciation expense amounted to $4,027,866, $4,140,058, and $5,209,382
for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

4. INTANGIBLES:

Intangible assets consist of the following:

December 31, December 31,
1995 1996
---- ----
Goodwill ...................... $ 28,490,035 $ 28,490,035
Franchise costs ............... 13,254,985 35,972,374
Broadcast licenses ............ 3,124,461 16,168,683
Network affiliation agreements 1,236,641 2,761,641
Deferred financing costs ...... 3,974,454 4,020,665
DBS rights .................... 4,832,160 45,829,174
Non-compete agreement ......... -- 2,700,000
Organization and other costs .. 3,862,021 7,640,708
------------ ------------
58,774,757 143,583,280
Accumulated amortization ...... (10,746,347) (17,347,152)
------------ ------------
Net intangible assets ....... $ 48,028,410 $126,236,128
============ ============

F-10
<PAGE>

PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

4. Intangibles: - (Continued)

Amortization expense amounted to $2,912,281, $4,611,431 and $6,851,116 for
the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.

5. LONG-TERM DEBT:

Long-term debt consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, December 31,
1995 1996
----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Series B Notes payable by PM&C, due 2005, interest at 12.5%,
payable semi-annually in arrears on January 1, and July 1,
net of unamortized discount of $3,804,546 and $3,412,222
as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively ........... $81,195,454 $ 81,587,778
Senior seven year revolving credit facility, interest at the
Company's option at either the banks prime rate, plus an
applicable margin or LIBOR, plus an applicable margin
(8.375% at December 31, 1996) ........................... -- 29,600,000
Mortgage payable, due 2000, interest at 8.75% ............ 517,535 498,468
Note payable, due 1998 interest at 10% ................... -- 3,050,000
Capital leases and other ................................. 867,140 790,587
----------- ------------
82,580,129 115,526,833
Less current maturities .................................. 271,934 315,223
----------- ------------
Long-term debt ........................................... $82,308,195 $115,211,610
=========== ============
</TABLE>
In October 1994, the Company repaid the outstanding balances under its
senior and junior term loan agreements with a portion of the proceeds from a
$20.0 million term note agreement ("senior note") and $15.0 million
subordinated term loan agreement ("subordinated loan") from various banking
institutions. The senior note and subordinated loan were scheduled to mature
on December 31, 2001 and September 30, 2003, respectively. Amounts were
subsequently repaid as described below, which resulted in an extraordinary
loss of $633,267.

In July 1995, the Company sold 85,000 units consisting of $85.0 million in
aggregate amount of 12.5% Series A Senior Subordinated Notes due 2005 (the
"Series A Notes" and, together with the Series B Notes, the "Notes") and
8,500 shares of Class B Common Stock of PM&C (the "Note Offering"). The net
proceeds from the sale were used to (i) repay approximately $38.6 million in
loans and other obligations, (ii) repurchase $26.0 million of notes for
approximately $13.0 million resulting in an extraordinary gain of $10.2
million, net of expenses of $2.8 million, (iii) make a $12.5 million
distribution to PCH, (iv) escrow $9.7 million for the purpose of paying
interest on the Notes, (v) pay $3.3 million in fees and expenses and (vi) to
fund proposed acquisitions.

In November 1995, the Company exchanged its Series B Notes for the Series
A Notes. The Series B Notes have substantially the same terms and provisions
as the Series A Notes. There was no gain or loss recorded with this
transaction.

The Series B Notes are guaranteed on a full, unconditional, senior
subordinated basis, jointly and severally by a majority of the wholly owned
direct and indirect subsidiaries of PM&C. The Company's indebtedness contain
certain financial and operating covenants, including restrictions on the
Company to incur additional indebtedness, create liens and to pay dividends.
The Company is in compliance with all its financial and operating covenants.

The fair value of the Company's Series B Notes approximates $91.8 million
as of December 31, 1996. This amount is approximately $10.2 million higher
than the carrying amount reported on the balance sheet at December 31, 1996.
Fair value is estimated based on the quoted market price for the same or
similar instruments.

In conjunction with the acquisition of the WTLH Tallahassee, Florida FCC
license and Fox affiliation agreement (see Footnote 12), the Company incurred
indebtedness of $3.1 million. The fair market value of the note payable
approximates the carrying amount.

F-11
<PAGE>

PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

5. Long-Term Debt: - (Continued)

In August 1996, PM&C entered into a $50.0 million seven-year senior
revolving credit facility, which is collateralized by substantially all of
the assets of PM&C. On the same date, the Company had drawn $8.8 million to
repay all amounts outstanding under the $10.0 million senior collateralized
five-year revolving credit facility and $22.8 million to fund the acquisition
of Dom's Tele-Cable, Inc. ("Dom's"). Deferred financing fees relating to the
$10.0 million revolving credit facility were written off, resulting in an
extraordinary loss of $250,603 on the refinancing transaction. The $50.0
million revolving credit facility is subject to certain financial covenants
as defined in the loan agreement, including a debt to adjusted cash flow
covenant. The fair market value of the revolving credit facility approximates
the carrying amount.

At December 31, 1996, maturities of long-term debt and capital leases are
as follows:

1997 .......................... $ 315,223
1998 .......................... 3,283,016
1999 .......................... 212,321
2000 .......................... 59,816
2001 .......................... 39,050
Thereafter .................... 111,617,407
-------------
$115,526,833
=============

6. LEASES:

The Company leases certain studios, towers, utility pole attachments,
occupancy of underground conduits and headend sites under operating leases.
The Company also leases office space, vehicles and various types of equipment
through separate operating lease agreements. The operating leases expire at
various dates through 2007. Rent expense for the years ended December 31,
1994, 1995 and 1996 was $464,477, $503,118 and $711,690 respectively.

The Company leases equipment under long-term leases and has the option to
purchase the equipment for a nominal cost at the termination of the leases.
The related obligations are included in long-term debt. Property and
equipment at December 31 include the following amounts for leases that have
been capitalized:

1995 1996
---- ----
Equipment, furniture and fixtures $ 375,190 $ 215,112
Vehicles ......................... 196,064 446,372
--------- ---------
571,254 661,484
Accumulated depreciation ......... (190,500) (250,288)
--------- ---------
Total .......................... $ 380,754 $ 411,196
========= =========

F-12
<PAGE>

PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

6. Leases: - (Continued)

Future minimum lease payments on noncancellable operating and capital
leases at December 31, 1996 are as follows:

Operating Capital
Leases Leases
------------ ----------
1997 ............................................ $ 575,000 $211,000
1998 ............................................ 287,000 125,000
1999 ............................................ 221,000 66,000
2000 ............................................ 156,000 42,000
2001 ............................................ 75,000 12,000
Thereafter ...................................... 102,000 --
------------ ----------
Total minimum payments .......................... $1,416,000 456,000
============ ==========
Less: amount representing interest .............. 74,000
----------
Present value of net minimum lease payments
including current maturities of $187,000 ....... $382,000
==========

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES:

LEGAL MATTERS:

The operations of the Company are subject to regulation by the Federal
Communications Commission ("FCC") and other franchising authorities,
including the Connecticut Department of Public Utility Control ("DPUC").

During 1994, the DPUC ordered a reduction in the rates charged by PCT-CT
for its basic cable service tier and equipment charges and refunds for
related overcharges, plus interest, retroactive to September 1, 1993
requiring PCT-CT to issue refunds totaling $141,000. In December 1994, the
Company filed an appeal with the FCC. In March 1995, the FCC granted a stay
of the DPUC's rate reduction and refund order pending the appeal. The FCC has
not ruled on the appeal and the outcome cannot be predicted with any degree
of certainty. The Company believes it will prevail in its appeal. In the
event of an adverse ruling, the Company expects to make refunds in kind
rather than in cash.

The Company is currently contesting a claim for unpaid premiums on its
workers' compensation insurance policy assessed by the state insurance fund
of Puerto Rico. Based upon current information available, the Company's
liability related to the claim is estimated to be less than $200,000.

From time to time the Company is also involved with claims that arise in
the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate
liability with respect to these claims will not have a material adverse
effect on the consolidated operations, cash flows or financial position of
the Company.

8. INCOME TAXES:

The following is a summary of the components of income taxes from
operations:

1994 1995 1996
---------- --------- ------------
Federal -- deferred ....... $104,644 $23,000 $(169,000)
State and local ........... 34,818 7,000 49,000
---------- --------- ------------
Provision for income
taxes ................ $139,462 $30,000 $(120,000)
========== ========= ============

F-13
<PAGE>

PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

8. Income Taxes: - (Continued)

The deferred income tax assets and liabilities recorded in the combined
balance sheets at December 31, 1995 and 1996, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

1995 1996
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Assets:
Receivables .................................... $ 42,440 $ 47,887
Excess of tax basis over book basis from tax
gain recognized upon incorporation of
subsidiaries ................................ 1,751,053 1,890,025
Loss carryforwards ............................. 9,478,069 14,197,578
Other .......................................... 806,312 870,305
----------- ------------
Total deferred tax assets ................... 12,077,874 17,005,795
Liabilities:
Excess of book basis over tax basis of property,
plant and equipment ......................... (1,015,611) (1,754,621)
Excess of book basis over tax basis of
amortizable intangible assets ............... (4,277,512) (4,616,997)
----------- ------------
Total deferred tax liabilities .............. (5,293,123) (6,371,618)
----------- ------------
Net deferred tax assets ........................ 6,784,751 10,634,177
Valuation allowance ............................ (6,954,213) (10,683,639)
----------- ------------
Net deferred tax liabilities ................... $ (169,462) $ (49,462)
=========== ============
</TABLE>
The Company has recorded a valuation allowance to reflect the estimated
amount of deferred tax assets which may not be realized due to the expiration
of the Company's net operating loss carryforwards and portions of other
deferred tax assets related to prior acquisitions. The valuation allowance
increased primarily as the result of net operating loss carryforwards
generated during 1996 which may not be utilized.

At December 31, 1996, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $41.8 million which are available to offset future taxable
income and expire through 2012.

A reconciliation of the federal statutory rate to the effective tax rate
is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994 1995 1996
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. statutory federal income tax rate ............. (34.00%) (34.00%) (34.00)%
Net operating loss attributable to the partnerships 29.55 -- --
Foreign net operating income (loss) ................ (18.14) (27.09) (4.11)
State net operating loss ........................... (.96) -- --
Valuation allowance ................................ 25.70 61.46 36.92
Other .............................................. .72 -- --
---------- ---------- ----------
Effective tax rate ................................. 2.87% .37% (1.19)%
========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>

F-14
<PAGE>

PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

9. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

At December 31, 1995, the Company had a demand note payable to an
affiliate, bearing interest at 8%, amounting to $151,815. The note payable
was cancelled during 1996. Total interest expense on the affiliated debt was
$10,901 and $9,244 for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996,
respectively.

At December 31, 1995, the Company had a demand note payable to an
affiliate, bearing interest at prime plus two percent, payable monthly in
arrears, amounting to $105,413. The demand note payable was cancelled at the
beginning of 1996. The effective interest rate was 10.25% at December 31,
1995. Total interest expense on the affiliated debt was $11,858 for the year
ended December 31, 1995.

10. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

Significant noncash investing and financing activities are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Years ended December 31,
--------------------------------------------
1994 1995 1996
------------- ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Capital contribution and related reduction of
debt ......................................... $15,069,173 -- --
Barter revenue and related expense ............ 4,604,200 $5,110,662 $ 6,337,220
Intangible assets and related affiliated debt . -- -- --
Acquisition of program rights and assumption of
related program payables ..................... 1,797,866 1,335,275 1,140,072
Acquisition of plant under capital leases ..... 168,960 121,373 312,578
Redemption of minority interests and related
receivable ................................... 49,490 246,515 --
Interest converted to principal ............... 867,715 -- --
Capital contribution and related acquisition of
intangibles .................................. -- -- 14,079,546
Execution of license agreement option ......... -- -- 3,050,000
</TABLE>
For the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, the Company paid
cash for interest in the amount of $3.8 million, 3.6 million and $12.0
million, respectively. The Company paid no income taxes for the years ended
December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996.

11. COMMON STOCK:

At December 31, 1995, common stock consists of the following:

PM&C Class A common stock, $0.01 par value; 230,000
shares authorized; 161,500 issued and outstanding ...... $1,615
PM&C Class B common stock, $0.01 par value; 20,000
shares authorized; 8,500 issued and outstanding ........ 85
--------
Total common stock ..................................... $1,700
========

At December 31, 1996, common stock consists of the following:

Pegasus Class A common stock, $0.01 par value; 30.0
million shares authorized; 4,663,229 issued and
outstanding ............................................ $46,632
Pegasus Class B common stock, $0.01 par value; 15.0
million shares authorized; 4,581,900 issued and
outstanding ............................................ 45,819
---------
Total common stock ..................................... $92,451
=========

F-15
<PAGE>

PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

11. Common Stock: - (Continued)

On July 7, 1995, as part of a plan of reorganization, PM&C agreed to exchange
161,500 Class A Shares for all of the existing common stock outstanding of PM&C,
all outstanding shares of PST and a 99% limited interest in PBA. The Company
also acquired all of the outstanding interests of MCT for nominal consideration.
Additionally, the Company issued 8,500 Class B Shares of PM&C on July 7, 1995 in
connection with the Note Offering (see footnote 5).

In 1996, the Company, through a registered exchange offer, exchanged all
of the PM&C Class B Shares for 191,775 shares in the aggregate of Class A
Common Stock.

Under the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock, Pegasus'ability to pay
dividends on the Class A Common Stock is subject to certain restrictions.

12. ACQUISITIONS:

In January 1996, PCH acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Portland
Broadcasting, Inc. ("PBI"), which owns the tangible assets of WPXT, Portland,
Maine. PCH immediately transferred the ownership of PBI to the Company. The
aggregate purchase price of PBI was approximately $11.7 million of which $1.5
million was allocated to fixed and tangible assets and $10.2 million to
intangible assets. In June 1996, PCH acquired the FCC license of WPXT for
aggregate consideration of $3.0 million. PCH immediately transferred the
ownership of the license to the Company.

Effective March 1, 1996, the Company acquired the principal tangible
assets of WTLH, Inc., Tallahassee, Florida and certain of its affiliates for
approximately $5.0 million in cash, except for the FCC license and Fox
affiliation agreement. Additionally, the Company entered into a put/call
agreement regarding the FCC license and Fox affiliation agreement with the
licensee of WTLH. In August 1996, the Company exercised its rights and
recorded $3.1 million in intangible assets and long term debt.

The aggregate purchase price of WTLH, Inc. and the related FCC licenses
and Fox affiliation agreement is approximately $8.1 million of which $2.2
million was allocated to fixed and tangible assets and $5.9 million to
various intangible assets. In addition, the Company granted the sellers of
WTLH a warrant to purchase $1.0 million of stock at $14.00 per share. The
warrant expired in February 1997.

Effective August 29, 1996, the Company acquired all of the assets of Dom's
for approximately $25.0 million in cash and $1.0 million in assumed
liabilities. Dom's operates cable systems serving ten communities contiguous
to the Company's Mayaguez, Puerto Rico cable system. The aggregate purchase
price of the principal assets of Dom's amounted to $26.0 million of which
$4.7 million was allocated to fixed and tangible assets and $21.3 million to
various intangible assets.

On October 8, 1996, the Company acquired from Harron Communications Corp.
the rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural areas of Texas and
Michigan and related assets in exchange for approximately $17.9 million in
cash and $11.9 million of the Company's Class A Common Stock. Substantially
the entire purchase price was allocated to various intangible assets.

On November 8, 1996, the Company acquired the rights to provide DIRECTV
programming in certain rural areas of Ohio and the related assets, including
receivables, in exchange for approximately $12.0 million in cash.
Substantially the entire purchase price was allocated to various intangible
assets.

In accordance with the Purchase Method of accounting, the purchase price
has been allocated to the underlying assets and liabilities based on their
respective fair values at the date of acquisition. Such allocations have been
based on preliminary estimates which may be revised at a later date.

F-16
<PAGE>

PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

12. Acquisitions: - (Continued)

The following unaudited summary, prepared on a pro forma basis, combines
the results of operations as if the above stations, cable system and DBS
territories had been acquired as of the beginning of the periods presented,
after including the impact of certain adjustments, such as the Company's
reduced commission rate, payments to related parties, amortization of
intangibles, interest expense and related income tax effects. The pro forma
information does not purport to be indicative of what would have occurred had
the acquisitions been made on those dates or of results which may occur in
the future. This pro forma does not include the Arkansas DBS Acquisition, the
Indiana DBS acquisition, the Mississippi DBS acquisition, the Virginia/West
Virginia DBS acquisition or the New Hampshire Cable Sale, all which did not
occur as of December 31, 1996 (see Notes 14 and 15).

(unaudited)
(in thousands, except earnings per share) Year Ended December 31,
-----------------------------
1995 1996
---- ----
Net Revenues ............................. $ 48,712 $ 57,281
======== ========
Operating income (loss) .................. $ (2,174) $ 706
======== ========
Net loss before extraordinary item ....... $(16,625) $(14,742)
======== ========
Net loss per share before extraordinary
item .................................... $ (3.23) $ (2.36)
======== ========

13. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:

The Company has two active stock plans available to grant stock options
and restricted stock awards to eligible employees, executive officers and
non-employee directors of the Company.

The 1996 Stock Option Plan was approved by shareholders of the Company in
September 1996 and terminates in September 2006. The plan provides for the
granting of a maximum of 450,000 (subject to adjustment to reflect stock
dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations and similar changes in the
capitalization of Pegasus) nonqualified and qualified options to purchase
Class A Common Stock of the Company. Executive officers, who are not eligible
to receive profit sharing awards under the 1996 Restricted Stock Plan, are
eligible to receive nonqualified or qualified stock options under the Stock
Option Plan, but no executive officer may be granted more than 275,000
options to purchase Class A Common Stock under the plan. Directors of Pegasus
who are not employees of the Company are eligible to receive nonqualified
options under the Stock Option Plan. Currently, five executive officers and
three non-employee directors are eligible to receive options under the Stock
Option Plan. At December 31, 1996, no options have been granted under the
Stock Option Plan.

The 1996 Restricted Stock Plan was also approved by shareholders of the
Company in September 1996 and terminates in September 2006. The plan provides
for the granting of a maximum of 270,000 (subject to adjustment to reflect
stock dividends, stock splits, recapitalizations and similar changes in the
capitalization of Pegasus) restricted stock awards of Class A Common Stock of
the Company to eligible employees who have completed at least one year of
service. As of December 31, 1996, 3,614 shares of Class A Common Stock have
been granted under the Restricted Stock Plan. Restricted stock received under
the plan vest 34% after two years of service with the Company (including
years before the Restricted Stock Plan was established), 67% after three
years of service and 100% after four years of service.

The Company applies APB No. 25 and related interpretations in accounting
for its plans. The pro forma impact to both net income and earnings per share
from calculating compensation expense consistent with SFAS No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation", was immaterial for the year ended
December 31, 1996.

F-17
<PAGE>
PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

13. Employee Benefit Plans: - (Continued)

401(K) PLANS

Effective January 1, 1996, PM&C adopted the Pegasus Communications Savings
Plan (the "U.S. 401(k) Plan") for eligible employees of PM&C and its domestic
subsidiaries. In 1996, the Company's Puerto Rico subsidiary adopted the
Pegasus Communications Puerto Rico Savings Plan (the "Puerto Rico 401(k)
Plan" and, together with the U.S. 401(k) Plan, the "401(k) Plans") for
eligible employees of the Company's Puerto Rico subsidiaries. Substantially
all Company employees who, as of the enrollment date under the 401(k) Plans,
have completed at least one year of service with the Company are eligible to
participate in one of the 401(k) Plans. Participants may make salary deferral
contributions of 2% to 6% of salary to the 401(k) Plans.

The Company may make three types of contributions to the 401(k) Plans,
each allocable to a participant's account if the participant completes at
least 1,000 hours of service in the applicable plan year, and is employed on
the last day of the applicable plan year: (i) the Company matches 100% of a
participant's salary deferral contributions to the extent the participant
invested his or her salary deferral contributions in Class A Common Stock at
the time of his or her initial contribution to the 401(k) Plans; (ii) the
Company, in its discretion, may contribute an amount that equals up to 10% of
the annual increase in Company-wide Location Cash Flow (these Company
discretionary contributions, if any, are allocated to eligible participants'
accounts based on each participant's salary for the plan year); and (iii) the
Company also matches a participant's rollover contribution, if any, to the
401(k) Plans, to the extent the participant invests his or her rollover
contribution in Class A Common Stock at the time of his or her initial
contribution to the 401(k) Plans. Discretionary Company contributions and
Company matches of employee salary deferral contributions and rollover
contributions are made in the form of Class A Common Stock, or in cash used
to purchase Class A Common Stock. The Company has authorized and reserved for
issuance up to 205,000 shares of Class A Common Stock in connection with the
401(k) Plans. Company contributions to the 401(k) Plans are subject to
limitations under applicable laws and regulations.

All employee contributions to the 401(k) Plans are fully vested at all
times and all Company contributions, if any, vest 34% after two years of
service with the Company (including years before the 401(k) Plans were
established); 67% after three years of service and 100% after four years of
service. A participant also becomes fully vested in Company contributions to
the 401(k) Plans upon attaining age 65 or upon his or her death or
disability.

14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

On January 27, 1997 the Company completed the Preferred Stock Offering in
which it sold 100,000 shares of 12 3/4 % Series A Cumulative Exchangeable
Preferred Stock and 100,000 Warrants to purchase 193,600 shares of Class A
Common Stock to the public at a price of $1,000 per share resulting in net
proceeds to the Company of $96.0 million. The Company intends to apply the
net proceeds from the Preferred Offering as follows: (i) $29.6 million to the
repayment of all outstanding Indebtedness under the credit facility, (ii)
$15.0 million to the Mississippi DBS acquisition, (iii) $8.8 million for the
payment of the cash portion of the purchase price of the Indiana DBS
acquisition, (iv) $7.0 million for the payment of the cash portion of the
purchase price of the Virginia/West Virginia DBS acquisition, (v) $2.4
million to the Arkansas DBS acquisition and (vi) $558,000 to the retirement
of the Pegasus Credit Facility and expenses related thereto. The remaining
net proceeds together with available borrowings under the New Credit Facility
and proceeds from the New Hampshire Cable Sale, which is described below,
will be used for working capital, general corporate purposes and to finance
future acquisitions. The Mississippi, Indiana, Arkansas and Virginia/West
Virginia DBS acquisitions are described below.

On January 31, 1997, the Company acquired, from DBS of Indiana, Inc., the
rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural areas of Indiana and
the related assets in exchange for approximately $8.9 million in cash and
$5.6 million of the Company's Class A common stock.

On January 31, 1997, the Company sold substantially all assets of its New
Hampshire cable system to State Cable TV Corp. for approximately $7.1 million
in cash. The Company anticipates recognizing a gain in the transaction.

F-18
<PAGE>
PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

14. Subsequent Events: - (Continued)
On February 14, 1997, the Company acquired, from ClearVision, Inc., the
rights to provide DIRECTV programming in certain rural areas of Mississippi
and the related assets in exchange for approximately $15.0 million in cash.

As of March 10, 1997, the Company acquired the rights to provide DIRECTV
programming in certain rural cities of Arkansas and the related assets in
exchange for approximately $2.4 million in cash.

As of March 10, 1997, the Company acquired the rights to provide DIRECTV
programming in certain rural areas of Virginia/West Virginia and the related
assets in exchange for approximately $8.2 million in cash and $3.0 million in
preferred stock of a subsidiary of Pegasus and warrants to purchase a total
of 283,969 shares of the Company's Class A common stock.

15. INDUSTRY SEGMENTS:

The Company operates in two industry segments: multichannel television
(DBS and Cable) and broadcast television (TV). TV consists of five Fox
affiliated television stations, of which one also simulcasts its signal in
Hazelton and Williamsport, Pennsylvania. Cable and DBS consists of cable
television services and direct broadcast satellite services/equipment,
respectively. Information regarding the Company's business segments in 1994,
1995, and 1996 is as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

TV Multichannel Television Other Consolidated
---------- ----------------------- -------- --------------
DBS Cable
--- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>

1994
Revenues ................. $17,808 $ 174 $10,148 $ 61 $ 28,191
Operating income (loss) .. 2,057 (103) (769) (25) 1,160
Identifiable assets ...... 36,078 4,438 34,535 343 75,394
Incentive compensation ... 327 -- 105 -- 432
Corporate expenses ....... 860 5 634 7 1,506
Depreciation and
amortization .......... 2,184 61 4,632 63 6,940
Capital expenditures ..... 411 57 704 92 1,264
1995
Revenues ................. $19,973 $ 1,469 $10,606 $ 100 $ 32,148
Operating income (loss) .. 2,252 (752) (1,103) (33) 364
Identifiable assets ...... 36,906 5,577 34,395 18,892 95,770
Incentive compensation ... 415 9 104 -- 528
Corporate expenses ....... 782 114 450 18 1,364
Depreciation and
amortization .......... 2,591 719 5,364 77 8,751
Capital expenditures ..... 1,403 216 953 69 2,641
1996
Revenues ................. $28,488 $ 5,829 $13,496 $ 116 $ 47,929
Operating income (loss) .. 3,925 (1,239) 190 (326) 2,550
Identifiable assets ...... 61,817 53,090 54,346 4,427 173,680
Incentive compensation ... 691 95 148 51 985
Corporate expenses ....... 756 158 497 18 1,429
Depreciation and
amortization .......... 4,000 1,786 5,245 1,029 12,060
Capital expenditures ..... 2,289 855 3,070 80 6,294
</TABLE>
F-19
<PAGE>

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Board of Directors
Portland Broadcasting, Inc.
Portland, Maine

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Portland Broadcasting,
Inc. as of September 25, 1994 and September 24, 1995, and the related
statements of operations, deficiency in assets, and cash flows for each of
the three fiscal years in the period ended September 24, 1995. These
financial statements are the responsibility of Portland Broadcasting, Inc.'s
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Portland Broadcasting, Inc.
as of September 25, 1994 and September 24, 1995, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three fiscal years in the
period ended September 24, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the
Company will continue as a going concern. As more fully described in Notes 3
and 5, the Company has incurred recurring operating losses, has a working
capital deficiency and is delinquent in paying certain creditors. These
conditions raise substantial doubt about Portland Broadcasting, Inc.'s
ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these
matters also are described in Note 3. The financial statements do not include
any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability
and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities
that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Ernst & Young LLP
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

October 27, 1995

F-20
<PAGE>

PORTLAND BROADCASTING, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
September 25, September 24, December 31,
1994 1995 1995
--------------- --------------- --------------
(unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Assets
Current assets:
Customer accounts receivable ............... $ 764,709 $ 879,983 $ 903,700
Deferred film costs--current ............... 89,702 121,018 178,320
Other assets ............................... 70,434 14,314 91,619
--------------- --------------- --------------
Total current assets ......................... 924,845 1,015,315 1,173,639
Property, plant, and equipment:
Land ....................................... 63,204 63,204 63,204
Building ................................... 111,128 113,401 114,859
Equipment .................................. 2,954,857 3,073,797 3,127,742
--------------- --------------- --------------
3,129,189 3,250,402 3,305,805
Less accumulated depreciation .............. (2,635,855) (2,716,061) (2,733,461)
--------------- --------------- --------------
493,334 534,341 572,344
Deposits and other assets .................... 35,114 21,523 5,036
--------------- --------------- --------------
$ 1,453,293 $ 1,571,179 $ 1,751,019
=============== =============== ==============
Liabilities
Current liabilities:
Bank overdraft ............................. $ 34,859 $ 23,324 $ --
Accounts payable and accrued expenses ...... 1,244,646 1,117,621 1,424,950
Accrued officers' compensation ............. 588,000 621,750 621,750
Accrued interest ........................... 433,454 992,699 1,106,258
Current portion of long-term debt .......... 6,731,182 6,615,165 6,621,177
Current portion of film contract commitments 1,222,244 1,246,862 1,300,241
Notes payable to affiliated companies ...... 1,452,586 1,509,217 1,503,684
--------------- --------------- --------------
Total current liabilities .................... 11,706,971 12,126,638 12,578,060
Long-term liabilities, less current portion:
Long-term debt ............................. 24,417 346,489 302,168
Film contract commitments .................. 154,057 69,638 32,242
--------------- --------------- --------------
178,474 416,127 334,410
Deficiency in assets:
Common stock, no par -- authorized 1,000
shares; issued and outstanding 411 shares 10,662 10,662 10,662
Retained deficit ........................... (10,442,814) (10,982,248) (11,172,113)
--------------- --------------- --------------
(10,432,152) (10,971,586) (11,161,451)
--------------- --------------- --------------
$ 1,453,293 $ 1,571,179 $ 1,751,019
=============== =============== ==============
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.

F-21
<PAGE>

PORTLAND BROADCASTING, INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal year ended Fiscal quarters ended
---------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
September 26, September 25, September 24, December 25, December 31,
1993 1994 1995 1994 1995
--------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
(unaudited) (unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Broadcasting revenues:
Local ............................. $1,258,595 $1,890,080 $ 2,089,864 $ 614,558 $ 549,286
National and regional ............. 1,928,266 2,303,805 2,894,417 906,756 742,793
Other ............................. 820,325 217,523 352,100 75,729 134,056
--------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
4,007,186 4,411,408 5,336,381 1,597,043 1,426,135
Less: Agency commissions ............ 482,321 548,197 663,594 210,120 164,367
Credits and other allowances ....... 76,152 39,769 115,413 17,813 40,612
--------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
3,448,713 3,823,442 4,557,374 1,369,110 1,221,156
Station operating costs and expenses:
Broadcasting operations ........... 1,137,090 1,211,682 1,374,379 228,391 279,473
Selling, general, and
administrative ................. 1,544,980 1,604,265 1,853,808 545,878 703,955
Officer's compensation ............ 84,308 90,000 146,528 33,770 35,000
Depreciation and amortization ..... 410,891 311,945 202,738 47,546 59,183
--------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
3,177,269 3,217,892 3,577,453 855,585 1,077,611
--------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
Income before interest expense and
nonoperating (loss) income ........ 271,444 605,550 979,921 513,525 143,545
Interest expense .................... (670,779) (784,763) (1,114,355) -- (196,160)
Nonoperating (loss) income .......... 57,432 304,807 (405,000) (172,178) (137,250)
--------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
Net (loss) income ................... $ (341,903) $ 125,594 $ (539,434) $ 341,347 $ (189,865)
=============== =============== =============== ============== ==============
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.

F-22
<PAGE>

PORTLAND BROADCASTING, INC.
STATEMENTS OF DEFICIENCY IN ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Common Retained Deficiency
Stock Deficit in Assets
--------- --------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at September 27, 1992 ........... $10,662 $(10,226,505) $(10,215,843)
Net loss .............................. -- (341,903) (341,903)
--------- --------------- ---------------
Balance at September 26, 1993 ........... 10,662 (10,568,408) (10,557,746)
Net income ............................ -- 125,594 125,594
--------- --------------- ---------------
Balance at September 25, 1994 ........... 10,662 (10,442,814) (10,432,152)
Net loss .............................. -- (539,434) (539,434)
--------- --------------- ---------------
Balance at September 24, 1995 ........... 10,662 (10,982,248) (10,971,586)
Net loss (unaudited) .................. -- (189,865) (189,865)
--------- --------------- ---------------
Balance at December 31, 1995 (unaudited) $10,662 $(11,172,113) $(11,161,451)
========= =============== ===============
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.

F-23
<PAGE>

PORTLAND BROADCASTING, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Fiscal year ended Fiscal quarter ended
---------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------
September 26, September 25, September 24, December 25, December 31,
1993 1994 1995 1994 1995
--------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
(unaudited) (unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Operating activities
Net (loss) income ....................... $(341,903) $ 125,594 $(539,434) $ 341,347 $(189,865)
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss)
income to net cash provided by operating
activities:
Depreciation and amortization ...... 410,891 311,945 202,738 47,546 59,183
Payments on film contract
commitments ...................... (128,875) (127,838) (216,975) (65,790) (68,478)
Gain from write-off of trade and
film payables .................... (57,432) (304,807) (82,122) -- --
Loss on contingency reserve for film
contracts ........................ -- -- 400,000 -- --
Net change in operating assets and
liabilities (using) or providing
cash:
Customer accounts receivable .. (38,612) (93,717) (115,274) (340,036) (23,717)
Other assets .................. 4,641 (41,991) 57,756 634 (60,817)
Accounts payable and accrued
expenses .................... 98,098 (25,402) (138,560) (77,081) 284,005
Accrued officer's compensation 55,000 45,000 33,750 8,438 --
Accrued interest .............. 71,302 187,710 559,245 125,784 113,559
--------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
Net cash provided by operating activities 73,110 76,494 161,124 40,842 113,870
Investing activities
Net purchases of equipment .............. (15,664) (40,811) (88,801) (19,651) (70,028)
Financing activities
Proceeds from long-term debt ............ -- 87,857 -- -- --
Repayment of long-term debt ............. (56,771) (126,710) (126,357) (15,306) (38,309)
Borrowings (repayments) on notes payable
to affiliated company and officer ..... (675) 3,170 54,034 (5,885) (5,533)
--------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------

Net cash used by financing activities ... (57,446) (35,683) (72,323) (21,191) (43,842)
--------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------

Change in cash .......................... -- -- -- -- --
Cash at beginning of period ............. -- -- -- -- --
--------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- --------------
Cash at end of period ................... $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ --
=============== =============== =============== ============== ==============
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes.

F-24
<PAGE>
PORTLAND BROADCASTING, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. ORGANIZATION

Portland Broadcasting, Inc. (the "Company") is principally engaged in
television broadcasting. The Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of Bride
Communications, Inc. (Bride), operates a television station, WPXT-TV, Channel
51, a FOX network affiliate, in Portland, Maine.

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF ACCOUNTING

The accounts of the Company are maintained on the accrual basis of
accounting. The financial statements include only the accounts of the Company
and do not include the accounts of Bride, its parent, or other Bride
subsidiaries.

DEFERRED FILM COSTS AND FILM CONTRACT COMMITMENTS

The Company has contracts with various film distributors from which films
are leased for television transmission over various contract periods
(generally one to five years). The total obligations due under these
contracts are recorded as liabilities and the related film costs are stated
at the lower of amortized cost or estimated net realizable value. Deferred
film costs are amortized based on an accelerated method over the contract
period.

The portions of the cost to be amortized within one year and after one
year are reported in the balance sheet as current and other assets,
respectively, and the payments under these contracts due within one year and
after one year are similarly classified as current and long-term liabilities.

BANK OVERDRAFT

Bank overdraft represents the overdrawn balance of the Company's demand
deposit accounts with a financial institution, and is included in the change
in accounts payable and accrued expenses for statement of cash flow purposes.

PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost or value received in
exchange for broadcasting. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line
method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. In general, estimated
useful lives of such assets are 19 years for buildings and range from 5 to 10
years for equipment.

BARTER TRANSACTIONS

Revenue from barter transactions (advertising provided in exchange for
goods and services) is recognized as income when advertisements are broadcast
and goods or services received are capitalized or charged to operations when
received or used. Included in the statements of operations is broadcasting
net revenue from barter transactions of $290,168, $278,935, and $331,233 and
station operating costs and expenses from barter transactions of $307,525,
$277,806, and $321,667 for 1993, 1994, and 1995, respectively. Included in
the balance sheets is equipment capitalized from barter transactions of
$4,437, $8,869, and $30,814 during 1993, 1994, and 1995, respectively, and
deferred barter expense of $21,581, $26,593, and $7,103 at September 26,
1993, September 25, 1994, and September 24, 1995, respectively.

INCOME TAXES

The operations of the Company are included in the consolidated federal and
state income tax returns filed under Bride Communications, Inc. and
subsidiaries. Federal and state income taxes are provided based on the amount
that would be payable on a separate company basis. Tax benefits are allocated
to loss members in the same year the losses are availed of by the profit
members of the consolidated group. Investment tax credits have been accounted
for using the flow-through method.

F-25
<PAGE>

PORTLAND BROADCASTING, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

2. Significant Accounting Policies - (Continued)

Deferred income taxes are normally provided on timing differences between
financial and tax reporting due to depreciation, allowance for doubtful
accounts, and vacation and officer's salary accrual. However, certain net
operating loss carryovers have been utilized to eliminate current tax
liability.

FISCAL YEAR

The Company operates on a 52/53 week fiscal year corresponding to the
national broadcast calendar. The Company's fiscal year ends on the last
Sunday in September.

RECLASSIFICATIONS

Certain amounts from the prior year have been reclassified to conform to
the statement presentation for the current year. These reclassifications have
no effect on the statements of operations.

3. GOING CONCERN

At September 24, 1995, the Company was delinquent in payment of amounts
due to former shareholders, amounts due under film contract commitments,
certain of its trade payables, and other contractual obligations. The amounts
owing under all such obligations are classified as current liabilities in the
accompanying financial statements. Other delinquencies, if declared in
default and not cured, could adversely affect the Company's ability to
continue operations.

During 1995, the senior obligation to a bank was sold by the bank to
former shareholders, who also hold other notes receivable from the Company as
described in Note 4. At September 24, 1995, the Company continues to be in
default on this former bank obligation, which currently has no stated
maturity or repayment terms.

Management continues to negotiate settlements with its creditors.
Settlement arrangements are comprised of extended payment schedules with
additional interest charges, and write-off of a percentage of the balance
due.

The Company may require additional funding in order to sustain its
operations. Management is currently pursuing the sale of the net assets of
the Company as discussed in Note 8. The Company expects its efforts in this
regard to be successful, and has no reason to believe that the net proceeds
would not be sufficient to repay its recorded liabilities and recover the
stated value of its assets; however, no estimate of the outcome of the
Company's negotiations can be determined at this time.

If the Company is unable to arrange additional funding as may be required,
or successfully complete the sale transaction as further discussed in Note 8,
the Company may be unable to continue as a going concern.

4. LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

September 25, September 24,
1994 1995
--------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C>
Term notes payable to former shareholders:
Stock purchase agreement ...................................... $2,789,875 $2,789,875
Bank term note acquired by former shareholders ................ -- 3,347,595
Term note payable to a bank (in default) ........................ 3,441,202 --
Notes payable under noncompete agreements with former
shareholders .................................................. 430,228 430,228
Consent judgment, film contract payable ......................... -- 286,645
Capital equipment notes ......................................... 10,138 35,655
Other ........................................................... 84,156 71,656
--------------- ---------------
6,755,599 6,961,654
Less current portion ............................................ 6,731,182 6,615,165
--------------- ---------------
$ 24,417 $ 346,489
=============== ===============
</TABLE>
F-26
<PAGE>

PORTLAND BROADCASTING, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

4. Long-Term Liabilities - (Continued)

The term notes payable to former shareholders in connection with a stock
purchase agreement were issued by Bride in October 1987 in the amount of
$2,010,000. These notes were assigned to the Company by Bride, which was
agreed to by the former shareholders. The notes were due in quarterly
payments of principal and interest at 10% from August 1989 through November
1992. In accordance with the terms of the notes, accrued interest in the
amount of $779,875 was capitalized into the note balance on November 11,
1992, and interest was accrued at 12% thereafter on the adjusted note balance
of $2,789,875.

Scheduled principal payments of the term notes payable to former
shareholders have not been made when due. At September 24, 1995, the entire
obligation is reflected as currently payable.

The bank term note of $3,347,595 was purchased from the bank by the former
shareholders on May 30, 1995. The note provided $3,600,000 for the purpose of
paying off existing notes payable, along with accrued interest, and to
provide additional working capital. The note was payable in monthly payments
of interest only through August 1990, followed by 25 consecutive monthly
payments of principal and interest based on a 108-month amortization,
followed by one final installment of the balance of principal and interest.
Interest continues to be applied on the unpaid balance at a monthly rate
equivalent to the Bank of New York Prime plus 3.00% per annum, or 10.75% and
11.75% as of September 25, 1994 and September 24, 1995, respectively. The
note is secured by a pledge of the stock of Portland and substantially all
tangible and intangible property. The note also contains restrictive
covenants with respect to the payment of dividends, distributions, obtaining
additional indebtedness, etc.

Notes payable under noncompete agreements totaling $430,228 were payable
to former shareholders in scheduled quarterly installments through November
1992; however, no installment payments have been made.

In March 1995, the Company entered into a consent judgment related to a
film contract payable of $300,000. Under the terms of the judgment, the
amount is unsecured, and is being repaid over three- or four-year monthly
installments including interest at 10%. A balloon payment of $159,324 or
$219,368 is due at the end of the third year or fourth year, respectively,
the former amount representing a discount of $100,000 from principal.
Payments on long-term debt disclosed below assume a four-year repayment
schedule. The amount had previously been included in the current portion of
film contract commitments at September 25, 1994.

Other long-term liabilities relate to a 6% promissory note for $84,156
related to the previous lease agreement for a building. The payment terms are
$500 weekly through September 1997, with an additional $15,817 lump sum due
at the end of this term. The Company is currently negotiating a new lease for
its current facility.

Future principal payments of long-term debt are as follows: 1996 --
$6,615,165; 1997 -- $71,662; and 1998 -- $274,827. The Company paid interest
of $599,477, $492,441, and $305,942 in 1993, 1994, and 1995, respectively.

FILM CONTRACT COMMITMENTS

Film contract commitments are payable under license arrangements for
program material in monthly installments over periods ranging from one to
five years. Annual payments required under these commitments are as follows:
1995, and prior, payments not made when due -- $1,162,578; 1996 -- $84,284;
and 1997 -- $69,638.

5. OFFICER'S COMPENSATION

Accrued officer's compensation totaling $588,000 and $621,750 was recorded
by the Company at September 25, 1994 and September 24, 1995, respectively,
pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors (Board). The
Board resolution provides for payments only in the event of sufficient cash
flows or pursuant to the sale or liquidation of the Company. In addition, the
amount of officer's compensation paid is limited by certain covenants of the
note payable to former shareholders acquired from a bank.

F-27
<PAGE>

PORTLAND BROADCASTING, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

6. CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to significant
concentrations of credit risk consist principally of customers' accounts
receivable. Credit is extended based on the Company's evaluation of the
customer's financial condition, and the Company does not require collateral.
The Company's accounts receivable consist primarily of credit extended to a
variety of businesses in the greater Portland area and to national
advertising agencies for the purchase of advertising.

7. INCOME TAXES

The Company has unused income tax loss carryforwards approximating
$6,039,000 for tax purposes expiring between years 2001 and 2008.

An investment tax credit carryforward of $89,641 (after reduction required
by the Tax Reform Act of 1986) expires in 2001.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities result from temporary differences in
the recognition of income and expense for financial and income tax reporting
purposes including the temporary differences between book and tax
deductibility of the officer's salary accrual, vacation accrual, bad debt
reserve and depreciation. They represent future tax benefits or costs to be
recognized when those temporary differences reverse. At September 24, 1995, a
valuation allowance of $2,821,579 ($2,643,744 at September 25, 1994) was
recorded to offset net deferred tax assets. Significant components of the
Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

1994 1995
------------- -------------
Deferred tax assets:
Accrued officer's salary ................. $ 235,200 $ 248,700
Contingent liability ..................... -- 160,000
Accrued interest to shareholders ......... 7,143 387
Bad debt reserve ......................... 13,346 16,800
Accrued vacation ......................... 4,374 7,779
Net operating loss carryforwards ......... 2,415,084 2,405,479
Investment tax credit carryforward ....... 89,641 89,641
------------- -------------
Total deferred assets ...................... 2,764,788 2,928,786
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets (2,643,744) (2,821,579)
------------- -------------
Net deferred tax assets .................... 121,044 107,207
Deferred tax liability:
Depreciation .............................. 121,044 107,207
------------- -------------
Net deferred tax assets .................... $ -- $ --
============= =============

During 1994 and 1995, the Company utilized net operating loss
carryforwards of approximately $235,000 and $24,000, realizing a benefit of
approximately $89,000 and $5,500, respectively.

8. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On October 16, 1995, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement
for the sale of substantially all assets and liabilities of the Company, with
the exception of the station's FCC License.

F-28
<PAGE>

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Stockholders of
WTLH, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of WTLH, Inc. as of December
31, 1994 and 1995, and the related statements of operations, capital
deficiency, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of WTLH, Inc. as of December
31, 1994 and 1995, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for
the years then ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.

COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.

Jacksonville, Florida
March 8, 1996

F-29
<PAGE>

WTLH, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, December 31, February 29,
ASSETS 1994 1995 1996
-------------- -------------- --------------
(unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current assets:
Cash ............................................ $ 190,582 $ 337,665 $ 375,813
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
accounts of $8,000 at December 31, 1994 and
1995 and February 29, 1996 ................... 623,317 673,434 588,961
Film rights ..................................... 154,098 200,585 200,585
Prepaid expenses ................................ 6,925 4,475 1,388
Deferred income taxes ........................... 176,753 71,347 72,209
-------------- -------------- --------------
Total current assets ......................... 1,151,675 1,287,506 1,238,956
Equipment, net .................................... 77,283 51,005 50,246
Building and equipment under capital leases, net .. 226,003 692,819 682,514
Film rights ....................................... 216,745 262,022 228,591
Deferred income taxes ............................. 24,291 24,790 24,790
Deposits and other assets ......................... 11,914 8,992 8,992
-------------- -------------- --------------
Total assets ................................. $ 1,707,911 $ 2,327,134 $ 2,234,089
============== ============== ==============
LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL DEFICIENCY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable ................................ $ 148,449 $ 175,809 $ 112,539
Accrued interest due affiliates ................. 237,360 180,953 182,456
Other accrued expenses .......................... 76,460 74,489 65,742
Current portion of long-term debt to affiliates . 4,250 0 0
Current portion of capital lease obligations .... 92,247 61,559 65,432
Current portion of film rights payable .......... 169,475 225,211 225,211
-------------- -------------- --------------
Total current liabilities .................... 728,241 718,021 651,380
Long-term liabilities:
Long-term debt to affiliates .................... 610,257 531,181 494,893
Obligations under capital leases ................ 187,772 692,619 686,051
Film rights payable ............................. 248,138 280,117 239,335
Subordinated debt ............................... 1,200,000 1,200,000 1,200,000
-------------- -------------- --------------
Total liabilities ............................ 2,974,408 3,421,938 3,271,659
Shareholder deficiency:
Common stock, $1 par value, 1,000 shares
authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding 100 100 100
Additional paid-in capital ...................... 900 900 900
Accumulated deficit ............................. (1,145,639) (973,946) (916,712)
Receivable from affiliate ....................... (121,858) (121,858) (121,858)
-------------- -------------- --------------
Total capital deficiency ..................... (1,266,497) (1,094,804) (1,037,570)
-------------- -------------- --------------
Total liabilities and capital deficiency ..... $ 1,707,911 $ 2,327,134 $ 2,234,089
============== ============== ==============
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-30
<PAGE>

WTLH, INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years Ended Two Months Ended
-------------------------------- --------------------------------
December 31, December 31, February 28, February 29,
1994 1995 1995 1996
-------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
(Unaudited) (Unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Broadcasting revenue, net of agency
commissions of $587,810, $585,124,
$80,559 and $79,300 .............. $2,256,174 $2,313,467 $316,268 $325,964
Barter broadcasting revenue ......... 310,208 470,589 51,701 78,431
-------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
Total revenues ................... 2,566,382 2,784,056 367,969 404,395
-------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
Operating expenses:
Technical and operations ............ 278,312 320,215 46,777 33,256
Programming, including amortization
of $194,993, $199,260, $31,624 and
$33,431 .......................... 242,769 253,959 39,614 42,946
Barter programming .................. 310,208 470,589 51,701 78,431
General and administrative .......... 401,675 440,370 20,537 11,104
Promotion ........................... 237,419 346,529 28,174 26,236
Sales ............................... 279,031 300,903 46,363 51,066
Depreciation ........................ 135,474 107,197 14,985 11,064
Management fee ...................... 55,600 40,500 11,000 21,400
-------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
Total operating expenses ......... 1,940,488 2,280,262 259,151 275,503
-------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
Income from operations ........... 625,894 503,794 108,818 128,892
Interest expense ...................... (135,064) (163,111) (31,162) (19,853)
Other expenses, net ................... 0 (63,743) (8,189) (17,089)
-------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
Income before income taxes ....... 490,830 276,940 69,467 91,950
Provision for income taxes ............ 190,000 105,247 26,437 34,716
-------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
Net income ....................... $ 300,830 $ 171,693 $ 43,030 $ 57,234
============== ============== ============== ==============
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-31
<PAGE>

WTLH, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CAPITAL DEFICIENCY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Additional Receivable Total
Common Paid-In From Capital
Stock Capital Deficit Affiliate Deficiency
-------- ------------ --------------- ------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, December 31, 1993 $100 $900 $(1,446,469) $(121,858) $ (1,567,327)
Net income ............... 0 0 300,830 0 300,830
-------- ------------ --------------- ------------- ---------------
Balance, December 31, 1994 100 900 (1,145,639) (121,858) (1,266,497)
Net income ............... 0 0 171,693 0 171,693
-------- ------------ --------------- ------------- ---------------
Balance, December 31, 1995 100 900 (973,946) (121,858) (1,094,804)
Net income (unaudited) ... 0 0 57,234 0 57,234
-------- ------------ --------------- ------------- ---------------
Balance February 29, 1996
(unaudited) ............. $100 $900 $ (916,712) $(121,858) $ (1,037,570)
======== ============ =============== ============= ===============
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-32
<PAGE>

WTLH, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Years Ended Two Months Ended
-------------------------------- --------------------------------
December 31, December 31, February 28, February 29,
1994 1995 1995 1996
-------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
(unaudited) (unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income ................................. $ 300,830 $ 171,693 $ 43,030 $ 57,234
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation ............................ 135,474 107,197 14,985 11,064
Deferred income taxes ................... 186,243 104,907 26,437 (862)
Loss on sale of vehicle ................. 0 2,853 0 0
Change in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable ................... (191,338) (50,117) 188,612 84,473
Film rights ........................... 106,738 (91,764) (91,347) 33,431
Prepaid expenses ...................... 675 2,450 3,954 3,087
Other assets .......................... 276 2,922 11,813 0
Accounts payable ...................... (104,678) 27,360 (28,631) (63,270)
Accrued interest due affiliates ....... 27,172 (56,407) (54,121) 1,503
Other accrued expenses ................ (20,109) (1,973) (50,664) (8,747)
Film rights payable ................... (84,401) 87,715 (29,672) (40,782)
-------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
Net cash provided by operating
activities ....................... 356,882 306,836 34,396 77,131
-------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
Cash flows for investing activities:
Purchase of property and equipment ......... (34,973) (28,311) (16,672) 0
Proceeds from sale of vehicle .............. 0 2,723 0 0
-------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
Net cash used in investing activities . (34,973) (25,588) (16,672) 0
-------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
Cash flows (for) from financing activities:
Principal payments on long-term debt to
affiliates .............................. (108,586) (83,324) 0 (36,288)
Advances from affiliates ................... 0 0 31,436 0
Payments made under capital leases ......... (16,426) (50,841) 0 (2,695)
-------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
Net cash (used in) provided by
financing activities ............... (125,012) (134,165) 31,436 (38,983)
-------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
Net increase in cash ......................... 196,897 147,083 49,160 38,148
Cash (overdraft) at beginning of year ........ (6,315) 190,582 190,582 337,665
-------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
Cash at end of year .......................... $ 190,582 $ 337,665 $239,742 $375,813
============== ============== ============== ==============
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow
Information:
Cash paid for interest ..................... $ 103,287 $ 224,404 $ 16,881 12,607
============== ============== ============== ==============
Cash paid for income taxes ................. $ 0 $ 7,757 $ 0 $ 0
============== ============== ============== ==============
Supplemental Schedule of Noncash
Investing and Financing Activities:
Capital lease obligation incurred for
building ................................ $ 0 $ 525,000 $525,000 $ 0
============== ============== ============== ==============
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-33
<PAGE>

WTLH, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

Organization -- WTLH, Inc. (the Company) was formed in 1988 to own and
operate a broadcast television station, WTLH, located in Tallahassee,
Florida. The station is a Fox Network affiliate.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information -- The unaudited balance sheet as
of February 29, 1996 and the unaudited statements of operations and
accumulated deficit and cash flows for the two months ended February 28, 1995
and February 29, 1996 (interim financial information) are unaudited and have
been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements included
herein. In the opinion of the Company, the interim financial information
includes all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring adjustments,
necessary for a fair statement of the results of the interim period. The
results of operations for the two month period ending February 29, 1996 are
not necessarily indicative of the results for a full year. All disclosures
for the two month periods ended February 28, 1995 and February 29, 1996
included herein are unaudited.

Property and Equipment -- Equipment is stated at cost less accumulated
depreciation. The Company operates in leased facilities with lease terms
ranging up to 2014. Real property and equipment leased under capital leases
are amortized over the lives of the respective leases using the straight-line
method. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

Depreciation of equipment is computed using principally accelerated
methods based upon the following estimated useful lives:

Tower and building under lease ......... 20 years
Transmitter and studio equipment ....... 5-7 years
Computer equipment ..................... 5 years
Furniture and fixtures ................. 7 years
Other equipment ........................ 5-7 years

Use of Estimates -- The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date
of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.

Film Rights -- The Company enters into agreements to show motion pictures
and syndicated programs on television. Only the rights and associated
liabilities for those films and programs currently available for showing are
recorded on the Company's books. These rights are recorded at cost, the gross
amount of the contract liability. Program rights are amortized over the
license period, which approximates amortization based on the estimated number
of showings during the contract period, using the straight-line method except
where an accelerated method would produce more appropriate matching of cost
with revenue. Payments for the contracts are made pursuant to contractual
terms over periods which are generally shorter than the license periods.

Programming -- The Company obtains a portion of its programming, including
presold advertisements, through its network affiliation agreement with Fox
Broadcasting, Inc. ("Fox"), and also through independent producers.

The Company does not make any direct payments for network and certain
independent producers' programming. For broadcasting network programming, the
Company receives payments from Fox, which totaled $38,559, $63,023, $11,302
and $6,955 for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the two month
period ended February 28, 1995 and February 29, 1996, respectively. For
running independent producers' programming, the Company receives no direct
payments. Instead, the Company retains a portion of the available
advertisement spots to sell on its own account, which are recorded as
broadcasting revenue. Management estimates the value, and related programming
expense, of the presold advertising included in the

F-34
<PAGE>

WTLH, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: - (Continued)

independent producers' programming to be $310,208, $470,589, 51,701 and
$78,431 for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the two month
periods ended February 28, 1995 and February 29, 1996, respectively. These
amounts are presented gross as barter broadcasting revenue and barter
programming expense in the accompanying financial statements.

Income Taxes -- Deferred income tax assets are recognized for the expected
future consequences of events that have been included in the financial
statements and income tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax
bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the
year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

2. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:

The major classes of equipment consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
February 29,
1994 1995 1996
----------- ----------- -------------
(Unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Transmitter and studio equipment $731,962 $718,958 $718,958
Computer equipment .............. 40,772 25,019 25,019
Furniture and fixtures .......... 27,914 27,914 27,914
Other equipment ................. 56,141 63,827 63,827
----------- ----------- -------------
856,789 835,718 835,718
Less accumulated depreciation ... 779,506 784,713 785,472
----------- ----------- -------------
$ 77,283 $ 51,005 $ 50,246
=========== =========== =============
</TABLE>
Building and equipment under capital leases consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, December 31, February 29,
1994 1995 1996
-------------- -------------- --------------
(Unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Building ........................ $ 0 $525,000 $525,000
Transmitter and studio equipment 38,400 38,400 38,400
Tower ........................... 210,055 210,055 210,055
Computer equipment .............. 41,300 41,300 41,300
Furniture and fixtures .......... 7,950 7,950 7,950
Vehicle ......................... 8,952 0 0
-------------- -------------- --------------
306,657 822,705 822,705
Less accumulated depreciation ... 80,654 129,886 140,191
-------------- -------------- --------------
$226,003 $692,819 $682,514
============== ============== ==============
</TABLE>
Depreciation expense amounted to $135,474, $107,197, $13,936 and $10,305
for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the two months ended
February 28, 1995 and February 29, 1996, respectively.

F-35
<PAGE>

WTLH, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

3. LONG-TERM DEBT TO AFFILIATES:

The following is a summary of long-term debt to affiliates:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, December 31, February 29,
1994 1995 1996
-------------- -------------- --------------
(Unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Note payable to affiliated company through common
ownership, interest at 12.97%, due at the earlier of
August 12, 1999 or the date the station is refinanced or
sold, collateralized by an assignment of outstanding
accounts receivable .................................... $453,673 $418,623 $392,335
Note payable to stockholders, interest at 12.97%, due
upon sale of the station ............................... 156,584 112,558 102,558
Other ................................................... 4,250 0 0
-------------- -------------- --------------
Total ................................................. 614,507 531,181 494,893
Less current portion .................................. 4,250 0 0
-------------- -------------- --------------
Long-term debt to affiliates .......................... $610,257 $531,181 $494,893
============== ============== ==============
</TABLE>
Scheduled maturities of long-term debt to affiliates, exclusive of
$112,558 for sale of the station, are as follows:

1999 .................. $418,623
==========

4. LEASES:

The Company leases a broadcasting tower, a vehicle and computer and other
equipment which have been accounted for as capital leases. The following is a
summary of capital lease obligations:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, December 31, February 29,
1994 1995 1996
-------------- -------------- --------------
(Unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Lease of a building with stockholders, interest at 10.4%,
payable in varying monthly installments through January
1, 2014 ................................................ $ 0 $497,634 $498,314
Lease of a broadcasting tower with an affiliated company
through common ownership, interest at 12.97%, payable in
varying monthly installments through October 2010 ...... 210,055 210,055 210,055
Lease of equipment, interest at 14.47%, payable in
monthly installments of $1,114 through August 1998 ..... 33,283 25,170 23,710
Leases of computer equipment, interest ranging from
12.05% to 17.42%, payable in monthly installments
ranging from $166 to $725 through April 1998 ........... 27,653 19,329 17,794
Lease of a vehicle, interest at 9%, payable in monthly
installments of $285 through July 1996 ................. 4,776 0 0
Lease of telephone equipment, interest at 14.33%, payable
in monthly installments of $227 through January 1997 ... 4,252 1,990 1,610
-------------- -------------- --------------
Total ................................................. 280,019 754,178 751,483
Less current portion .................................. (92,247) (61,559) (65,432)
-------------- -------------- --------------
Long-term portion ..................................... $187,772 $692,619 $686,051
============== ============== ==============
</TABLE>
F-36
<PAGE>

WTLH, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

4. Leases: - (Continued)

The Company also leases its studios, the land surrounding its tower from
an affiliated company, three vehicles from its stockholders and various other
equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. The leases expire at various
dates through 2014. Rent expense under non-cancelable operating leases
totaled $141,684, $166,680, $25,522, and $25,900 for the years ended December
31, 1994 and 1995 and the two months ended February 28, 1995 and February 29,
1996, respectively. Future minimum payments as of December 31, 1995 under
capital leases and non-cancelable operating leases consist of the following:

Capital Operating
Year ended December 31: Leases Leases
- --------------------------------------------- ----------- -----------
1996 ....................................... $ 97,613 $151,728
1997 ....................................... 102,767 63,575
1998 ....................................... 94,240 46,495
1999 ....................................... 88,211 35,321
2000 ....................................... 92,428 36,387
Thereafter ................................. 1,473,638 634,110
----------- -----------
Total lease payments .................. 1,948,897 967,616
Less amount representing interest ..... 1,194,719 0
----------- -----------
Present value of net minimum lease
payments ............................ $ 754,178 $967,616
=========== ===========

5. FILM RIGHTS PAYABLE:

Commitments for film rights payable as of December 31, 1995 are as follows
for years ending December 31:

1996 ...................... $225,211
1997 ...................... 143,208
1998 ...................... 93,668
1999 ...................... 40,457
2000 ...................... 2,784
--------
$505,328
========

The Company has entered into agreements totaling $154,500 as of December
31, 1995, which are not yet available for showing at December 31, 1995, and,
accordingly, are not recorded on the Company's financial statements.

6. INCOME TAXES:

The provision for income taxes is summarized as follows:

Year Ended Two Months Ended
-------------------------------- ------------------------------
December 31, December 31, February 28, February 29,
1994 1995 1995 1996
-------------- -------------- -------------- ------------
(Unaudited) (Unaudited)
Current ... $ 3,757 $ 0 $ 0 $35,578
Deferred .. 186,243 105,247 26,437 (862)
-------------- -------------- -------------- ------------
$190,000 $105,247 $26,437 $34,716
============== ============== ============== ============

F-37
<PAGE>

WTLH, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

6. Income Taxes: - (Continued)

The differences between the federal statutory tax rate and the Company's
effective tax rate are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended Two Months Ended
-------------------------------- --------------------------------
December 31, December 31, February 28, February 29,
1994 1995 1995 1996
-------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
(Unaudited) (Unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Federal income tax at federal statutory rate 34.0 % 34.0 % 34.0 % 34.0%
State income taxes, net of federal income tax
benefit .................................... 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6
Other ....................................... 1.1 0.6 0.4 0.1
-------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
38.7 % 38.2 % 38.0 % 37.7 %
============== ============== ============== ==============
</TABLE>

The components of net deferred tax assets are as follows:

December 31, December 31, February 29,
1994 1995 1996
------------- -------------- ------------
(Unaudited)
Current deferred tax assets: ...
Net operating loss benefits .. $ 80,714 $14,044 $ 0
Accrued interest due
affiliates ................ 92,869 54,293 72,209
Allowance for doubtful
accounts .................. 3,170 3,010 0
------------- -------------- ------------
176,753 71,347 72,209
Long-term deferred tax assets:
Program rights amortization .. 24,291 24,790 24,790
------------- -------------- ------------
$201,044 $96,137 $96,999
============= ============== ============

At December 31, 1995, the Company has recorded a deferred tax asset of
$96,137, including the benefit of approximately $37,000 in loss
carryforwards, which expire in 2006. Realization is dependent on generating
sufficient taxable income prior to expiration of the loss carryforwards.
Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely
than not that all of the deferred tax asset will be realized.

The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could
be reduced in the near term if estimates of future taxable income during the
carryforward period are reduced.

7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

The Company has a $121,858 receivable from an affiliated company for
reimbursement of certain costs. The receivable is non interest bearing with
no fixed terms of repayment. The receivable has been presented as a reduction
of stockholders' equity in the accompanying financial statements.

The Company paid $55,600, $151,500 (including $111,000 of payments for
lease obligations which have been reclassified for financial statement
presentation purposes) $11,000 and $21,400 in management fees to an
affiliated company through common ownership for the years ended December 31,
1994 and 1995 and the two months ended February 28, 1995 and February 29,
1996, respectively.

The Company made payments to stockholders and affiliates under leases as
described in Note 4 aggregating $45,777, $138,236, $20,500 and $23,039 for
the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the two months ended February
28, 1995 and February 29, 1996, respectively.

F-38
<PAGE>

WTLH, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

8. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:

Concentrations of Credit Risk -- Certain financial instruments potentially
subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk. These financial
instruments consist primarily of accounts receivable and cash. Concentrations
of credit risk with respect to receivables are limited due to the large
number of customers comprising the Company's customer base and their
dispersion across different business and geographic regions, of which
approximately 60% was related to national accounts.

Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments -- The following
methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of
financial instruments:

Cash and Accounts Receivable: The carrying amount approximates fair
value.

Long-Term Debt: The fair value of the Company's long-term debt
approximates fair value since the debt was settled in full in 1996. See
Note 10.

9. SUBORDINATED DEBT:

The $1,200,000 subordinated debt is non-interest bearing and is payable to
the Company's former stockholder under certain circumstances. The debt is
subordinate to up to $1,500,000 of institutional or stockholder loans and is
collateralized by all tangible and intangible personal property of the
Company.

In connection with the sale of the Company (see Note 10) a settlement
agreement was entered into that reduced the outstanding liability to
$521,100, which was paid in March 1996.

10. SUBSEQUENT EVENT:

On March 8, 1996, the principal assets of the Company were sold to Pegasus
Media & Communications, Inc. for $5 million in cash, including payments under
noncompetition agreements with the owners and an employee of the station.

F-39
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Harron Communications Corp.

We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of the DBS
Operations of Harron Communications Corp. (operating divisions of Harron
Communications Corp., as more fully described in Note 1 to financial
statements) (the "Divisions") as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the
related combined statements of operations, and cash flows for the years then
ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Divisions'
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.

In our opinion, such combined financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of the DBS Operations of Harron
Communications Corp. at December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying financial statements may not necessarily be indicative of
the conditions that would have existed or the results of operations had the
Divisions been unaffiliated with Harron Communications Corp. As discussed in
Notes 1 and 8 to the combined financial statements, Harron Communications
Corp. provides financing and certain legal, treasury, accounting, tax, risk
management and other corporate services to the Divisions.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

April 26, 1996, except for
Note 9 as to which the
date is October 8, 1996

F-40
<PAGE>
DBS OPERATIONS OF HARRON COMMUNICATIONS CORP.
COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995, AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

December 31,
------------------------------ September 30,
1994 1995 1996
------------- ------------- ---------------
(Unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash ........................................... $ 140,311 $ 452,016 $ 433,083
Accounts Receivable, net of allowance for
doubtful accounts of $64,100 in 1995 and 1996 71,818 485,803 509,583
Inventory ...................................... 766,945 304,335 15,939
------------- ------------- ---------------
Total current assets ................... 979,074 1,242,154 958,605
------------- ------------- ---------------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT ........................... 14,270 71,777 71,777
Accumulated depreciation ....................... (1,000) (9,565) (20,915)
------------- ------------- ---------------
Property and equipment, net ............ 13,270 62,212 50,862
------------- ------------- ---------------
FRANCHISE COSTS .................................. 5,399,321 5,590,167 5,590,167
Accumulated amortization ....................... (224,877) (775,423) (1,200,187)
------------- ------------- ---------------
Franchise costs, net ................... 5,174,444 4,814,744 4,389,980
------------- ------------- ---------------
TOTAL ............................................ $6,166,788 $ 6,119,110 $ 5,399,447
============= ============= ===============
LIABILITIES AND DIVISION DEFICIENCY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable ............................... $ 272,340 $ 49,290 $ 3,792
Accrued expenses (Note 4) ....................... 121,085 504,339 999,274
------------- ------------- ---------------
Total current liabilities .............. 393,425 553,629 1,003,066
------------- ------------- ---------------
DUE TO AFFILIATE (Note 8) ........................ 6,708,407 8,399,809 7,953,908
------------- ------------- ---------------
Total liabilities ............................ 7,101,832 8,953,438 8,956,974
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
DIVISION DEFICIENCY .............................. (935,044) (2,834,328) (3,557,527)
------------- ------------- ---------------
TOTAL ............................................ $6,166,788 $ 6,119,110 $ 5,399,447
============= ============= ===============
</TABLE>
See notes to combined financial statements.

F-41
<PAGE>
DBS OPERATIONS OF HARRON COMMUNICATIONS CORP.

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995, AND
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 AND 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended Nine Months Ended
December 31, September 30,
-------------------------------- -------------------------------
1994 1995 1995 1996
------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
(Unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUES:
Programming ................ $ 95,488 $ 1,677,581 $ 1,039,045 $2,659,788
Equipment and other ........ 279,430 835,379 286,125 304,813
------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
374,918 2,512,960 1,325,170 2,964,601
------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
COST OF SALES:
Programming ................ 42,464 707,880 436,429 1,349,286
Equipment and other ........ 233,778 901,420 254,474 302,532
------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
276,242 1,609,300 690,903 1,651,818
------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
GROSS PROFIT ................. 98,676 903,660 634,267 1,312,783
------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
Selling .................... 17,382 463,425 258,284 111,416
General and administrative . 199,683 1,009,633 627,623 908,314
Corporate allocation ....... 103,200 139,700 104,700 114,593
Depreciation and
amortization ............ 225,877 559,111 410,683 436,114
------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
546,142 2,171,869 1,401,290 1,570,437
------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS ......... (447,466) (1,268,209) (767,023) (257,654)
INTEREST EXPENSE ............. 487,578 631,075 460,361 465,545
------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
NET LOSS ..................... $ (935,044) $ (1,899,284) $(1,227,384) $ (723,199)
============= =============== ============== =============
</TABLE>
See notes to combined financial statements.

F-42
<PAGE>
DBS OPERATIONS OF HARRON COMMUNICATIONS CORP.

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995, AND
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 AND 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended Nine Months Ended
December 31, September 30,
-------------------------------- -------------------------------
1994 1995 1995 1996
------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
(Unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss .................................. $ (935,044) $(1,899,284) $(1,227,384) $(723,199)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
cash provided by (used in) operating
activities:
Depreciation and amortization .......... 225,877 559,111 410,683 436,114
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable .................. (71,818) (413,985) (161,579) (23,780)
Inventory ............................ (766,945) 462,610 (188,125) 288,396
Accounts payable ..................... 272,340 (223,050) (229,151) (45,498)
Accrued expenses ..................... 121,085 383,254 325,711 494,935
------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
Net cash provided by (used in)
operating activities ............ (1,154,505) (1,131,344) (1,069,845) 426,968
------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of property and equipment ........ (14,270) (57,507) (55,617) --
Purchase of franchise rights and other .... (190,846) (190,846) --
------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
Net cash used in investing
activities ...................... (14,270) (248,353) (246,463) --
------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES -- Advances from (to)
affiliate, net ............................ 1,309,086 1,691,402 1,371,725 (445,901)
------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH ............. 140,311 311,705 55,417 (18,933)
CASH, BEGINNING OF PERIOD ................... 140,311 140,311 452,016
------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
CASH, END OF PERIOD ......................... $ 140,311 $ 452,016 $ 195,728 $ 433,083
============= =============== ============== =============
</TABLE>
See notes to combined financial statements.

F-43
<PAGE>

DBS OPERATIONS OF HARRON COMMUNICATIONS CORP.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995

1. PRESENTATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS

Basis of Presentation -- The DBS Operations of Harron Communications Corp.
(the "Divisions") are comprised of the assets and liabilities of two
operating divisions of Harron Communications Corp. ("Harron") that provide
direct broadcast satellite ("DBS") services. On October 8, 1996, Harron sold
its DBS operations to Pegasus Communications Corporation (see Note 9). These
divisions have no separate legal existence apart from Harron.

The historical combined financial statements of the DBS Operations of
Harron Communications Corp. do not necessarily reflect the results of
operations or financial position that would have existed if the component DBS
operating divisions were independent companies. Harron provides certain
legal, treasury, accounting, tax, risk management and other corporate
services to the Divisions (see Note 8). There are no significant intercompany
transactions or balances between the component divisions.

Nature of Business -- The Divisions provide direct broadcast satellite
television distribution services and sell the related equipment in rural
territories located in Michigan and Texas franchised by the National Rural
Telecommunications Cooperative ("NRTC") and DIRECTV. While these franchises
are exclusive as they relate to programming provided by DIRECTV, other
programming providers may offer DBS services within the Divisions' markets.

In 1993, the Divisions purchased their initial franchises with a potential
subscriber base of 343,174 homes for approximately $5,395,000. In July 1994,
the Divisions added their first DBS subscriber. In 1995, the Divisions
purchased an additional franchise with a potential subscriber base of 7,695
homes for approximately $190,000. Total subscribers at December 31, 1995 and
1994 were 6,573 and 1,737 homes, respectively.

Under the franchise agreements, DIRECTV operates a satellite through which
programming is transmitted. The NRTC provides certain billing and collection
services to the Divisions.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Accounts Receivable -- Accounts receivable consist of amounts due from
customers for programming services and equipment purchases and installation.
In 1995, the Divisions sold equipment and related installation to
approximately 50 customers under contracts with repayment terms of up to 48
months. The Divisions have provided a reserve for estimated uncollectible
amounts of $64,100 at December 31, 1995. Bad debt expense in 1994 and 1995
was $0 and $87,400, respectively.

Inventory -- Inventory, consisting of DBS systems (primarily, satellite
dishes and converter boxes) and related parts and supplies, is stated at the
lower of cost (first in - first out method) or market. Because of the nature
of the technology involved, the value of inventory held by the Divisions is
subject to changing market conditions. Accordingly, inventory has been
written down to its estimated net realizable value, and results of operations
in 1995 include a corresponding charge of approximately $105,000.

In 1995, the Divisions provided demonstration units to certain dealers and
others. The cost of demonstration units is expensed when such units are
placed in service. In 1995, demonstration units amounting to approximately
$32,000 were placed in service.

Property and Equipment -- Property and equipment are recorded at cost.
Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the assets.

Franchise Costs -- Franchise acquisition costs are capitalized and are
being amortized using the straight-line method over the remaining minimum
franchise period (originally 10 years) which approximates the estimated
useful life of the satellite operated by DIRECTV.

F-44
<PAGE>

DBS OPERATIONS OF HARRON COMMUNICATIONS CORP.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - (Continued)

The Divisions evaluate the carrying value of long-term assets, including
franchise acquisition costs, based upon current anticipated undiscounted cash
flows, and recognizes impairment when it is probable that such estimated cash
flows will be less than the carrying value of the asset. Measurement of the
amount of the impairment, if any, is based upon the difference between the
carrying value and the estimated fair value.

Revenue Recognition -- Revenue in connection with programming services and
associated costs are recognized when such services are provided. Amounts
received in advance of the services being provided are recorded as unearned
revenue. Revenue in connection with the sale of equipment and installation
and associated costs are recognized when the equipment is installed.

Income Taxes -- The Divisions are included in the consolidated tax return
of Harron. Accordingly, income taxes have been presented in these combined
financial statements as though the Divisions filed a separate combined
federal income tax return and separate state tax returns.

The Divisions account for income taxes under the provisions of Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 109, Accounting for Income
Taxes (See Note 5).

Unaudited Data -- The combined balance sheet as of September 30, 1996 and
the combined statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months
ended September 30, 1995 and 1996 have been prepared by the Divisions and
have not been audited. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (which
include only normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the
combined financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the
Divisions as of September 30, 1996 and for the nine months ended September
30, 1995 and 1996 have been made. The combined results of operations for the
nine months ended September 30, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of
operating results for the full year.

Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments -- The following
disclosure of the estimated fair value of financial instruments is made in
accordance with SFAS No. 107, Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial
Instruments.

Cash, Accounts Receivable, Accounts Payable, and Accrued Expenses --
The carrying amounts of these items approximate their fair values as of
December 31, 1994 and 1995 because of their short maturity.

Due to Affiliates -- A reasonable estimate of fair value is not
practicable to obtain because of the related party nature of this item.

3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consist of the following:

Estimated
Years December 31,
--------------------------
Useful Life 1994 1995
------------- --------- ---------
Furniture and fixtures . 10 $ 8,550 $19,435
Computer equipment ..... 5 5,720 25,839
Automobiles ............ 3 21,005
Other .................. 3 5,498
--------- ---------
14,270 71,777
Accumulated depreciation . (1,000) (9,565)
--------- ---------
$13,270 $62,212
========= =========
F-45
<PAGE>
DBS OPERATIONS OF HARRON COMMUNICATIONS CORP.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995

4. ACCRUED EXPENSES

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

December 31,
--------------------------------------
1994 1995
---------- ----------
Programming ............... $ 33,038 $200,300
Commissions ............... 5,618 84,676
Salaries and benefits ...... 25,000 16,019
Unearned revenue .......... 47,339 165,496
Other ..................... 10,090 37,848
---------- ----------
$121,085 $504,339
========== ==========

5. INCOME TAXES

The Divisions account for income taxes under the provisions of SFAS No.
109, Accounting for Income Taxes, which requires an asset and liability
approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. Under this
approach, deferred taxes are recognized for the estimated taxes ultimately
payable or recoverable based on enacted tax law. Changes in enacted tax law
will be reflected in the tax provision as they occur. Deferred income taxes
reflect the net tax effects of (a) temporary differences between carrying
amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the
amounts used for income tax purposes, and (b) operating loss carryforwards.

For each year presented, there is no provision or benefit for income taxes
due to net losses incurred and the effect of recording a 100% valuation
allowance on net deferred tax assets.

Significant items comprising the Divisions' deferred tax assets and
liabilities at December 31, are as follows:

1994 1995
----------- -------------
Differences between book and tax basis:
Intangible assets ................... $ 17,000 $ 85,000
Inventory ........................... 52,000
Other ............................... 24,000
Net operating carryforwards ........... 342,000 978,000
----------- -------------
Net deferred tax asset ...... 359,000 1,139,000
Valuation allowance ................... (359,000) (1,139,000)
----------- -------------
Net deferred tax balance .............. $ 0 $ 0
=========== =============

The Divisions have recorded a valuation allowance of $359,000 and
$1,139,000 at December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively, against deferred tax
assets, reducing these assets to amounts which are more likely than not to be
realized. The increase in the valuation allowance of $780,000 from December
31, 1994 is primarily attributable to the increase in the tax benefits
associated with the Divisions' net operating loss carryforwards. The benefits
of these net operating loss carryforwards are not transferable pursuant to
the transaction described in Note 9.

F-46
<PAGE>
DBS OPERATIONS OF HARRON COMMUNICATIONS CORP.

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995

6. DIVISION DEFICIENCY

Changes in division deficiency for the years ended December 31, 1994 and
1995 are as follows:

Balance, January 1, 1994 ........ $ 0
1994 Net Loss ................. (935,044)
-------------
Balance, December 31, 1994 ...... (935,044)
1995 Net loss ................. (1,899,284)
-------------
Balance, December 31, 1995........ $(2,834,328)
=============

7. EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN

Employees of the Divisions who have completed one year of service, as
defined, may contribute from 1% to 15% of their earnings to a 401(k) plan
administered by Harron for its employees. The Divisions will match 50% of the
employee contributions up to 6% of earnings. The Divisions' expense related
to the savings plan was $0 and $1,280 in 1994 and 1995, respectively.

8. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Amounts due to affiliate represent cash advances for franchise
acquisitions, capital expenditures and working capital deficiencies. Interest
expense of approximately $488,000 and $631,000 was charged in 1994 and 1995,
respectively, and was added to the outstanding balance. The rate of interest
is determined by Harron based on its cost of borrowed funds. At December 31,
1995, this rate was approximately 8.3%. Although these advances have no
stated repayment terms, Harron has agreed not to seek repayment through March
1997.

Approximately $103,200 and $139,700 of Harron's corporate expenses has
been charged to the Divisions in 1994 and 1995, respectively. In addition,
approximately $26,000 and $143,000 has been charged to the Divisions for
Harron's regional support of the Divisions' operations in 1994 and 1995,
respectively, and are included in general and administrative expenses. These
costs include legal, treasury, accounting, tax, risk management, advertising
and building rent and are charged to the Divisions based on management's
estimate of the Divisions' allocable share of such costs. Management believes
that its allocation method is reasonable.

The Divisions' assets have been pledged as collateral for certain loans of
Harron that have outstanding balances of approximately $188,000,000 at
December 31, 1995.

9. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On October 8, 1996, Harron contributed its DBS operations and related
assets to Pegasus Communications Corporation ("Pegasus") in exchange for (a)
cash in the amount of $17.9 million and (b) 852,110 shares of Class A Common
Stock of Pegasus. On that date, Pegasus consummated an initial public
offering of its Class A Common Stock at an initial public offering price of
$14 per share.

F-47
<PAGE>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors of
Dom's Tele Cable, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Dom's Tele Cable, Inc. as
of May 31, 1995 and 1996 and the related statements of operations and deficit
and cash flows for the years ended May 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards required that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Dom's Tele Cable, Inc. as of
May 31, 1995 and 1996, and the results of operations and deficit and its cash
flows for the years ended May 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 11, to the financial statements, the Company has
restated the depreciation expense for the year ended May 31, 1994, to
properly reflect the calculation of depreciation expense.

COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.

San Juan, Puerto Rico
August 9, 1996 except as to Note 10
for which the date is
August 29, 1996

F-48
<PAGE>

DOM'S TELE CABLE, INC.
BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
May 31, May 31, August 29,
1995 1996 1996
------------- ------------- -------------
(unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Property, plant, and equipment net of accumulated
depreciation and amortization .................. $ 5,077,102 $ 4,839,293 $ 4,832,871
Cash ............................................ 60,648 146,368 86,277
Accounts receivable, trade -- net of allowance
for doubtful accounts of $26,900 and $30,390 for
May 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively ............ 107,876 26,314 0
Prepaid expenses ................................ 85,536 62,856 120,203
Other assets .................................... 11,086 11,086 11,636
Due from related parties ........................ 212 212 0
Deferred tax asset .............................. 330,200 0 0
------------- ------------- -------------
Total assets ............................... $ 5,672,660 $ 5,086,129 $ 5,050,987
============= ============= =============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
DEFICIENCY
Liabilities:
Notes and loans payable ....................... $ 6,079,357 $ 5,086,232 $ 4,896,800
Accounts payable, trade ....................... 695,519 194,856 192,736
Accrued expenses .............................. 942,227 1,055,337 1,107,822
Unearned revenues ............................. 53,852 41,369 38,248
Income tax payable ............................ 16,840 15,410 35,954
------------- ------------- -------------
7,787,795 6,393,204 6,271,560
------------- ------------- -------------
Commitments and contingencies ................... 477,083 495,352 515,223
Stockholders' Deficiency:
Common stock -- $10 par value; authorized,
100,000 shares, issued and outstanding 9,575
shares ..................................... 95,750 95,750 95,750
Accumulated deficit ........................... (2,687,968) (1,898,177) (1,831,546)
------------- ------------- -------------
(2,592,218) (1,802,427) (1,735,796)
------------- ------------- -------------
Total liabilities and stockholders'
deficiency ............................... $ 5,672,660 $ 5,086,129 $ 5,050,987
============= ============= =============
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-49
<PAGE>
DOM'S TELE CABLE, INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND DEFICIT
FOR THE YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996,
THE THREE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 1995 AND THE PERIOD JUNE 1 TO AUGUST 29, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
May 31, May 31, May 31, August 31, August 29,
1994 1995 1996 1995 1996
--------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
As Restated (unaudited) (unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues ....................... $ 5,356,652 $ 5,447,228 $ 6,015,072 $ 1,424,132 $ 1,505,942
Operating costs and expenses ... 1,521,390 1,950,762 1,909,206 478,285 513,646
--------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
Gross profit .............. 3,835,262 3,496,466 4,105,866 945,847 992,296
--------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
Marketing, general, and
administrative expenses . 1,346,487 1,412,951 1,636,322 379,646 671,914
Depreciation and
amortization ............ 634,750 491,295 505,042 151,639 102,866
--------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
1,981,237 1,904,246 2,141,364 531,285 774,780
--------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
Operating income ............... 1,854,025 1,592,220 1,964,502 414,562 217,516
Non-operating (income) expenses:
Other ........................ -- (50,000) -- -- --
Interest expense ............. 753,047 777,461 827,800 203,271 130,341
--------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
Income before benefit
(provision) for income
taxes ..................... 1,100,978 864,759 1,136,702 211,291 87,175
Benefit (provision) for income
taxes ..................... 184,000 129,356 (346,911) 0 (20,544)
--------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
Net income ................ 1,284,978 994,115 789,791 211,291 66,631
Deficit at beginning of period . (4,967,061) (3,682,083) (2,687,968) (2,687,968) (1,898,177)
--------------- --------------- --------------- -------------- -------------
Deficit at end of period ....... $ (3,682,083) $ (2,687,968) $ (1,898,177) $(2,476,677) $(1,831,546)
=============== =============== =============== ============== =============
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-50
<PAGE>
DOM'S TELE CABLE, INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED MAY 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996,
THE THREE MONTHS ENDED AUGUST 31, 1995 AND THE PERIOD JUNE 1 TO AUGUST 29, 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

May 31, May 31, May 31, August 31, August 29,
1994 1995 1996 1995 1996
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------ ------------
As Restated (unaudited) (unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income .................................. $ 1,284,978 $ 994,115 $ 789,791 $ 211,291 $ 66,631
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------ ------------
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by operating activities: ...........
Depreciation and amortization ............ 634,750 491,295 505,042 151,639 102,866
Provision for doubtful accounts .......... 50,595 9,241 110,408 28,270 29,901
Changes in assets and liabilities:
(Increase) decrease in accounts
receivables, trade ................... (24,781) (51,864) (28,846) 1,434 (3,587)
(Increase) decrease in accounts
receivable, other ................... (14,743) 35,866 -- -- --
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses (35,218) (4,845) 22,679 (211,647) (57,347)
(Increase) in other assets ............. (3,916) -- -- -- (550)
(Increase) decrease in due from related
parties ............................. (2,887) 3,414 -- 988 12,587
(Increase) decrease in deferred tax
asset ............................... (184,000) (146,200) 330,200 330,200 --
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable 238,870 266,705 (500,663) (277,178) (2,120)
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses (186,870) (120,322) 113,110 (271,309) 40,111
Increase (decrease) in income tax
payable ............................. -- 16,840 (1,430) (16,840) 20,543
Increase (decrease) in unearned revenues (12,483) (22,908) (12,483) 7,305 (3,121)
Increase in contingencies .............. -- 191,083 18,269 245,199 19,871
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------ ------------
Other .................................. -- -- -- (195,982) --
Total adjustments ................... 459,317 668,305 556,286 (207,921) 159,154
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------ ------------
Net cash provided by operating
activities ........................ 1,744,295 1,662,420 1,346,077 3,370 225,785
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------ ------------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures ........................ (390,172) (249,727) (267,232) (58,715) (96,444)
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------ ------------
Net cash used in investing activities (390,172) (249,727) (267,232) (58,715) (96,444)
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------ ------------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Bank overdraft .............................. -- -- -- 102,586 --
Payments of notes payable ................... (1,469,104) (1,443,650) (1,011,925) (107,889) (189,432)
Proceeds from issuance of loan payable ...... 40,000 -- 18,800 -- --
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------ ------------
Net cash used in financing activities (1,429,104) (1,443,650) (993,125) (5,303) (189,432)
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------ ------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash ............... (74,981) (30,957) 85,720 (60,648) (60,091)
Cash, beginning of period ..................... 166,586 91,605 60,648 60,648 146,368
------------- ------------- ------------- ------------ ------------
Cash, end of period ........................... $ 91,605 $ 60,648 $ 146,368 $ -- $ 86,277
============= ============= ============= ============ ============
Supplemental disclosure of cash flows
information:
Cash paid during the period for interest ..... $ 713,821 $ 805,421 $ 833,209 $ 203,271 $ 130,341
============= ============= ============= ============ ============
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-51
<PAGE>
DOM'S TELE CABLE, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

ORGANIZATION

Dom's Tele Cable, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated pursuant to the
provisions of the General Corporations Law of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico
on February 23, 1983. The Company operates a cable television system under a
franchise authorization by the Public Service Commission of Puerto Rico and
the Federal Communications Commission which includes the towns of San German,
Lajas, Cabo Rojo, Sabana Grande, Hormigueros, Guanica, Rincon, Anasco, Las
Marias, and Maricao in Puerto Rico.

CLASSIFICATION OF ACCOUNTS

There is no distinction between current assets and liabilities and
non-current assets and liabilities inasmuch such distinction is not practical
in the cable industry.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Revenues as well as costs and expenses are recognized under the accrual
method of accounting; as such revenues are earned as the related costs and
expenses are incurred.

UNEARNED REVENUES

Unearned revenues are recorded when a customer pays for the services
before they are delivered or rendered, and are included in income over the
contract or service period.

INITIAL SUBSCRIBER INSTALLATION COSTS

Initial subscriber installation costs, including material, labor and
overhead costs of the drop, are capitalized and depreciated over a period no
longer than 7 years.

HOOKUP REVENUES

The excess of revenues over selling costs for initial cable television
hookups are deferred and amortized over the estimated average period that
subscribers are expected to remain connected to the system, which is
estimated at 10 years.

PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost. Expenditures for
additions and improvements that increase the productive capacity or extend
the useful life of the assets are capitalized and expenditures for
maintenance and repairs are charged to operations. When properties are
retired or otherwise disposed of, the costs and related accumulated
depreciation are removed from the books, and any gain or loss from disposal
is included in operations. Fully depreciated assets are written off against
accumulated depreciation.

Depreciation of property, and equipment is computed on the straight-line
method based upon the following estimated useful lives:

Tower and distribution system 18 years
Machinery and equipment 5 years
Furniture and fixtures 5 years
Motor vehicles 5 years
Building 30 years
Leasehold improvements 5 years

F-52
<PAGE>

DOM'S TELE CABLE, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - (Continued)

INCOME TAXES

Deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future
years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and
their financial reporting amounts at each year-end based on enacted tax laws
and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences
are expected to affect taxable income.

Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax
assets to the amounts expected to be realized. Income tax expense is the tax
payable for the period and the change during the period in deferred tax
assets and liabilities.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

For cash and accounts receivable, the estimated fair value is the same or
approximately the same as the recorded value.

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION:

The financial statements as of August 29, 1996 and for the three months
ended August 31, 1995 and the period June 1 to August 29, 1996 are unaudited.
In the opinion of management, all adjustments, including normal recurring
adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations
have been included.

RECLASSIFICATIONS

Certain reclassifications have been made to the 1995 financial statements
to be consistent with the current year presentation.

2. FRANCHISE FEES AND COMMITMENTS

The Company was granted a cable television franchise for certain
municipalities on December 28, 1984 by the Puerto Rico Service Commission for
twenty years. The franchise agreement requires a payment of 3% of the
Company's gross revenues. In addition, the Company has to pay its subscribers
5% interest on its customer deposits.

The Company's pole rental agreements with the Puerto Rico Telephone
Company and the Puerto Rico Electric Power Authority are renewed on a yearly
basis. These contracts specify that the Company will pay $3.00 and $7.33,
respectively, for the use of each pole. The rental expense for the years
ended May 31, 1994, 1995, and 1996, amounted to $58,334, $73,063 and $73,065,
respectively.

3. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION

The Company was partially owned by Three-Sixty Corporation. Transactions
with Three-Sixty Corporation not disclosed elsewhere are management fees
amounting to $55,367, $54,952 and $55,367 in May 31, 1994, 1995, and 1996,
respectively.

In October 1994, all of the Company's stock was acquired by the majority
stockholder.

F-53
<PAGE>

DOM'S TELE CABLE, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

4. PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant, and equipment consists of:

May 31, May 31,
1995 1996
------------- ------------
Building ..................................... $ 122,713 $ 122,713
Tower and distribution ....................... 11,006,704 11,223,338
Furniture and fixtures ....................... 137,498 142,128
Equipment .................................... 394,703 433,743
Leasehold improvements ....................... 32,350 39,279
------------- ------------
11,693,968 11,961,201
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization 6,781,354 7,286,396
Land ......................................... 164,488 164,488
------------- ------------
Property, plant and equipment, net ........... $ 5,077,102 $ 4,839,293
============= ============

5. NOTES AND LOANS PAYABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

May 31, May 31
1995 1996
------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Loan payable in 84 monthly installments which fluctuates from $13,543 up to
$67,711 during the term of the loan in accordance with a payment schedule
known as the Term Loan, plus interest at .75% over the prevailing prime rate
as published from time to time by Citibank N.A. in New York or at 2% over the
U.S. Internal Revenue Code Section 936 interest rate for the portion of the
loan funded with 936 funds. The loan matures on July 1, 1996.................. $ 974,315 $ 188,874

Loan payable in 83 monthly installments which fluctuates from $15,000 up to
$100,000 during the term of the loan in accordance with the payment schedule
and one final balloon payment of $3,305,000, known as the Credit Facility
Loan, plus interest at .75% over the prevailing prime rate as published from
time to time by Citibank N.A. in New York or at 2% over the U.S. Internal
Revenue Code Section 936 interest rate for the portion of the loan funded with
936 funds. The loan matures on July 1, 1996................................... 5,080,020 4,880,021

Loan payable to Western Bank of Puerto Rico in 60 equal monthly installments of
$1,112, plus interest at 2% over the prevailing prime rate, and collateralized
with a motor vehicle. This loan was paid in full on January 19, 1996.......... 25,022 --

Capital lease equipment bearing interest at 7.56% with a residual value of
$3,900. This lease agreement is due in 2001.................................. -- 17,337
------------- -----------
$6,079,357 $5,086,232
============= ===========
</TABLE>
F-54
<PAGE>

DOM'S TELE CABLE, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

5. NOTES AND LOANS PAYABLE - (Continued)

Aggregate maturities of notes and loans payable are as follows:

Years Ending May 31,
--------------------
1997 ............................ $5,072,483
Thereafter ...................... 13,749
----------
$5,086,232
==========

On October 26, 1995, Philip Credit Corporation sold, assigned and
transferred all of its rights, title, and interest, in and to the credit
agreement dated June 28, 1988, as amended to Lazard Freres & Co., L.L.C. The
credit agreement between the Company is comprised of a Term Loan and a Credit
Facility Loan which are collateralized by substantially all of the assets
owned by the Company along with a personal guarantee of the Company's
stockholder.

The credit agreement contains certain restrictive covenants such as: (i)
subscriber debt ratio; (ii) subscriber payment; (iii) number of homes in
cable system; (iv) number of subscribers; (v) combined plant mileage; and
(vi) subscribers' mileage ratio. As of May 31, 1995, and 1996, the Company
was not in compliance with certain of the restrictive covenants and is in
default on principal payments amounting to approximately $1,500,000 on the
Credit Facility Loan. See Note 10.

6. INCOME TAXES

The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109,
"Accounting for Income Taxes," as of June 1, 1993. The application of the
statement did not affect the Company's financial position and result of
operations because the components of the deferred tax primarily relate to net
operating loss carryforwards of $1,611,300 for which a valuation allowance of
100% was provided. During 1994, the Company changed its conclusion about the
realization of operating loss carryforwards and decided to record $184,000
for the realization of losses during 1995. The Company did not recognize a
deferred tax asset for net operating losses to be realized after May 31, 1995
because management expects to have completed the assets sale and liquidation
of the Company shortly after May 31, 1996.

The components of deferred tax asset were as follows:

May 31, May 31,
1995 1996
----------- -----------
Net operating loss carryforwards $ 712,758 $ 500,677
Valuation allowance ............. (382,558) (500,677)
----------- -----------
$ 330,200 $ --
=========== ===========

The comparison of income tax expense at the Puerto Rico statutory rate to
the Company's income tax benefit (provision) is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
May 31, May 31, May 31,
1994 1995 1996
------------- ------------- -----------
As Restated
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Tax at statutory rate ..................... $ 462,411 $ 363,199 $ 443,314
Adjustment due to:
Benefit of net operating loss
carryforwards ...................... (456,149) (354,255) (439,187)
Alternative minimum tax .............. 0 16,844 16,711
Change in valuation allowances ....... (184,000) (146,200) 330,200
Others, net .......................... (6,262) (8,944) (4,127)
------------- ------------- -----------
$ (184,000) $ (129,356) $ 346,911
============= ============= ===========
</TABLE>
F-55
<PAGE>
DOM'S TELE CABLE, INC.
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Continued)

7. CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

Substantially all of the Company's business activity is with customers
located in eight municipalities located in the southwestern area of Puerto
Rico and as such the Company is subject to the risks of Puerto Rico and more
specifically the economy of such geographic area.

8. CONTINGENCIES

The Company is involved in various litigations arising in the normal
course of business. Management believes that the outcome of these
uncertainties will not have a material adverse effect on its financial
statements.

The Company has not filed the Copyright Statement of Accounts with the
Copyright Office nor has paid royalty fees and interest amounting to
approximately $477,083 and $495,352 for May 31, 1995, and 1996, respectively.
The Company can be subject to various remedies for copyright infringement and
additional penalties for not filing the Copyright Statement of Accounts.
Management has accrued $477,083 and $495,352 for May 31, 1995 and 1996,
respectively, for royalty fees and interest for the unexpired filing periods,
which is three years in accordance with the statute of limitations.
Management plans to make the filing and payment concurrently with the
proposed sale of the Company.

9. SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS

On January 11, 1996, the Company's sole stockholder signed a letter of
intent with respect to the liquidation of the Company's operations and the
eventual sale of its net assets, in an transaction that should be consummated
on or before August 31, 1996. Long-term obligations payable to Lazard Freres
& Co., L.L.C., at present, CIBC Wood Gundy Securities Corporation, will be
paid from the proceeds of this sale. In the event the planned sale is not
made the Company may need to seek additional financing from other sources or
restructure its debt.

10. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Effective on June 1, 1996, the Company was liquidated and a new legal
entity was incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico
known as DOMAR Inc., to be in accordance with the sale contract agreement
entered with the buyer, Pegasus Media & Communications, Inc.

On July 1, 1996, Lazard Freres & Co., L.L.C., sold, assigned and
transferred all of its rights, title, interest and obligation to CIBC Wood
Gundy Securities Corporation.

On August 29, 1996, all of the Company's assets were acquired by Pegasus
Communications Corporation for approximately $25.0 million in cash and $1.4
million in assumed liabilities.

11. PRIOR PERIOD ADJUSTMENT

The Company restated its depreciation expense by $520,329 to correct the
depreciation expense for the year ended May 31, 1994. The effect was to
increase net income for the year ended May 31, 1994 by $520,329.

F-56
<PAGE>
===============================================================================
No dealer, salesperson or other person has been authorized to give any
information or to make any representation other than those con- tained in
this Prospectus, and, if given or made, such information or representation
must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Company. This
Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer
to buy the Warrant Shares by anyone in any jurisdiction in which the person
making the offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so or to any person
to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation. Neither the
delivery of this Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall create any
implication that there has been no change in the affairs of the Company since
the date hereof or that infor- mation contained herein is correct as of any
time subsequent to the date hereof.

------
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
--------
Prospectus Summary ............................ 1
Risk Factors .................................. 14
Use of Proceeds ............................... 20
Dividend Policy ............................... 20
Class A Common Stock Information .............. 20
Capitalization ................................ 21
Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information .. 22
Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated
Financial Data ............................... 28
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of
Operations ................................... 31

Business ...................................... 39
Management and Certain Transactions ........... 69
Principal and Selling Stockholders ............ 75
Description of Indebtedness ................... 76
Description of Unit Offering Securities ....... 77
Description of Capital Stock .................. 83
Plan of Distribution .......................... 87
Legal Matters ................................. 88
Experts ....................................... 88
Additional Information ........................ 89

Index to Financial Statements ................. F-1

===============================================================================
<PAGE>
===============================================================================

LOGO

PEGASUS COMMUNICATIONS
CORPORATION

366,464 SHARES OF
CLASS A COMMON STOCK

------
P R O S P E C T U S
------

March 26, 1997

===============================================================================